Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
9 sin (90+ 9) = cos 9 ; cos (90+ 9) = - sin 9 sin(180-9) = sin9 ; cos (180-9) = - c
o s 9 sin (180+ 9) = - sin9 ;cos(180+9) = - c o s 9 sin (270- 9) = - cos 9 ; cos (
270- 9) = - sin 9 sin (270+ 9) = - cos 9 ; cos (270+9) = sin9 sine & c o s e c only
+ v e All + v e tan & cot only + v e cos & sec only + v e TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIO
NS O F SUM O R DIFFERENCE O F T w o ANGLES (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 5. sin (A B) = si
nA cosB cosA sinB cos (A B) = cosA cosB + sinA sinB sin2A - sin2B = cos2B - cos2
A = sin (A+B). sin (A- B) cos2A - sin2B = cos2B - sin2A = cos (A+B ). cos (A - B
) tan (A B) : tanA tanB 1 + t a n A tanB (f) " cot (A B) = ~ ' cotA cotB + 1 cot
B + cotA FACTORISATION O F T H E S U M O R DIFFERENCE O F T w o SINES O R COSINE
S : C + D (a) sinC + sinD = 2sin C + P cos D (b) sinC - sinD = 2 cos D sin sm Sin C
D 2 C - D (c) cosC + cosD = 2 cos C + cos (d) cosC-cosD = - 2 s i n Trig.-<t>-1
or , ^ ^ C + D
Q.13 (a) Prove that 3 cos (e + y j + 5 cos 0 + 3 lies from - 4 & 10 . (b) Prove
that (2V3 + 4) sin 0 + 4 cos 0 lies between - 2(2 + Vs ) & 2(2 + VJ). Q.14 If a
+ p = c where a, p > 0 each lying between 0 and 7i/2 and c is a consta nt, find
the maximum or minimum value of (a) sin a + sin p (b) sin a sin p (c) t an a + t
an p (d) cosec a + cosec p Q.15 Let A,., A 2 , A.j A2 , An be the vertic es of a
n n-sided regular polygon such that ; 1 ^i + - . Find the value of n. .A] A.^ + cos
ec 2 n " 1 0 = cot (0/2) - cot 2 n " ! 0 Q. 16 Prove that: cosec 0 + cosec 20 +
cosec 22 0 + Q.17 For all values of a , p , y prove that ; x , P+Y cos a + cos p
+ cos y + cos (a + p + y) = 4 cos a+B . cos . cos Y+a . 2 .: 2 .2 Q.18 A i n 18 S
howthat , _ Sh th t *+ C0Sj^ + C0S ^ 2sinA-2sinB 1 - sinB sin(A-B) + cosA - cosB
( Q.19 IIf tan Q = P t a n a + tan y 1 + tana.tany , prove that sin 2B = . . s
i n 2 a + sin2y 1 + s i n 2 a . sm2y ; 7-^
EXERCISE-II Q.l If tana = p/q where a = 6p , a being an acute angle, prove that
; - (p cosec 2 P - q sec 2 P) = ^/p2 + q2 . Q.2 If cosa + cos a sina = cosa + sina
= 1, where 9 & 5 do not differ by an even multiple of n, then prove +1=0. = (co
s O + cos<j)) cos(9 + <> - (sin9 + sin<()) sin(9 + <> j) j) + sin2 * I 3 - x prove
^that siny = sinx1 + 3 sm . x, that Q.3 ^ ^ Q.4 v Q.5 Q.6 cosB . cos5 i + 2 c o s (
0 sin9 . sin5 sm a Prove that cos 30 + cos3(j) <j)) - 1 T - * fn j- tan3 n A y)
IfX tan U +2J = + iv (4 +/ 2 Show that, J L + cos3x cos9x + cos27x = I (tan27x -t
anx) 2 Prove that; cosec x. cosec 2x. sin 4x. cos 6x . cosec 1 Ox = cos3x sin2xs
in4x + sx~ r r: : in4 sin6x cos5x
cos7x sin6x sin8x + cos9x sin8xsinl0x Q.7 Q.8 Q.9 If 9= - j , prove that tan9 ,t
an29 + tan29 ,tan49 + tan49 ,tan9 = - 7 . 7 T C^ D Y For 0 < x < - prove that, r
4 sin x(cosx - sinx) > 8. (b) siny . sin-^- . s i n ^ = (a) If a = prove that,
sin a + sin 2a + sin4a = ~ show that cos(sin9)>sin(cos9). Q.10 For all 9 in Q.ll
Prove that the value of cos A + cos B + cos C lies between 1 & where A + B + C
= tc. 3 Q.12 If m2 + m'2 + 2mm'cos9 = l , n2 + n,2 + 2nn'cos9= 1 and mn + m' n'
+ (mn' + m' n) cos 9 = 0, then prove that m2 + n2 = cosec2 9. Q.13 If cos2 9 = m
? 1 & t a n 3 = tan a , prove that cos2/3 a + sin2/3 a = f-^j sin A = sinB-sin
3 B , showthat sin(A-B) = i . + a Q 14. If V2cosA=cosB + cos3B & Q.15 Prove that
fromthe equality * sin a = f o l l o w s the relation; s i " 3 a + a = - Q.16 Pro
ve that the triangle ABC is equilateral iff, cotA+cotB + cotC= S . Q.17 If cos a
( cos 9 = s 'n(a= sin3 9 m 1/2 ^ th e n show that m2 + m cos a = 2 . - (3 - V )
? .
Q.20 If A+B+C = n (A, B , C > 0), prove that sin^ sinf . sin^ < ^ . 2 2 2 8 Q.21
Show that eliminating x&y from the equations, sinx + siny = a ; cosx + cosy = b
& tanx + tany = c gives 8a b 4a' l-cos0 sin 0 =c Q.22 Show that 2 s e c 6 + 3 t
a n 6 + 5sin 9 - 7 c o s 0 + 5 2 t a n 8 + 3sec 0 + 5 c o s 9 + 7 s i n 0 + 8 ,
Q.23 Evaluate : tan 2n . x n 1nC S2 n X =21 O - l f p+ y-a^| Q.24 If a + (3+y =
7t & tan 1 + cos a + cos P + cos y = 0 . Q.25 Q.l I 4 tan V J ryn a h 4 tan I 4
j = 1, then prove that; V x e R, find the range of the function, f (x) = cos x
(sin x + ^sin 2 x + sin2 a ) ; a e [0, n] EXERCISE-III (a) sec29 = 4xy (X + y )
2 , is true if and only if : (B) x = y , x * 0 (C) x = y (D) x * 0 , y * 0 (A) x
+y*0 (b)
(b) Q.5 (a) (b) Q.6 Ei any triangle A B C , prove that, c o t + cot + cot = cot
cot cot . Z* Z* A B C A B C Z i Z i Z i [ JEE 2000 Mains, 3 out of 100 ] Find re
al values of x for which, 27 cos2x . 81s ul2x is minimum. Also find this minimum
value. Find the smallest positive values of x & y satisfying, x - y = , cot x +
cot y = 2 . [ REE 2000, 3 + 3 ] If a + ( 3 = and p + y = a then tana equals (A)
2(tanP + tany) (B) tanp + tany (C) tanp + 2tany (D) 2tanP + tany [JEE 2001 (Scr
eening), 1 out of 35 ] 71 Q.7 If 9 and (j) are acute angles satisfying sin9 = , c
os < = , then 9 + e > | 7 71 C 1 1 (A) 3'2 (B) [ 2'T f n 2%^ r (C) 2n T'T 5nx ( )
v6 . D 571
O x Roots are coincident Fig. 5 Roots are complex conjugate Fig. 6 y 0 X / a < 0
\ D=0 y 0 ' X X /I / / a < 0 0\ \ D< Roots are real & distinct Roots are coincid
ent Roots are complex conjugate ii Bansal Classes Quadratic Equations [9]
Q.IO Q.ll Q.12 Q.13 Find the least value of (2p2 + 1 )x2 + 2(4p2 - 1 )x + 4(2p2
+ 1) for real values of p and x. If a be a root of the equation 4x2 + 2x - 1 = 0
then prove that 4a 3 - 3a is the other root. If the equations x 2 +px + q = 0 &
x2 + p'x + q' = 0 h ave a common root, show that it must be equal to (pq'-p'q)/
(q-q') or (q-q')/(p'p) If a,(3 are the roots of ax 2 +bx + c = 0 & a ' , ~ P are
the roots of a'x 2 +b'x + c' = 0, showthat -1 -l "b b' 2 + x +"b + b'" + x =0 a
, a ' are the roots of a a' c c' Q.14 Q.15 Q.16 If a , P are the roots of x2 px + 1 = 0 & y, 5 are the roots of x2 + qx + 1 = 0 , show that ( a - y ) ( P - y
) ( a + 5)(P + 8) = q 2 - p 2 . Show that if p , q , r & s are real numbers & p
r = 2(q+s), then at least one of the equations x2 + px + q = 0, x 2 + r x + s =
0 has real roots . If a & b are positive numbers, prove that the equation + ' + x
x-a x+b one between a/3 & 2a/3 and the other betw een - 2b/3 & - b/3 . = 0 has t
wo real roots, If the roots of x2 - ax + b = 0 are real & differ by a quantity w
hich is less th an c (c > 0), prove that b lies between (1/4) (a2 - c2) & (l/4)a
2 . At what val ues of'a' do all the zeroes of the function, f (x) = (a - 2) x2
+ 2 a x + a + 3 lie on the interval ( - 2,1)? If one root of the quadratic equa
tion ax2+ bx + c = 0 is equal to the nth power of the other, then show that (acn
)1/(n+l) + (a 1 ^ ) 1 ^ 1 ) + b = 0 . r3 - 5 ^ ' s4 q4 ? q J - 5 p - 2 ' p-2 q 2 ' q-2 r-2 r - 2 / and \ s - 2 pqrs = 5(p + q + r + s) + 2 (pqr + qrs + rsp +
spq). V P s3-5A s - 2 y are collinear if Q.21 Q.22 Q.23 Q.24 Q.25 The quadratic
equation x2 + px + q = 0 where p and q are integers has rational r oots. Prove t
hat the roots are all integral. If the quadratic equations x 2 +bx+ ca = 0 & x 2
+cx+ab = 0 have a common root, prove that the equation containing t heir other
root is x2 + ax + be = 0 . If a , p are the roots of x 2 +px+q = 0 & x 2n +p n x
n + qn = 0 where n is an even integer, show that a/p, p/a are the ro ots of xn
+1 + (x + l) n = 0 . If a , p are the roots of the equation x2 - 2x + 3 = 0 obta
in the equation whose roots are a 3 - 3 a 2 + 5a - 2 , p 3 - p 2 + p + 5. If eac
h pair of the following three equations x2 + p 1 x+q 1 = 0 ,x 2 +p 2 x + q 2 =0
& x 2 +p 3 x + q3 = 0 has exactly one root common, prove that ; (PI + P2 + P3)2
= 4 [P1P2 + P2P3 + P3P1 ~ ~ % ~ Show that the function z = 2x 2 +2xy+y 2 -2x + 2
y+2 is not smaller than - 3 . If (1/a) + (1/b) + (1/c) = l/(a+b + c) & n is an o
dd integer, show that ; (l/an) + (l/b n ) + (l/c n ) = l/(an + bn + cn ) . Q.26
Q.27 ii Bansal Classes Quadratic Equations [9]
Q.12 Q.13 Find all th e v aiues of the parameter 'a' for which both roots of the
quadratic equation x2 - ax + 2 = 0 belong to the interval ( 0 , 3 ) . Find all
the values ofthe parameters c for which the inequality has at least one solution
. 1 + log2 2x2 + 2x + - > log2 (cx2 + c) . \ 2) " Find the values of K for which
the equat ion x4 + (1 - 2 K) x2 + K2 - 1 = 0 ; (a) has no real solution (b) has
one real s olution Find the values of p for which the equation 1 + p sin x = p2
- sin2 x ha s a solution. Solve the equation -4.3" | x ~ 2 ' - a = 0 for every
real numbera. Q.14 Q.15 Q.16 Q.17 Find the integral values of x & y satisfying t
he system of inequalities; y - 1 x 2 -2x | + (1/2)> 0 & y+1 x - 1 1 <2 . Q.18 Fi
nd all numbers p for each of which the least value of the quadratic trinomial 4x
2 - 4px + p2 - 2p + 2 on the interval 0 < x < 2 is equal to 3. Q.19 If the coeff
icients of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are odd inte gers then prove
that the roots of the equation cannot be rational number. Q.20 T he equation xn
+ px2 + qx + r = 0, where n > 5 & r ^ 0 has roots a } , a 2 , a 3 , n an. Denoti
ng (i) (ii) il Calculate S7 & deduce that the roots cannot all be real. Prove th
at Sn + pS2 + qS, +nr = 0 & hence find the value of S n . a f k by Sk. EXERCISEIII Solve the inequality. Where ever base is not given take it as 10. Q.l Q.3 Q.
5 Q. 7 ' x5'2 (log2x)4- l o g l T 201og 2 x+148 < 0. 2 y 2 (log 100 x) + (log 10
x) 2 +log x < 14 logx2 . log2x2 . log2 4x > 1. log1/2x + log 3 x>l. 4 x 4- S Q.
2 Q.4 Q.6 Q.8 x 1 / l o 8 x .logx<l log 1 / 2 (x+l)>log 2 (2-x). log1/5 (2x 2 +
5 x + 1)<0. lo g x2 (2+x)< 1 Q-9 l o g Q 11Q.13 x ^ < - l Q.10 (log| x+6 |2). lo
g2 ( x 2 - x - 2 ) > 1 Q12. log [(x+6)/3] [log 2 {(x-l)/(2 +x)}]>0 ~ < 1 is a l
s o a X tX Find out the values of 'a' for which any solution of the inequality,
solution of the inequality, x2 + (5 - 2 a) x < 10a. 2 Q.14 Q.15
Solve the inequality log N (x -10x + 22) > 0 . Find the set of values of'y' for
which the inequality, 2 log0 5 y2 - 3 + 2 x log 0 5 y2 - x2 > 0 is valid for atl
east one real value of'x'. ii Bansal Classes Quadratic Equations [9]
EXER Q. 1 Prove that the values of the function s i n x cos CISE-IV 3 do not lie
from - & 3 for any real x. 1 3 sin3x cosx Q.2 Q.3 The sum of all the real roots
of the equation |x - 2| + |x - 2| - 2 = 0 is 2 . [JEE '97,5] [JEE '97,2] Let S
be a square of unit area. Consider any quadrilateral which has one vertex on eac
h side of S. If a, b, c & d denote the lengths of the sides of the quadril atera
l, prove that : 2 < a2 + b2 + c2 + d2 < 4. [JEE '97,5] In a college of 300 stude
nts, every student reads 5 news papers & every news paper is read by 60 stu dent
s. The number of news papers is: (A) atleast 30 (B) atmost 20 (C) exactly 25 (D)
none ofthe above [JEE'98,2] If a, p are the roots of the equation x2 - bx + c =
0, then find the equation whose roots are, (a 2 + p2) (a 3 + p3) & a 5 p3 + a 3
p5 - 2a 4 p4. [REE'98,6] Q.4 Q.5 Q.6(i) Let a + ip ; a, p e R, be a root of the
equation x3 + qx + r = 0; q, r e R. Find a real cubic equation, independent of
a & p, whose one root is 2 a . (ii ) Find the values o f a & p , 0 < a , P< n/2,
satisfying the following equation, cos a cos p cos (a + p) = - 1 / 8 . Q.7(i) I
n a triangle PQR, ZR = ~ . If tan ( ^ j & tan ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a*0) then: (A) a
+ b = c (B) b + c = a [REE '99,3 + 6] are the roots of the equation (C)a + c =
b (D)b = c (ii) If the roots of the equation x2 - 2ax + a2 + a - 3 = 0 are real
& less than 3 then (A) a < 2 (B) 2 < a < 3 (C)3<a<4 (D) a > 4 [JEE '99,2 + 2] Q.
8 Q.9 (a) ( b) If a, p are the roots of the equation, (x - a) (x - b) + c = 0, f
ind the root s of the equation, (*-<x)(x-P) = c. [REE 2000 (Mains), 3] For the e
quation, 3 x2 + px + 3 = 0, p > 0 if one of the roots is square of the other, th
en p is equal to: (A) 1/3 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 2/3 If a & p (a < P), are the roots of
the equation, x2 + bx + c = 0, where c < 0 < b, then (A) 0 < a < p (B) a < 0 < p
< I a | (C) a < p < 0 (D) a < 0 < | a | < p If b > a, then the equation, (x - a
) (x - b) - 1 = 0, has : (A) both roots in [a, b] (B) both roots in ( - oo, a) (
C) both roots in [b, oo) (D) one root in ( - oo, a) & other in (b, + oo) [JEE 20
00 Screening, 1 + 1 + 1 out of 35] (c) faBansal Classes Quadratic Equations
[8]
ANSWER KEY EXERCISE-I Q.2 Q.IO 2x 2 + 2x cos (A - B) - 2 Q.3 254 * Q.7 Q.18 ae oo,-Q.9 1 minimum value 3 when x = 1 and p = 0 Q.28 - 2 < a < 1 u{2}u(5,6] Q.24
x 2 - 3 x + 2 = 0 Q-29ymin = 6 EXERCISE-II Q.l (a) x = l (b) x = 2 or 5 (c) x =
( l - f i ) a o r (Ve - l ) a (d) x = - 4 o r - ( 1 + V3) (e) x = ( - 7 - V l 7
) / 2 (f) x = - 2 or - 4 o r - ( l + V ^ ) "4 (g) x = - l or 1 (h) x > - l or x
= - 3 B = 32or-288 Q.2 Q.9 30 Q.3 :,1 Q.5 A = 2 or - 1 8 , x2 = y2 = d/(a+b+c) ;
x/(c - a) = y/(a - b) = K where K2a (a 2 +b 2 +c 2 - ab be - ca) = d Q 11. ( 0 0 , - 1 4 ) u {4} u 14 00 Q 10. K < - 1 Q.13 (0,8] Q 12. 2V2 < a < 11 Q 14. (a
) K < - 1 or K > 5/4 (b) K = - 1 Q 1 5 . - 2 < p < - 2 / V ? or 2/VJ < p < 2 Q 1
6. x 1 2 = 2 l o g 3 ( 2 - V 4 + ^ ) where - 3 < a < 0 Q 17. ( 0 , 0 ) ; ( 1 , 1
) ; (2,0) Q18.
BANSAL CLASSES * MATHEMATICS TARGETIIT JEE 2007 XI (P, Q,R, S) SEQUENCE & PROGRE
SSION CONTENTS KEY CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER KEY
HARMONIC PROGRESSION (HP): A sequence is rms are in AP. If the sequence a,, a2,
a ,...., l/an is an AP & converse. Here we the n terms of an HP. For HP whose fi
rst rm is tn = b + (n-l)(a-b) 2ac a + c If a, b, c are in HP => b = or = T c a a
- b d- c .
said to HP if the reciprocals of its te 3 ,...., an is an HP then l/a l5 l/a 2 d
o not have the formula for the sum of term is a & second term isb, then111 te
MEANS ARITHMETIC MEAN: If three terms are in AP then the middle term is called t
he AM between the other two, so if a, b, c are in AP, b is AM of a & c . AM for
any n positive number a,, a 2 ,..., an is ; A = a ' + a 2 + a ^ + +a " . n-ARITH
METIC A2,.... ,An, ^ - , A2 = a n + 1 ' n+ 1 , ' ,An= a + n (b - a) n +1 b-a = a
+ d, NOTE =a+2d , , A = a + nd, where d = n n+1 : Sum of n AM's inserted betwee
n a & b is equal to n times the single AM between a & b n i.e. X Ar = nA where A
is the single AM between a & b. r= l GEOMETRIC MEANS:. If a, b, c are in GP, b
is the GM between a & c. b2 = ac, therefore b = Ja c ; a > 0, c > 0. n-GEOMETRIC
MEANS BETWEEN a, b : If a, b are two given numbers & a, G}, G2, , Gn, b are in
GP. Then Gj, G2, G 3 ,...., Gn are n GMs between a & b . G, = a(b/a)1/n+1, G2 =
a(b/a)2/n+1, = ar , = ar 2 , MEANS BETWEEN TWO NUMBERS : Ifa,b are any two given
numbers & a,A15 b are inAP thenA,, A2, ...Anare then AM's between a & b . A1 =
a + + ^ i l 2 '
[3]
Q 20. Find the nth term and the sum to n terms of the sequence ; (i) 1 + 5 + 13+
29 + 61 + (ii) 6+13 + 22 + 33 + Q 21. The AM of two numbers exceeds their GM by
15 & HM by 27 . Find the numbers. Q 22. The harmonic mean of two numbers is 4.
T he airthmetic mean A & the geometric mean G satisfy the relation 2 A + G2 = 27
. Find the two numbers. Q 23. Sum the following series to n terms and to infinit
y: (i) w 5;+ + + 1.4.7 4.7.10 7.10.13 (ii) r_i I r (r+ l)(r+2) (r + 3) n i I 7^77 r
1 4r - 1 Q 24. Find the value ofthe sum (a) Y v 1 1.3 1.3.5 - + - 4.6 + 4.6.8 4
n """"' r=l iti y n <i ii s=l rs 02 r s 3 where 5 is zero if r ^ s&8 r is one if r
= s. rs rs / (b) i i i i. i=i j=i k=i Q 25. For or 0 < 4 < 7t/2, if : > x = Z c
os2n (j), y = Z n=0 n=0 oo co s n2n i ^ > z = 1l cos2n (j) sin2n (j) then : Prov
e that n=0 <) X (i) xyz = xy + z
Q 20. If n is even & a+(3, a - (3 are the middle pair ofterms, show that the sum
of the cubes of an arithmetical progression is n a {a 2 + (n 2 -1) (32}. Q 21.
If a, b, c be in GP & logc a, logb c, loga b be in AP, then show that the common
difference of the AP must be 3/2. 1 Q 22. If ax = 1 & for n> 1, an = an_, + , th
en show that 12 < aJ5 < 15. a n-l Q 23. Sum tonterms: (i) (ii) - + - + a, 1 x+1 2x (
x + 1) (x + 2) 3x 2 (x + 1) (x + 2) (x + 3) ^ + l + i (1 + a i)( 1 + a2) (l + a i
)(l + a 2 )(l + a3) Q 24. In a GPthe ratio o f the sum of the first eleven terms
to the sum ofthe last eleven terms is 1/8 an d the ratio of the sum of all the
terms without the first nine to the sum of all the terms without the last nine i
s 2. Find the number of terms in the GP. Q 25. Given a three digit number whose
digits are three successive terms ofa G.P. If we subtract 792 from it, we get a
number written by the same digits in the rever se order. Now if we subtract four
from the hundred's digit of the initial number and leave the other digits uncha
nged, we get a number whose digits are successi ve terms of an A.P. Find the num
ber. EXERCISE-III Q.l Q.2 For any odd integer n > l , n 3 - ( n - 1)3 + x = l+3a
+ 6a 2 + 10a3+ y = 1+ 4b + 10b2 + 20b3 + + (-l)n~1l3 = _ . [JEE '96,1] |a|<l |
b | <1, find S= 1+ 3ab + 5(ab)2 + .... in terms of x & y. [REE'96,6] Q.3 Q.4 The
real numbers x p x 2 , x3 satisfying the equation x3 - x2 + p x + y = 0 are in
A.P. Find the intervals in which P andy lie . [JEE'96,3] Let p & q be roots o f
the equation x2 - 2x + A = 0, and let r & s be the roots of the equation x- 18x
+ B = 0. If p < q < r < s are in arithmatic progression, then A = , and B = . [J
EE'97,2] a, b, c are the first three terms of a geometric series. If the har mon
ic mean of a & b is 12 and that of b &c is 3 6, find the first five terms oft he
series. [REE'98,6] Select the correct alternative(s). [ JEE'98,2 + 2 + 8 ] Le t
Tr be the rth term of an AP, for r = 1, 2, 3,.... If for some positive integer
s m, n we have 1 1 T = m ~ & T = ' Tmn equals : (A) mn (B) + m n 1 + fnx Q.5 Q.6 (
a) (C) 1 , - , l + ny 1 + ftiz (D)0 are in : (D) none ofthe above (b) If x = 1, y
> 1, z > 1 are in GP, then (A) AP (B) HP
(C) GP (c) Prove that a triangle ABC is equilateral if & only if tanA+tanB + tan
C = 3 fa B ansa/ Classes Sequence & Progression [3]
Q.7 (a) (b) The harmonic mean of the j x + 8 + 2%/5 =0 is (A) 2 (B) 4 (C) ,h 2 ,
(A) 2 (B) 3 ,h 10 beinH.P. If is: (C) 5 (D) 6 [ JEE '99,2 + 2 out Q.8
roots of the equation (5+Jl j x2 - (4 + V5 6 (D) 8 Letajjaj,...., a10, be in A.P
. & h, a1 = h 1 = 2 & a ] 0 = h10 = 3 then a 4 h 7 of200 ]
The sum of an infinite geometric series is 162 and the sum of its first n terms
is 160. If the inverse of its common ratio is an integer, find all possible valu
es ofthe common ratio, n and the first terms ofthe series. [REE'99,6] Consider
a n infinite geometric series with first term 'a' and common ratio r. If the sum
i s 4 and the second term is 3/4, then: (A) a = ~ , r = | (C) ^ , x= Q.9 (a) (B
) a = 2 , r = | (D) a = 3, \ (b) If a, b, c, d are positive real numbers such th
at a + b + c + d = 2, then M = (a + b) (c + d) satisfies the relation: (A) 0 < M
< 1 (B) 1 < M < 2 (C) 2 < M < 3 (D) 3 < M < 4 [ JEE 2000, Screening, 1 + 1 out
of 35 ] The fourth power of the c ommon difference of an arithmetic progression
with integer entries added to the product of any four consecutive terms of it. P
rove that the resulting sum is the square of an integer. [ JEE 2000, Mains, 4 ou
t of 100 ] Given that a , y are ro ots of the equation, A x 2 - 4 x + l = 0 and
fi, 5 the roots of the equation, B x2 - 6 x + 1 = 0, find values of A and B, suc
h that a, p, y & 8 are in H.P. [REE 2000, 5.outof 100] The sum of roots of the e
quation ax 2 +bx+c = 0 is equal to the sum of squares of their reciprocals. Find
whether be2, ca2 and ab2 in A.P., G.P. or H.P.? [ REE 2001, 3 out of 100 ] Solv
e the following equations for x and y log2x + log4x + log16x + =y 5 + 9 + 13+ 1+
3 + 5+ (c) Q.10 Q.ll Q.12 +(4y +1) +(2y-l) = 4l0g 4x [ R E E 2001 ' 5outofl0 ] Q
.13 (a) Let a, p be the roots of x2 - x + p = 0 and y, 8 be the roots of x2 - 4x
+ q = 0 . If a, P, y, 6 are in G.P., then the integral values of p and q respec
tively, a
(c) Let the positive numbers a, b, c, d be in A.P. Then abc, abd, acd, bed are (
A) N OT in A.P./G.P./H.P. (B) in A.P. (C) in G.P. (D)H.P. [JEE 2001, Screening,
1 + 1 + 1 out of 3 5 ] Let al5 a2 be positive real numbers in G.P. For each n, l
et An , Gn, Hn, be respectively, the arithmetic mean, geometric mean and harmoni
c mean of av a,, a3, an. Find an expression for the G.M. of Gj, G2, Gn in terms
of A p A2 An, Hj, H2, Hn. [JEE 2001 (Mains);5] Suppose a, b, c are in A.P. and a
, b , c are in G.P. If a < b < c and a + b + c = - , then the value of a is 2 2
2 3 (d) Q.14 (a) [JEE 2002 (Screening), 3] (b) Let a, b be positive real number
s. If a , A, , A7 , b are in A.P. ; a , a! , a2 , b are in G.P. and a, H j , H 2
, b are in H.P., show that GJGJ H H A!+A 2 H + H (2a + b)(a+2b) [ JEE 2002 , Ma
ins , 5 out of 60 ] Q.15 c If a, b, c are in A.P., a 2 , b 2 , c2 are in H.P., t
hen prove that either a = b = c or a, b, - form a G.P. [JEE-03, Mains-4 out of 6
0] Q.16 The first term of an infinite geometric progression is x and its sum is
5. Then ( A ) 0 < x < 10 (B) 0 < x < 10 (C) -10 < x < 0 (D)x>10 [JEE 2004 (Scree
ning)] I f a, b, c are positive real numbers, then prove that [(1 + a) (1 + b) (
1 + c)]7 > 77 a4 b4 c4. [JEE 2004,4 out of 60] (n + \) V 4 Q.17 Q.18 If total nu
mber of runs scored in n matches is the k match are given by k-2 th n+1 k J " ,
where 1 < k < n. Find n. (2n+1 - n - 2) where n > 1, and the runs scored in [JEE
2005,2]
KEY STANDARD RESULTS: CONCEPTS 1. EQUATION OF A CIRCLE IN VARIOUS FORM : (a) The
circle with centre (h, k) & radiu s 'r' has the equation; (x-h) 2 + ( y - k ) 2
=r 2 . (b) The general equation of a circle is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 with
centre as : (-g, -f) & radius = ^ g 2 + f 2 - c . Remember that every second de
gree equation in x & y in which coe fficient of x2 = coefficient of y2 & there i
s no xy term always represents a cir cle. If g2 + f 2 - c > 0 => real circle. 2
2 g + f - c = 0 => point circle. 2 2 g + f - c < 0 => imaginary circle. Note tha
t the general equation of a circle co ntains three arbitrary constant s, g, f &
c which corresponds to the fact that a unique circle passes through three non co
llinear points. (c) The equation of ci rcle with (x,, y}) & , y2) as its diamete
r is : ( X - X l ) ( x - x ^ + ( y - y i ) ( y - y 2 ) = 0. Note that this will
be the circle of least radius passing through 2. , yj) & (xj, y2). INTERCEPTS MA
DE BY A CIRCLE ON THE AXES : The intercepts made by the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2
fy + c = 0 on the co-ordinate axes are 2 vg2 - c & 2 ^ / f ^ c resp ectively. NO
TE : circle cuts the x axis at two distinct points. => If g2 - c > 0 2 circle to
uches the x-axis. If g =c 2 => circle lies completely above or below the x-axis.
If g <C 3. POSITION OF A POINT w.r.t. A ide the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx c O 0 . No
te : The greatest centre C & radius r is AC + 4. LINE & A CIRCLE: Let L = 0 be a
line & S = 0 be a circle. If r is the radius of the circle & p is the length of
the perpendicularfrom,the centre on the line, th en: (i) p > r < > the line doe
s not meet the circle i. e. passes out side the ci rcle. = (ii) p = r o the line
touches the circle. (iii) p < r o the line is a se cant of the circle. (iv) p =
0 => the line is a diameter of the circle. PARAME T RIC EQUATIONS OF A CIRCLE:
The parametric equations of (x - h)2 + (y - k)2 = r2 are: x = h + rcos9 ; y = k
+ rsin9 ; -TC < 0 < T where (h, k) is the centre, C r is the radius & 9 is a par
ameter. Note that equation of a straight line joining two point a & (3 on the ci
rcle x2 + y2 = a2 is a+B , . a+B a-B x cos + y sin = a cos - . 5. (!%Bansal Class
es Circles [12] CIRCLE : The point (x t , yj) is inside, on or outs + 2fy+ c~ U.
according as Xj2 + y 2 + 2gx, + 2fv, + & the least distance of a point Afrom a
circle with r & AC - r respectively. (Xi,yi) p\
6. (a) TANGENT & NORMAL: The equation of the tangent to the circle x 2 +y 2 = a2
at its point (x t , y t ) is, xxj + y y, = a2. Hence equation of a tangent at (
a cos a , a sina) is; x cos a + y sin a = a. The point of intersection of the ta
ngents a t the points P(a) and Q(f3) is acos 2 a-fl a+ff asrn^-11 a-p . a+6 (b) (
c) C S x - vcos - 2 O uo The equation of the tangent to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx
+ 2 fy + c = 0 at its point (x t , yj) is XX, + yyj + g (x + X j ) + f (y + yj)
+ c = 0. y = mx + c is always a tangent to the circle x 2 +y 2 =a 2 if c2 = a2 (
1 + m2) and the point of contact ( a 2 a 2\ m is c cJ (d) If a line is normal/or
thogonal to a circle then it must pass through the centre of the circle. Using t
his fact normal to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at(x ; , y,) is y_y =
Z (X-Xl). i x,+g 7. (a) (b) (c) A FAMILY OF CIRCLES : The equation of the family o
f circles passing through the points of intersection of two circles St = 0 & S2
= 0is : S ! + K S 2 = 0 (K*-l). The equation of the family of circles passing th
rough the point of intersection of a circle S = 0 & a line L = 0 is given by S+K
L = 0. The equation of a family of circles passing through two given points (x},
y t ) & i n the form: , y2) can be written y i (x-x 1 )(x-x 2 ) + ( y - y 1 ) (
y - y 2 ) + K Y 1 = 0 where K is a paramete r. i x2 y2 i (d) The equation of a
family of circles touching afixedline y - yL = m (x - x}) at thefixedpoint (xL,
yj) is (x - x t ) 2 + (y - yx)2 + K [y - yj - m (x - Xj)] = 0, where K is a para
meter. In case the line through (xj, yj) is parallel to y - axis the equation of
the family of circles touching it at (Xj, y t ) becomes ( x - x,)2 + (y - y^ 2
+ K (x - Xj) = 0. Also if line is parallel to x - axis the equation of the famil
y of circles touching it at (xiYi) becomes ( x - X j ) 2 + ( y - y ^ 2 + K ( y y i ) = 0. Equation of circle circumscribing a triangle who se sides are given b
y Lj = 0 ; L2 = 0 & L3 = 0 is given by; LjL2 + A. L2L3 + \x L3Lj = 0 provided co
-efficient of xy = 0 & co-efficient of x2 = co-efficient of y2. Equation of circ
le circumscribing a quadrilateral whose side in order are re presented by the li
nes Lj = 0, L2 = 0, L 3 = 0 & L4 = 0 is L,L 3 + A L 2 L 4 = 0 provided co-effici
ent of x2 = co-efficient of y2 and co-efficient of xy=0. LENG TH OF A TANGENT AN
D POWER OF A POINT : The length of a tangent from an external point (x t , y^ to
the circle S = x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is given by L= Jx 1 2 +y 1 2 +2gx,+2
f 1 y+c = Js^. Square of length of the tangent from the point P is also called T
HE POWER OF POINT w.r.t. a circle. Power of a point remains co nstant w.r.t. a c
ircle. Note that : power of a point Pis positive, negative or z ero according as
the point 'P'is outside, inside or on the circle respectively.
(iv) (v) 13. (i) (ii) (iii) If the polar of a point P pass through a point Q, th
en the polar of Q passes thr ough P. Two lines L, & L2 are conjugate of each oth
er if Pole of Lj lies on L2 & vice versa Similarly two points P & Q are said to
be conjugate of each other if the polar of P passes through Q & vice-versa. COMM
ON TANGENTS TO TWO CIRCLES: W here the two circles neither intersect nor touch e
ach other, there are FOUR comm on tangents, two of them are transverse & the oth
ers are direct common tangents. When they intersect there are two common tangent
s, both of them being direct. W hen they touch each other: (a) EXTERNALLY : ther
e are three common tangents, two direct and one is the tangent at the point of c
ontact. (b) INTERNALLY: only one common tangent possible at their point of conta
ct. Length of an external common tangent & internal common tangent to the two ci
rcles is given by: L e W d 2 (iv) - ( r . r 2 ) 2 & L int= A /d2-(r 1 + r2) 2 .
(v) Where d = distance between the centres of the two circles. ^ & r2 are the ra
dii of the two circles. The direct common tangents meet at a point which divides
the line joining centre of circles externally in the ratio of their radii. Tran
sver se common tangents meet at a point which divides the line joining centre of
circ les internally in the ratio of their radii. RADICAL AXIS & RADICAL CENTRE
: The radical axis of two circles is the locus of points whose powers w.r.t. the
two c ircles are equal. The equation of radical axis of the two circles S j = 0
& S2 = 0 is given; S 1 - S 2 = 0 i.e. 2 ( g 1 - g 2 ) x + 2 ( f 1 - f 2 ) y + (
c 1 -c 2 ) = 0. NOTE THAT: If two circles intersect, then the radical axis is th
e commo n chord of the two circles. If two circles touch each other then the rad
ical axi
s is the common tangent of the two circles at the common point of contact. Radic
al axis is always perpendicular to the line joining the centres of the two circ
l es. Radical axis need not always pass through the mid point of the line joinin
g the centres of the two circles. Radical axis bisects a common tangent between
th e two circles. The common point of intersection of the radical axes of three
cir cles taken two at a time is called the radical centre of three circles. A sy
stem of circles, every two which have the same radical axis, is called a coaxal
syst em. Pairs of circles which do not have radical axis are concentric. ORTHOGO
NALIT Y OFTWO CIRCLES: Two circles St = 0 & S 2 =0 are said to be orthogonal or
said t o intersect orthogonally if the tangents at their point of intersection i
nclude a right angle. The condition for two circles to be orthogonal is : 2 g[ g
2 + 2 f j f 2 = Ci + C2 . 14. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) 15. Note : (a) Loc
us of the centre of a variable circle orthogonal to twofixedcircle s is the radi
cal axis between the twofixedcircles. (b) . If two circles are orth ogonal, then
the polar of a point 'P' onfirstcircle w.r.t. the second circle pas ses through
the point Q which is the other end of the diameter through P . Hence locus of a
point which moves such that its polars w.r.t. the circles S j = 0, S 2 = 0 & S3
= 0 are concurrent in a circle which is orthogonal to all the three c ircles. (
!%Bansal Classes Circles [12]
Q 16. Find the equation ofthe circle which passes through the point (1, 1) & whi
ch touches the circle x2 + y2 + 4x - 6y - 3 = 0 at the point (2, 3) on it. Q 17
. Find the equation of a circle which touches the lines 7x2 - 18xy + 7y2 = 0 and
the circle x2 + y2 - 8x- 8y = 0 and is contained in the given circle. Q 18. Fin
d the equation of the circle which cuts the circle x2 + y2 -14x - 8y + 64 = 0 an
d the co-ordinate axes orthogonally. Q 19. Obtain the equations ofthe straight l
i nes passing through the point A(2,0)&making 45 angle with the tangent at A to t
he circle (x + 2)2 + (y - 3)2 = 25. Find the equations of the circles each of ra
di us 3 whose centres are on these straight lines at a distance of 5 V2 from A.
Q 2 0. Find the equations of the circles whose centre lie on the line 4x + 3y 2 = 0 & to which the lines x + y + 4 = 0 & 7 x - y + 4 = 0 are tangents. Q 21. F
ind the equations to the four common tangents to the circles x2 + y2 = 25 and (x
-12) 2 + y2 = 9. Q 22. If 4/2 - 5m2 + 6/ + 1 = 0. Prove that /x + my + 1 = 0 tou
ches a definite circle. Find the centre & radius of the circle. Q 23. Find the c
ondi tion such that the four points in which the circle x2 + y2 + ax + by + c =
0 and x2 + y2 + a'x + b'y + c' = 0 are intercepted by the straight lines Ax + By
+ C = 0 & A'x + B'y + C' = 0 respectively, lie on another circle. Q 24. Show th
at th e equation of a straight line meeting the circle x2 + y2 = a2 in two point
s at e qual distances d2 'd' from a point (x}, yj) on its circumference is xxt +
yy} a + = 0. 2 Q 25. If the equations of the two circles whose radii are a & a'
be respectively S = 0 & S - 0, then prove that S S' the circles + = 0 will cut e
ach other ortho gonally, a a Q 26. Let a circle be given by 2x (x - a) + y (2y b) = 0, (a * 0, b ^ 0). Find the condition on a & b if two chords, each bisecte
d by the x-axis, can be drawn to the circle from v ^j Q 27. Prove that the lengt
h of the common chord of the two circles x2 + y2 = a2 and (x - c)2 + y2 = b2 is
-7(a+b+c)(a-b+c)(a+b-c)(-a+b+c) . c Q 28. Find the equ ation of the circle passi
ng through the points A (4,3) & B (2, 5) & touching the axis of y. Also find the
point P on the y-axis such that the angle APB has larg est magnitude. Q 29. Fin
d the equations of straight lines which pass through the intersection of the lin
es x - 2y - 5 = 0, 7x + y = 50 & divide the circumferenc e of the circle x2 + y2
= 100 into two arcs whose lengths are in the ratio 2:1. Q 30. Find the equation
of the circle which cuts each of the circles x2 + y2 = 4 , x2 + y 2 - 6 x - 8 y
+ 10=0 & x2 + y2 + 2 x - 4 y - 2 = 0 at the extremities o f a diameter. (!%Bans
al Classes Circles [12]
EXER CISE-II Q 1. A point moves such that the sum of the squares of its distance
fromthe sides of a square of side unity is equal to 9. Show that the locus is a
circle whose centre coincides with centre of the square. Find also its radius. A
triangle has two of its sides along the coordinate axes, its third side touches
the circle x 2 + y2 - 2ax - 2ay + a2 = 0. Prove that the locus of the circumcen
tre of the tri angle is : a2 - 2a (x + y) + 2xy = 0. A variable circle passes th
rough the point A (a, b) & touches the x-axis; show that the locus ofthe other e
nd of the diame ter through A is (x - a)2 = 4by. (a) Find the locus of the middl
e point of the c hord of the circle, x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 which subtends
a right angle at the point (a, b). Show that locus is a circle. Let S= x 2 +y 2
+ 2gx+2fy+c=0 be a given circle. Find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular
drawnfromthe ori gin upon any chord of S which sustends a right angle at the or
igin. Q 2. Q 3. Q 4. (b) Q 5. A variable straight line moves so that the product
ofthe perpendiculars on itfro mthe twofixedpoints (a, 0) & (- a, 0) is a consta
nt equal to c2 . Prove that the locus ofthe feet of the perpendiculars from each
of these points upon the strai ght line is a circle, the same for each. Showtha
t the locus of the centres of a circle which cuts two given circles orthogonally
is a straight line & hence dedu ce the locus of the centers of the circles whic
h cut the circles x2 + y2 + 4x 6y + 9 = 0 & x2 + y2 - 5x + 4y + 2 = 0 orthogonal
ly . Afixed circle is cut by af amilyofcirclespassingthroughtwofixedpointsA(x1,y
1)andB(x2,y2). Show that the cho rd ofintersection ofthefixedcircle with any one
ofthe circles offamily passes th rough afixedpoint. The sides of a variable tri
angle touch the circle x2 + y2 = a 2 and two of the vertices are on the line y2
- b2 = 0 (b > a > 0) . Show that th e locus of the third vertex is; (a2 - b2) x2
+ (a2 + b2) y2 = (a(a2 + b2))2. Sho w that the locus of the point the tangentsf
romwhich to the circle x2 + y2 - a2 = 0 include a constant angle a is (x2 + y2 2a2)2 tan2 a = 4a2 (x2 + y2 - a 2 ). Q 6. Q 7. Q 8. Q 9. Q 10. ' O' is afixedpo
int & P a point which moves along afixedstraight line not passing through O; Q i
s taken on OP such that OP. OQ=K(constant) . Prove that th e locus of Q is a cir
cle. Explain how the locus of Q can still be regarded as a circle even if thefix
edstraight line passes through 'O'. Q 11. P is a variable p oint on the circle w
ith centre at C. CA & CB are perpendiculars from C on x-axis & y-axis respective
ly. Show that the locus of the centroid of the triangle PAB is a circle with cen
tre at the centroid of the triangle CAB & radius equal to on e third of the radi
us ofthe given circle. Q 12. A(-a, 0) ; B(a,0) arefixedpoints . C is a point whi
ch divides AB in a constant ratio tana. If AC & CB subtend equ al angles at P, p
rove that the equation ofthe locus of P is x2 + y2 + 2ax sec2a + a2 = 0. Bansal
Classes Circles
EXERCISE-III Q.l (a) (b) The intercept on the line y=x bythe circle x 2 + y 2 2 x = 0 isAB . Equation ofthe circle with AB as a diameter is . The angle betwee
n a pair of t angents drawn from a point P to the circle x2 + y2 + 4x - 6y + 9 s
in2a + 13 cos2 a = 0 is 2 a. The equation of the locus of the point P is : (A) x
2 + y2 + 4 x 6 y + 4 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 + 4x - 6y - 9 = 0 2 2 (C) x + y + 4 x - 6 y
- 4 = 0 (D) x2 + y2 + 4 x - 6y + 9 = 0 Find the intervals of values of a for wh
ich the line y + x = 0 bisects two chords drawn from a ' l + V2a 1-V2a 1 rpoint
, - to the ci rcle; 2x 2 +2y 2 - (1+V2 a) x - (1 - V2 a) y = 0. V 2 (c) J [JEE'9
6, 1+1+5] Q.2 Q.3 Atangent drawnfromthe point (4,0)tothecircle x2+y2 = 8 t ouche
s it at apointAin the first quadrant. Find the coordinates of the another p oint
B on the circle such that AB = 4. [ REE '96, 6 ] (a) (b) The chords of cont act
of the pair of tangents drawn from each point on the line 2x + y = 4 to the cir
cle x2 + y2 = 1 pass through the point . Let C be any circle with centre (o, 42
) Prove that at the most two rational point can be there on C. (A rational po in
t is a point both of whose co-ordinate are rational numbers). [JEE '97, 2+5] 2 2
2 2 The number of common tangents to the circle x + y = 4 & x + y - 6x - 8y = 2
4 is : (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 4 Cj & C2 are two concentric circles, the radius of
C2 being twice that of Cj. From a point P on C2, tangents PA & PB are drawn t o
C}. Prove that the centroid of the triangle PAB lies on C j. [ JEE '98, 2 + 8 ]
Q.4 (a) (b) Q. 5 Q.6 Find the equation of a circle which touches the line x + y
= 5 at the point (-2, 7) and cuts the circle x2 + y2 + 4x - 6y + 9 = 0 orthogon
ally. [ REE '98, 6 ] ( a) If two distinct chords, drawn from the point (p, q) on
the circle x2 + y2 = p x + qy (where pq q) are bisected by the x-axis, then: (A
) p2 = q2 (B) p2 = 8q2 ( C) p2 < 8q2 (D)p2>8q2 Let Lj be a straight line through
the origin and L2 be the straight line x+y = 1. If the intercepts made by the c
ircle x2 + y2 - x + 3y = 0 on L} & L2 are equal, then which of the following equ
ations can represent Lj? (A) x + y = 0 (B)x-y = 0 ( C ) x + 7y = 0 (D)x-7y = 0 L
et Tj, T2 be two tangents drawnfrom( - 2,0) onto the circle C: x2 + y2 = 1. Dete
rmine the circles touchin g C and having T t , T2 as their pair of tangents. Fur
ther,findthe equations of all possible common tangents to these circles, when ta
ken two at a time. [ JEE ' 99, 2 + 3 + 10 (out of200) ] 2 2 The triangle PQR is
inscribed in the circle, x + y = 25. IfQ and Rhave co-ordinates (3,4) & ( - 4,3)
respectively, then Z QPR i s equal to : (A) (b) (B) f (C) f (D) f If the circle
s, x2 + y2 + 2x + 2ky + 6 = 0 & x2 + y2 + 2 ky + k = 0 intersect orthogonally, t
hen 'k' is: (A) 2 or - | (B) - 2 or - | (C) 2 or | (D) - 2 or \ [ JEE '2000 (Scr
eening) 1 + 1 ] (b) (c) Q.7 (a)
Q.8 (a) (b) Extremities of a diagonal of a rectangle are (0,0) & (4,3). Find the
equation of the tangents to the circumcircle of a rectangle which are parallel
to this diago nal. A circle of radius 2 units rolls on the outerside of the circ
le, x2 + y2 + 4 x = 0, touching it externally. Find the locus ofthe centre ofthi
s outer circle . Alsofindthe equations of the common tangents of the two circles
when the line joining the centres ofthe two circles makes on angle of 60 with xaxis. [REE '200 0 (Mains) 3 + 5] Let PQ and RS be tangents at the extremities of
the diameter PR of a circle of radius r. IfPS and RQ intersect at a point X on
the circumferenc e of the circle then 2r equals Q.9 (a) [JEE'2001 (Screening) 1
out of 35] (b) Let 2x + y - 3xy = 0 be the equation of a pair of tangents drawn
from the origin 'O' to a circle of radius 3 with centre in thefirstquadrant. IfA
is one ofthe points of contact,findthe length of OA [JEE '2001 (Mains) 5 out of
100] Find the equation of the circle which passes throug h the points of interse
ction of circles x2 + y2 - 2x - 6y + 6 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 2x - 6y + 6 = 0 and int
ersects the circle x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 4 0 orthogonally. [ REE '2001 (Mains) 3 o
ut of 100 ] Tangents TP and TQ are drawnfroma point T to the circle x2 + y2 = a2
. If the point T lies on the line px + qy = r,findthe loc us of centre of the ci
rcumcircle of triangle TPQ. [ REE '2001 (Mains) 5 out of 1 00 ] If the tangent a
t the point P on the circle x2 + y2 + 6x + 6y = 2 meets the straight line 5x - 2
y + 6 = 0 at a point Q on the y-axis, then the length of PQ is (A) 4 (B)2V5 (C)5
(D)3V5 If a > 2b > 0 then the positive value of m for whic h y = mx-b-Jl + m is
a common tangent to x2 + y2 = b2 and (x - a)2 + y2 = b2 is 2b v'a2 - 4 b 2 2b (
C) 2 2 Q. 10 (a) (b) Q. 11 (a) (b) b W - z T T-Tib [ JEE '2002 (Scr)3 + 3 out of
270] Q .12 The radius of the circle, having centre at (2, 1), whose one of the c
hord is a diameter of the circle x2 + y2 2x 6y + 6 = 0 (A)l (B)2 (C)3 (D)V3 [JEE
'2004 (Scr)] Q.13 Line2x + 3y+ 1 = 0 is a tangent to a circle at (1,-1). Thi s c
ircle is orthogonal to a circle which is drawn having diameter as a line segm en
t with end points (0,-1) and (- 2,3). Find equation of circle. [JEE'2004, 4 ou t
of 60] 2 2 Q.14 A circle is given by x + (y -1) = 1, another circle C touches i
t externally and also the x-axis, then the locus of its centre is (A){(x,y):x 2
= 4y}u{(x,y):y = 0} (B) {(x, y) : x2 + (y - 1)2 = 4} u {x, y): y = 0} (C) {(x,
y): x2 = y} VJ {(0, y): y = 0} (D*) {(x, y): x2 = 4y} u {(0, y): y = 0} [JEE '20
05 (Scr)] (!%Bansal Classes Circles [12]
BANSAL CLASSES MATHEMATICS TARGET IIT JEE 2007 XI(PQRS) PERMUTATION AND COMBINAT
ION CONTENTS KEY- CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER-KEY
things taken all at a time is; (n-1)!. Ifclockwise& anti-clockwise circular perm
utations are considered to be same, then it is Note : Number of circular permut
a tions ofn things when p alike and the rest different taken all at a time disti
ng uishing clockwise and anticlockwise arrangement is^. p! n!n!n!3!' (vii) (!iBans
alClasses Permutation and Combination [7]
(viii) n Given n different objects, the number of ways of selecting atleast one
of them i s , C[ + nC2 + nC3 + + nCn = 2n - 1. This can also be stated as the to
tal number of combinations of n distinct things. (ix) Total number of ways in wh
ich it is possible to make a selection by taking some or all out of p+q+r+ thing
s, where p are alike of one kind, q alike of a second kind, r alike of third kin
d & so on is given by: (p+ l ) ( q + l ) ( r + 1) -1. Number of ways in which it
is possible to make a selection ofm + n + p = N thing s, where p are alike of o
ne kind, m alike of second kind & n alike of third kind taken r at a time is giv
en by coefficient of xr in the expansion of (1 + X + X 2 + + X ? ) ( 1 + X + X2+
+ X m ) (1 + X + X2 + +xn). (x) Note : Remember that coefficient ofx r in (1 -x
) _n = n+r_1 C r (n e N). For exa mple the number ofways in which a selection of
four letters can be madefromthe l etters of the word PROPORTION is given by coe
fficient of x4 in (1 + x + x2 + x3) (1 + x + x2) (1 + x + x2) (1 + x) (1 + x) (1
+ x). (xi) (xii) (xiii) Number ofw ays in which n distinct things can be distri
buted to p persons if there is no re striction to the number of things received
by men = pn. Number of ways in which n identical things may be distributed among
p persons if each person may receive none, one or more things is; n+p_1 Cn. a.
c. (xiv) (xv) n n n C r = n C n _ r ; n C 0 = nCn = 1 c r + nCr_! = n+1Cr ; b. n
Cx = nCy =>x = y orx + y = n Cr is maximum if: (a) r = y if n is even, (b) r =
o r - y - if n is odd. Let N = p8- qb- r- where p, q, r. are distinct primes & a,
b, c are natural numbe rs then: (a) The total numbers of divisors ofN including
1 & N is = (a + 1 )(b + 1 )(c + 1) (b) (c) The sum ofthese divisors is - (p + p1
+ p2+.... +p a )(q+q 1 + q2+.... + qb) (r +r 1 + r 2 +....+r).... Number of ways i
n which N can be resolve d as a product of two . factors is (d) 4(a + l)(b + l)(
c +1).... if N is not a p erfect square j [(a + l)(b + l)(c +1).... +1] if N is
a perfect square (xvi) Number of ways in which a composite number N can be resol
ved into two factors wh ich are relatively prime (or coprime) to each other is e
qual to 2 n_I where n is the number of different prime factors inN. [ Refer Q.No
.28 of Ex-I ] Grid Probl ems and tree diagrams. DEARRANGEMENT: Number of ways in
which n letters can be placed in n directed let ters so that no letter goes int
o its own envelope is = n!
EXERCISE-I Q.l (a) (b) (c) In how many ways 8 persons can be seated on a round t
able If two of them (say Aand B) must not sit in adjacent seats. If 4 of the per
sons are me n and 4 ladies and if no two men are to be in adjacent seats. If 8 p
ersons const itute 4 married couples and if no husband and wife, as well as no t
wo men, are t o be in adjacent seats? A box contains 2 white balls, 3 black ball
s & 4 red ball s. In how many ways can 3 balls be selected from the box if atlea
st 1 black is t o be included in the draw ? How manyfivedigits numbers divisible
by 3 can be for med using the digits 0, l,2,3,4,7and8 ifeach digit is to be use
d atmost once. Du ring a draw of lottery, tickets bearing numbers 1, 2, 3, , 40,
6 tickets are dra wn out & then arranged in the descending order of their numbe
rs. In how many way s, it is possible to have 4th ticket bearing number 25. In h
ow many ways can a t eam of 6 horses be selected out of a stud of 16, so that th
ere shall always be 3 out of AB C A' B' C ' , but never A A ' , B B' or C C' tog
ether. 5 boys & 4 gir ls sit in a straight line. Find the number ofways in which
they can be seated if 2 girls are together & the other 2 are also together but
separatefromthefirst2. In how many ways can you divide a pack of 52 cards equall
y among 4 players. In how many ways the cards can be divided in 4 sets, 3 of the
m having 17 cards each & the 4th with 1 card. Find the number ofways in which 2
identical kings can be placed on an 8 x 8 board so that the kings are not in adj
acent squares. How man y on n x m chessboard? The Indian cricket team with eleve
n players, the team man ager, the physiotherapist and two umpires are to travelf
romthe hotel where they are staying to the stadium where the test match is to be
played. Four of them re siding in the same town own cars, each a four seater wh
ich they will drive thems elves. The bus which was to pick them up failed to arr
ive in time after leaving the opposite team at the stadium. In howmany ways can
they be seated in the cars ? In how many ways can they travel by these cars so a
s to reach in time, if the seating arrangement in each car is immaterial and all
the cars reach the stadiu m by the same route. Q.2 Q.3 Q.4 Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 Q. 8 Q.9
Q.IO How many 4 digit numbers are there which contains not more than 2 differen
t digits? Q.ll An examination paper consists of 12 questions divided into parts
A & B. Part-A contains 7 questions & Part - B contains 5 questions. A candidate
i s required to attempt 8 questions selecting atleast 3fromeach part. In how man
y maximum ways can the candidate select the questions ? A crew of an eight oar b
oa t has to be chosen out of 11 menfiveof whom can row on stroke side only, four
on the bow side only, and the remaining two on either side. How many different
sel ections can be made? Q.12 faBansal Classes Permutation and Combination [4]
Q.13 There are p intermediate stations on a railway line from one terminus to an
other . In how many ways can a train stop at 3 of these intermediate stations if
no 2 of these stopping stations are to be consecutive ? The straight lines l x
, l2 & /3 are parallel & lie in the same plane. A total of m points are taken on
the l ine /j, n points on l2 & k points on /3. How many maximum number oftriang
les are there whose vertices are at these points? Q.14 Q. 15 Prove that if each
of m points in one straight line be joined to each of n in another by straight l
ines terminated by the points, then excluding the given points, the lines will i
ntersect mn(m - l)(n -1) times. 4 Q.16 Afirmof Chartere d Accountants in Bombay
has to send 10 clerks to 5 different companies, two cler ks in each. Two of the
companies are in Bombay and the others are outside. Two o f the clerks prefer to
work in Bombay while three others prefer to work outside. In how many ways can
the assignment be made if the preferences are to be satisf ied. Q.17 Find the nu
mber of words each consisting of 3 consonants & 3 vowels th at can be formed fro
m the letters of the word "Circumference". In how many of th ese c's will be tog
ether. Q.18 There are n straight lines in a plane, no 2 of wh ich parallel, & no
3 pass through the same point. Their point of intersection ar e joined. Show th
at the number of fresh lines thus introduced is n(n-l)(n-2)(n-3) 8 Q. 19 Find th
e number of distinct throws which can be thrown with 'n' six face d normal dice
which are indistinguishable among themselves. Q . 20 There are 2 w omen particip
ating in a chess tournament. Every participant played 2 games with the other par
ticipants. The number of games that the men played between themselv es exceeded
by 66 as compared to the number of games that the men played with th e women. Fi
nd the number of participants & the total numbers of games played in the tournam
ent. Q.21 Find the number of ways 10 apples, 5 oranges & 5 mangoes ca n be distr
ibuted among 3 persons, each receiving none, one or more. Assume that the fruits
ofthe same species are ail alike. Q.22 All the 7 digit numbers contai ning each
of the digits 1,2,3,4, 5, 6,7 exactly once, and not divisible by 5 are arranged
in the increasing order. Find the (2004)th number in this list. Q. 23 (a) (b) (
c) How many divisors are there of the number x = 21600. Find also the s um of th
ese divisors. In how many ways the number 7056 can be resolved as a prod uct of
2 factors. Find the number of ways in which the number 300300 can be spli t into
2 factors which are relatively prime. Q. 24 There are 5 white, 4 yellow, 3 gree
n, 2 blue & 1 red ball. The balls are a ll identical except for colour. These ar
e to be arranged in a line in 5 places. Find the number of distinct arrangements
. (!i Bansal Classes Permutation and Combination [7]
Q.25 (1) 00 (iii) (iv) (v) Prove that: nPr = n"1Pr + r. n"1Pr_1 If 20 C r+2 = 20
C 2r _ 3 find 12 C r Find the ratio 20Cr to 25Cr when each of them has the grea
test value possible. Prove that n_1 C3 + C4 > nC3 if n > 7. Find r if 15C3r = 15
Cr+3 Q. 26 In a certain town the streets are arranged like the lines of a chess
board . There are 6 streets running north & south and 10 running east & west. Fi
nd the number ofways in which a man can gofromthe north-west corner to the south
-east corner covering the shortest possible distance in each case. Q.27 A train
goingf romCambridge to London stops at nine intermediate stations. 6 persons ent
er the train during the journey with 6 different tickets of the same class. How
many di fferent sets ofticket may they have had? Q.28 How many arrangements each
consist ing of 2 vowels & 2 consonants can be made out of the letters of the wo
rd4 DEVAS TATION' ? Q. 29 0 If'ri things are arranged in circular order, then sh
ow that th e number ofways of selecting four of the things no two ofwhich are co
nsecutive i s n(n - 5) (n - 6) (n - 7) 4! If the 'ri things are arranged in a ro
w, then show that the number of such sets of four is (n-3)(n-4)(n-5)(n-6) 4! (ii
) Q. 3 0 There are 20 books on Algebra & Calculus in our library. Prove that the
g reatest number of selections each ofwhich consists of 5 books on each topic i
s p ossible only when there are 10 books on each topic in the library. EXERCISEII Q. 1 There are 5 balls of different colours & 5 boxes of colours same as thos
e o f the balls. The number of ways in which the balls, 1 in each box could be p
lace d such that a ball does not go to the box ofits o^/n colour. How many integ
ral s olutions are there for the equation ;x + y + z + w = 29 when x > 0, y > 1,
z > 2 & w>0. There are counters available in 7 different colours. Counters are
all al ike except for the colour and they are atleast ten of each colour. Find t
he numb er ofways in which an arrangement of 10 counters can be made. How many o
f these will have counters of each colour. A man has 7 relatives, 4 of them are
ladies & 3 gentlemen; his wife has also 7 relatives, 3 of them are ladies & 4 ge
ntlemen. In how many ways can they invite a dinner party of 3 ladies & 3 gentlem
en so th at there are 3 of the man's relative & 3 of the wife's relatives? Find
the numbe r of 7 lettered words each consisting of 3 vowels and 4 consonants whi
ch can be formed using the letters ofthe word "DIFFERENTIATION". Q.2 Q. 3 Q.4 Q.
5 (!iBansalClasses Permutation and Combination [7]
Q.6 A shop sells 6 different flavours of ice-cream. In how many ways can a custo
mer choose 4 ice-cream cones if (1) they are all of different flavours (ii) they
are non necessarily of different flavours (iii) they contain only 3 different f
lavo urs (iv) they contain only 2 or 3 different flavours? 6 white & 6 black bal
ls of the same size are distributed among 10 different urns. Balls are alike exc
ept f or the colour & each urn can hold any number of balls. Find the number of
differ ent distribution ofthe balls so that there is atleast 1 ball in each urn.
There are 2n guests at a dinner party. Supposing that the master an d mistress
of the house have fixed seats opposite one another, and that there are two speci
fied gu ests who must not be placed next to one another. Show that the number of
ways in which the company can be placed is (2n - 2)! ,(4n2 - 6n+4). Eachof3 com
mittees has 1 vacancy which is to befilledfroma group of 6 people. Find the numb
er of wa ys the 3 vacancies can befilledi f ; (l) Each person can serve on atmos
t 1 commi ttee. (ii) There is no restriction on the number of committees on whic
h a person can serve. (iii) Each person can serve on atmost 2 committees. Q.7 Q.
8 Q.9 Q . 10 A party of 10 consists of 2 Americans, 2 Britishmen, 2 Chinese & 4
men of other nationalities (all different). Find the number of ways in which th
ey can stand in a row so that no two men ofthe same nationality are next to one
another . Find also the number of ways in which they can sit at a round table, Q
.ll 5 ba lls are to be placed in 3 boxes. Each box can hold all 5 balls. In how
many diff erent ways can we place the balls so that no box remains empty if, (i)
balls & b oxes are different (ii) balls are identical but boxes are different (
iii) balls are different but boxes are identical (iv) balls as well as boxes are
identical (v) balls as well as boxes are identical but boxes are kept in a row.
In how man y other ways can the letters of the word MULTIPLE be arranged; witho
ut changing the order of the vowels keeping the position of each vowelfixed& wit
hout changin g the relative order/position ofvowels & consonants. Q.12 (i) (ii)
(iii) Q.13 Find the number of ways in which the number 3 0 can be partitioned in
to thr ee unequal parts, each part being a natural number. What this number woul
d be if equal parts are also included. Q. 14 In an election for the managing com
mittee of a reputed club, the number of candidates contesting elections exceeds
the num ber of members to be elected by r (r > 0). If a voter can vote in 967 di
fferent ways to elect the managing committee by voting atleast 1 ofthem & can vo
te in 55 different ways to elect (r - 1 ) candidates by voting in the same manne
r. Find the number of candidates contesting the elections & the number of candid
ates los ing the elections. Q.15 Find the number of three digits numbersfrom100
to 999 in clusive which have any one digit that is the average ofthe other two.
(!i Bansal Classes Permutation and Combination [7]
Q.26 A man goes in for an examination in which there are of m marks for each pap
er; show that the number of ways the whole is I (m+ l)(2m 2 + 4m + 3). Q.27 The
number of of 1 sort, 2n of another sort & 2n of a 3rd sort can be ns so that eac
h may have 3 n things is 3 n 2 +3 n + I. (!iBansalClasses Permutation and Combin
ation [7]
4 papers with a maximum of getting 2m marks on ways in which 2n things divided b
etween 2 perso
ANSWER KEY EXERCISE-I Q.l Q.2 Q.3 (a) 5-(6!), (b) 3! 4!, (c) 12 6 if the balls o
f the same colour are alike & 64 if the balls of the same colour are different 7
44 Q.4 24 C2 . 15C3 Q.5 960 Q.6 43200 111.4! Q J Q 8 ' n[*C2-(m-l) + m[C2-(n-l)]
420 Q.12 145 Q.9 12!;(3!)42| Q.IO Q.14 576 m+n+k Q.ll C 3 - (mC3 + nC3 + k C 3 )
Q.20 Q.13 P~2C. Q.16 13 , 156 5400 Q,17 22100,52 Q.19 n+5 C, Q.21 29106 Q.22 43
16527 Q.23 (a) 72 ; 78120 ; (b) 23 ; (c) 32
Q.24 2111 Q.25 Q.28 (ii) 792 ; (iii) ^ 1638 ; (v) r = 3 Q.26 (14)! 5!9! Q.27 45
Cfi EXERCISE-II Q.l Q.5 44 532770 Q.2 Q.6 Q. 10 2600 Q.3 49 710 ; | | 10 Q.4 Q.7
485 26250 (i) 15, (ii) 126, (iii) 60, (iv) 105 (i) linear: (47) 8! ; (ii) circu
lar: (244). 6! Q.9 120, 216, 210 Q.ll Q.12 (i) 150 ; (ii) 6 ; (iii) 25; (iv)2; (
v) 6 (i) 3359 ; (ii) 59; (iii) 359 Q.13 61, 75 Q.14 10,3 (!iBansalClasses Permut
ation and Combination [7]
Q.15 121 Q.17 510 Q.18 2! 3! 8! Q.22 240,15552 Q.23 3119976 6 Q.24 - 2) - 3C2] 2
7 Q.25 1506 Q.28 C3[3n - ^ ^ Q.29 974 Q.l Q.2 Q.5 Q.9 m EXERCISE-III Ck_, where
m = (1/2) (2n - k2 + k - 2) Q.3 Q.6 (i) A; (ii) B A Q.4 Q.7 C B 72 B C (!i Bansa
l Classes Permutation and Combination [7]
ft BANSAL CLASSES MATHEMATICS TARGET IIT JEE 2007 XI (P. Q, R, S) BINOMIAL CONTE
NTS KEY- CONCEPTS EXERCISE - 1(A) EXERCISE - 1(B) EXERCISE-II EXERCISE - 111(A)
EXER CISE - 111(B) EXERCISE-IV ANSWER-KEY
KEY 1. CONCEPTS BINOMIAL EXPONENTIAL & LOGARITHMIC SERIES BINOMIAL THEOREM : The
formula by whic h any positive integral power of a binomial expression can be e
xpanded in the fo rm of a series is known as BINOMIAL THEOREM . If x,y e R and n
e N , then ; n (x + y) = C0 x + Cj x"- y + C2 x " y + This theorem can be prove
d by Induction . n n n n 1 n n 2 2 + Crx " y + n n r r + Cny = X n C r x n " r y
r . n n r0 = OBSERVATIONS : (i) The number of terms in the expansion is (n + 1)
i.e. one or m ore than the index. (ii) The sum of the indices of x & y in each
term is n . (ii i) The binomial coefficients of the terms n C 0 , nC j.... equid
istant from the beginning and the end are equal. 2. (i) (iii) (i) (ii) IMPORTAN
T TERMS IN THE B INOMIAL EXPANSION ARE : General term (ii) Middle term Term inde
pendent of x & (i v) Numerically greatest term The general term or the(r+ l) th
term in the expans ion of (x + y)n is given by; Tr+i = nCr x n - r . yr The midd
le term(s) is the e xpansion of (x + y)n is (are) : (a) If n is even, there is o
nly one middle term which is given by ; T (b) (iii) (iv) If n is odd, there are
two middle terms which are : T(n+l)/2 & T[(n+l)/2]+l (n+2)/2 = nf1
REMEMBER : (i) (2n)!=2 n .n! [1.3.5 5. (2n-l)] BINOMIAL THEOREM FOR NEGATIVE OR
FRACTIONAL INDICES : . , n ( n - l ) 2 n ( n l ) ( n - 2 )J 3s I f n e Q , then
(1 +x)n= l + nx + ^-x ^ -x + .. ,, G Provided | x | < 1. .O Note : (i) When the in
dex n is a positive integer the number of terms in the exp ansion of (1 +x) n is
finite i.e. (n+ 1) & the coefficient of successive terms a re : np np np np np
M> 2' 3 n (ii) When the index is other than a positive integ er such as negative
integer or fraction, the number of terms in the expansion of (1 +x) n is infini
te and the symbol nCr cannot be used to denote the Coefficien t of the general t
erm. (iii) Following expansion should be remembered (| x | < 1 ). (a) (1 +X)"1 =
1 - x + x 2 - x 3 + x 4 -.... oo (b) (1 - x ) - 1 ^ 1 + x + x2 + x3 + x 4 +....
oo (c) (1 + x)~2 = 1 - 2 X + 3 X 2 - 4 X 3 + . . . . oo (d) (1 -x)~ 2 = 1 + 2 X
+ 3X 2 +4X 3 + oo The expansions in ascending powers of x are only valid if x i
s 'small'. If x is large i.e. | x | > 1 then we may find it con vinient to expan
d in powers of , which then will be small. X APPROXIMATIONS : (1 +x) n = 1 +nx+ 1 ) ( n - 2 ) x3 1.2 1.2.3 If x < 1, the terms of the above exp ansion go on de
creasing and if x be very small, a stage may be reached when we m ay neglect the
terms containing higher powers of x in the expansion. Thus, if x be so small th
at its squares and higher powers may be neglected then (1 + x)n = 1 + nx, approx
imately. This is an approximate value of (1 +x)n. x* + 7. (i) n(n (iv) 6. EXPONE
NTIAL SERIES: x x2 x3 ex=l + + + + 2 ( lV oo ; where x may be any real or comple
x & e = ^u^t \ \ + J 3 (ii) Note: / X (a) ax = 1 + In a + / n 2 a + / n 3 a + 1!
2! 3! 1 1 1 oo where a > 0 (b) (c) (d) (e) 4 e = l1 + . + + + oo 1! 2! 3! e is a
n irrational number lying between 2.7 & 2.8 . Its value correct upto 10 places o
f decimal is 2.7182818284. e + e" = 2 1 ' 1 1 1 ,+1 + + + V 2! 4! 6! 0 .0 N
If a, b, c & d are the coefficients of any four consecutive terms in the expansi
on of (1 + x)n, n e N, prove that ^ + Q9 . Find the value ofx for which the fou
rth term in the expansion, 1 + 7 is 336. Q. 10 Prove that : n"1Cr + n~2Cr + n"3C
r + .... + rCr = nCr+1. Q.ll (a)Which is larger : (99 S0 + 10050) or (101)50. v
(b) Show that ' 2n 2 4n - C n ,z+ 2.2n"2CB . + 2n~2Cnn> n 7 , n e N , n>2 n~i 1
Binomial te Bonsai Classes [4]
= (1-P)(p + P)=l. If x denotes (2 + V3) , n e N & [x] the integral part of x the
n find the value of : x - x 2 + x[x]. ?fe\Bansal Classes Binomial [6]
+ + + 2.3 4.5 6.7 1.2 2 1 0 = 1 - log 2 0 2 1.2.3 3.4.5 Q 10. 1 +2 14t + 3.2 5.2 +
r + 7.2 6 1 loge3 1 1 1 + + + ... = 1 +1 1 +1 3.4 5.6 1 + 5.6.7 _ + .... = .In 2
1 1 1 1 4.2 2.2 3.2 + - ln3 - ln2 nn13. - + - + ^ + T1+ 1 Q 3 3.3 5.3 7.3 = In 2
[6] ?fe\Bansal Classes Binomial
^
n
!
test ? [REE '96,6] The sum ofthe rational terms in the expansion of (4l +31/5)10
is 1 If a n = I - - , then r=0 . [JEE'97,2] [JEE'98,2] n n r=0 r <-r equals (C)
n a / 2 .oo (A) (n-l)a (B) na n (D) None of these [REE '98,6] Q.5 Q. 6 3 5 9 15
23 Find the sum ofthe series Y[ + 2! + 3 j + 4 j + ' 5 7 + ' If in the expansion
of (1 + x)m (1 - x)n, the co-efficients of x and x2 are 3 an d - 6 respectively
, th n m is : [JEE '99, 2 (Out of200)] (A) 6 (B) 9 (C) 12 (D) 24 Q.7(i) For 2 <
r < n, (A) Vrj +2 (B)2 n r- 1 n +1 r + 1, ' n ^ \ r - 2/ 'n + O vr-1/ (C) 2 n +2
r J (D) 'n + 2 V
r (ii) In the binomial expansion of (a-b) n , n > 5, the sum ofthe 5th and 6th t
er ms is zero. Then equals: b [ JEE '2000 (Screening), 1 + 1 ] n- 4 n- 5 (C) n 4 (B) (A) ?fe\Bansal Classes Binomial [6]
Q.8 For any positive integers m, n (with n > m), let VmJ + 'n-r HJ I + ( n-1 1 \
n \ / + + vm; m \ = "Cm . Prove that n +1 m +1 m I J m Hence or otherwise prove
that. 'n-lN ' nN n_2 l + +3 f +2 K in J n J i V m; Q.9 /m \ + ( n - m + 1) VrnJ
f n + 2l + 2, [JEE'2000 (Mains), 6] Find the largest co-efficient in the expans
ion of (1 + x) n , given that the sum of co-efficients ofthe terms in its expans
ion is 4096 . [ REE '2000 (Mains) ] a Q.10 In the binomial expansion of (a - b)n
, n > 5, the sum of the 5th and 6th t erms is zero. Then equals (A) n-5 ( ) B 49
n-4 (C) n-4 v5 [JEE'2001 (Screening), 3] [REE'2001 (Mains), 3] Q.ll Find the coef
ficient of x in the polynomial
[11]
ANSWER KEY EXERCISE-I Ql. (i) n C 5 p - (u) (A) Q 4. (a) ^ (b) T6 =7 Q10.x = 0 o
r 2 ( Q a b = l Q2. r = 6 Q3. r = 5 o r 9 H Q9. x = O o r l Q5. ( J ^ L ) Q 7.
(i) 3n (ii) 1, (iii) an Q 11. (a)10150(Prove that 10150 - 9950= 1005 + some+ive q
ty) Q 12. 1 + u C 2 k . 2kCk 7k k=1 l Q14. (i) 990 (ii)3660 Q.24 (a) n 2 +n + 2
2 Q15.(i)T?=-^ (ii) 455x3^2 (ii) 455x3 12 Q18< Q18.1 Z Q 25. (a) 84b6c3 + 630ab4
c4 + 756a2b2c5 + 84a3c6 ; (b) -1260 . a2b3c4 ~ ; (c) -12600 Q 28. nCr (3n-r - 2n
~r) Q 29. (a) n = 12 (b) | < x < Q.32 Q 34. (a) Hint: Add 1 to both sides & comp
are theRHS series with the expansion (l+y)n to get n & y (b) 4 EXERCISE-I(B) Q.4
1 EXERCISE-III 15 (B) (p+l) n Q 1. divide expansion of (1+x) both sides by x& d
iff. w.r.t.x, putx= 1 to get 21 2993 Q 2. Differentiate the given expn. & put x
= 1 to get the result Q 9. Integrate the expn. of (1 + x)n. Determine the value
of constant of integration by putting x=0. Integrate the result again between 0
& 2 to get the result. Inte grate between 0 & 1. Q 10. Consider j [(l+x)n + (l-x
) n ] = C0 + C2x2 + C4x4 + Q 12. Multiply both sides by x the expn. (l+x) n . In
tegrate both sides between 0 & 1. Q 14. Note that (1 x) ~ = - Cj+ C2x - C3x2 +..
..+ Cn. x11"1. Integrate between 1 & 0
(n-1)! (n+1)! (2n +1)! EXER CISE-IV Q.l n = 2 or3 or4 Q.6 C Q.ll -22100 Q.2 Tg Q
.3 41 Q.7 (i) D (ii) B Q.12 C Q.13 ( a) A Q.4 C Q.9 12C6 Q.14 D Q.5 4 e - 3 Q.10
B Q.15 A ?fe\Bansal Classes Binomial [6]
BANSAL CLASSES M II MATHMAfiC5 TARGET IIT JEE 2007 XI (P.Q.R.S) FUNCTIONS & INVER
SE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS Trigonometry Phase - IV . i H ; f : CM T r W MT 1 W :
I : S= : FUNCTIONS KEY CONCEPT. EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III KEY CONCEPT
. EXERCISE-I. EXERCI SE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER KEY Page Page Page Page Page Page
Page Page -2 -10 -12 -13 -16 -21 -23 -25 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS Page 26
2' 2 T C ]u[l ,00) (-00,-1 ]u[ 1,00 ) R-bc,k eI (v) cosec x R-kn;, k e I (vi) co
tx Inverse Circular Functions (Refer a fter Inverse is taught) (i) (ii) sin 1 x
cos x tan 1 x (iv) (v) (vi) cosec _1x s ec-1 x cotx 1 [-1. + 1] [-1. + 1] R [0,
7t] 71 It ' 2 2/ v j (- O , - 1 ] U [ 1 , 0 ) r O 0 2'2 Tt Tt {0} 7 (- C , - 1 ]
u [ 1 , 0 ) [ , C - { f } O 0 0 ] (,1 07 ) R i&Bansal Classes Functions & Trig.
-</>- IV [4]
Function (y = f (x)) D. Exponential Functions (i) Cn) (iii) E. ex e!/x ax, a > 0
Domain (i. e. values taken by x) Range (i. e. values taken by f (x) ) (v i) a1/
x, a > 0 R R- { 0 } R R -{ 0} R+ R+- { 1 } R+ R+-{1) Logarithmic Functions () i
(ii) logx,(a>0)(a * 1 ) logxa=]^ (a > 0 ) (a * 1) + R R R-{0} R+-{1} F. Integral
Part Functions Functions (i) [x] R I ^ R-[0,1) g,nSI-{0}j Fractional Part Funct
ions 0 ) (*) 1 to R R-I [,) 01 (, O 1 Q ) H.
Modulus Functions () i (ii) |x| j^j R R-{ 0 } R+w{0} R+ 1 I. Signum Function sgn
(x)=^,x*0 A. R {-1,0,1} =0,x=0 J. Constant Function say f (x) = c R {c} ^Bansal
Classes Functions & Trig.-IV [5]
5. (i) (ii) (iii) 6. EQUAL OR IDENTICAL FUNCTION : Two functions f & g are said
to be equal if: The d omain of f = the domain of g. The range of f = the range o
f g and f(x) = g(x) , for every x belonging to their common domain, eg. 1 x f(x)
= & g(x) = are identi cal functions . x x2 CLASSIFICATION OF FUNCTIONS : One-On
e Function (Injective m apping): A function f: A-^Bis said to be a one-one funct
ion or injective mapping if different elements of A have different f images in B
. Thus for x p x2 e A& f(Xj), f(x2) e B, f(x,) = f(x2) < > x, = x, or x, * x2 o
f(x,) * f(x2). = Diagra matically an injective mapping can be shown as A B A B
Note : (i) Any function which is entirely increasing or decreasing in whole doma
in, then f( x) is one-one. (ii) If any line parallel to x-axis cuts the graph of
the functio n atmost at one point, then the function is one-one. Many-one funct
ion: Afunctio n f: A>B is said to be a many one function iftwo or more elements o
fA have the sa me f image in B . Thus f: A- B is many one if for ; x p x 2 e A, f
(Xj) = f(x2) bu t x] ^ x2 . Diagramatically a many one mapping can be shown as A
B A B Note : (i) (ii) Any continuous function which has atleast one local maxim
um or local minimum, th en f(x) is many-one. In other words, if a line parallel
to x-axis cuts the graph ofthe function atleast at two points, then f is many-on
e. If a function is oneone, it cannot be many-one and vice versa. Onto function
(Surjective mapping): If the function f: A B is such that each ele ment in B (co
-domain) is the f image of atleast one element inA then we say that fis a functi
on ofA'onto'B . Thus f : A ^ B i s suijective iff V b e B, 3 some a e A such tha
t f (a) = b . Diagramatically surjective mapping can be shown as A B A B <!jBansa
l Classes Functions & Trig.-IV [6]
Into function: If f: A - B is such that there exists atleast one element in co-do
main which is not the image of any element in domain, then f(x) is into. Diagra
m atically into function can be shown as B OR Note that: If a function is onto,
it cannot be into and vice versa. A polynomial of degree even will always be int
o. Thus a function can be one of these four types : (a) (b) (c) (d) Note : (i) (
ii ) one-one onto (inj ective & suij ective) one-one into (injective but not sur
jec tive) many-one onto (suij ective but not inj ective) many-one into (neither
suij ective nor injective) If f is both injective & surjective, then it is calle
d a Bijective mapping. The bijective functions are also named as invertible, non
sin gular or biuniform functions, If a set A contains n distinct elements then
the n umber of different functions defined from A A is nn & out of it n! are one o
ne. B Identity function: The function f: A - A defined by f(x) = x V x e Ais call
ed the identity ofA and is denoted by IA. It is easy to observe that identity fu
nction is a bijection. Constant function: A function f: A> B is said to be a cons
tant f unction if every element ofA has the same f image inB . Thus f: A B ; f(x)
= c, V x e A, c e B is a constant function. Note that the range of a constant fu
nction is a singleton and a constant function may be one-one or many-one, onto o
r into . 7. ALGEBRAIC OPERATIONS ON FUNCTIONS : If f & g are real valued functio
ns of x with domain set A, B respectively, then both f & g are defined in A n B.
Now we define f+ g, f - g, (f. g) & (f/g) as follows : (i) (fg)(x) = f(x)g(x) dom
ain in each case is A n B (f.g)(x) = f(x).g(x) (Hi) (-) VJ g g(x) domain is {x |
x e A n B s.t g(x) * 0} i&Bansal Classes Functions &Trig.-</>-IV [63]
(iii) (iv) The inverse of a bijection is also a bijection. If f & g are two bije
ctions f : A B, g : B - ^ C then the inverse of gof exists and (gof)-1 = f o g "
1 . " ^Bansal Classes Functions & Trig.-<j>-IV [8]
13. ODD & EVEN FUNCTIONS : If f (-x) = f (x) for all x in the domain o f f then
f is said to be an even fun ction, e.g. f (x) = cos x ; g (x) = x2 + 3 . If f (x) = - f (x) for all x in th e domain o f f then f is said to be an odd function
, e.g. f (x) = sin x ; g (x) = x 3 +x . NOTE : (a) f (x) - f (-x) = 0 => f (x) i
s even & f (x) + f (-x) = 0 = > f (x) is odd . (b) A function may neither be odd
nor even. (c) Inverse of an even function is not defined . (d) Every even funct
ion is symmetric about the y-axis & every odd function is symmetric about the or
igin. (e) Every function can be expressed as the sum of an even & an odd functio
n. + f(x) e^f(x)=f(x)+f(-x) EVEN -f(-x) ODD (f) (g) 14. The only function which
is defined on the entire number line & is even and odd a t the same time is f(x)
= 0. If f and g both are even or both are odd then the f unction f.g will be ev
en but if any one of them is odd then f.g will be odd. PERIODIC FUNCTION: A func
tion f(x)is called periodic if there exists a positive number T(T>0) calle d the
period ofthe function such that f(x+T) = f(x), for all values of x within the d
omain of x. e.g. The function sin x & cos x both are periodic over 2% & tan x is
periodic over n. NOTE : (a) f (T) = f (0) = f (-T), where'T' is the period . (b
) Inverse of a periodic function does not exist. (c) Every constant function is
always periodic, with no fundamental period. (d) If f(x) has a period T & g( x)
also has a period T then it does not mean that f(x)+g(x) must have a period T .
e.g. f(x) = [ sinx j + | cosx |. (e) (f) 15. If f(x) has a period p, then -j and
i/f(x) also has a period p . t (x) if f(x) ha s a period T then f(ax + b) has a
period T/a (a > 0) . GENERAL: If x, y are independent variables, then: (i) f(xy)
= f(x) + f(y) f(x) = k In x o r f(x) = 0 . (ii) f(xy) = f(x). f(y) f(x) = x n ,
n e R (iii) f(x+y) = f(x) . fl y) => f(x) = a"*. (iv) f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) =>
f(x) = kx, where k is a constan t. ^Bansal Classes Functions &Trig.-<f>-IV [9]
Q.8 f 7tx n = 4 cos2 + x cos In a function 2f(x) + xfl 4// Prove that (i) f(2) + f
(l/2) = 1 and (ii) f(2) + ned for all x, y e R is such that f ( l ) = 2 ; f(2) ,
wherekis some constant. Find f(x) & show that : f ( . ,^ otherwise,then Q.9 Q.IO
Let 'f be a real valued function defined for all real numbers x such that for s
o me positive constant' a' the equation f(x+a)=^+-Jf(x)-(f(x))2 holds forall x.P
ro ve that the function f is periodic. feBansal Classes Functions & Trig.-<j>-IV
[12] - ) - 2f V2 sin 7t X + 2 x v I f(l) = 0 A function f, defi = 8 & f(x+y)-kx
y=f(x)+2y 2 x + y ) f P ^ ] =kfor x+y*0
& =1 , then (gof) (x) = [IIT'96,1+2] ^Bansal Classes Functions &Trig.-<f>-IV [13
]
Q.2 Let f: {x,y,z}->{a,b,c}be a one-one function. It is known that only one ofth
e fo llowing statements is true: (i) f(x) * b (ii) f (y) = b (iii)f(z)*a Find th
e fun ction f. [REE '96, 6] If the functions f, g, h are defined from the set of
real numbers R to R such that ; r 0, if x < 0 f(x)=x 2 -l,g(x)=^~Ti ,h(x)= ; th
enfind the composite function ho(fog) & determine L x, if x > 0 whether the func
tion (f og) is invertible & the function h is the identity function. [REE '97, 6
] Q.3 Q.4(a) If g (f(x)) = | sinx | & f (g(x = (sin Vx)*, then : (A) f(x) = sin2
x, g(x ) = Vx (C) f(x) = x2, g(x) = sin Vx (b) If f(x) = 3x-5,thenf (x) 1 3x - 5
(C) do es not exist because f is not one-one (A) is given by Q.5 x+5 (B) is giv
en by 3 ( D) does not exist because f is not onto [JEE!98, 2 + 2] -1 (B) f(x) = s
inx, g(x) = i x | (D) f & g cannot be determined If the functions f & g are defi
ned from the set of real numbers R to R such that f(x) = e\ g(x) = 3x-2, then fi
nd functions fog & gof. Alsofindthe domains of fu nctions (fog)-' & (gof)-1. [RE
E'98, 6] If the function f: [1, ) - > [1, oo) is d efined by f(x) = 2x(x-1>, the
n f-1(x) is: [JEE'99,2] / .y(x-I) . ^ (A) ( - J (B) - (l + ^l + 41og2I) (C) - (l
- Vl + 41og2x) (D) not defined The domain of defin ition of the function, y (x)
given by the equation, 2X + 2y = 2 is: (A) 0 < x < 1 (B) 0 < x < 1 (C) - o o <
x < 0 (D) - oo < x < 1 Q.6 Q.7 [ JEE 2000 (Screening), 1 out of 35 ] Q.8 Q.9 -1
, x <0 Given x = {1,2, 3, 4}, find all one-one, onto mappings, f: X X such that,
f(l) = I, f(2) * 2 and f(4) * 4 . [ REE - 2000, 3 out of 100 ] [JEE 2001 (Scree
ning) 5 x 1 = 5 j L t g(x) = 1 + x - [x] & f(x) = < 0 { 1 , (a) , x = 0 , Then fo
r all x, f (g (x)) is equal to x>0 (A)x (b) (B) 1 (C)f(x) (D)g(x) If f: [1, oo)
- [2, oo) is given by, f(x) = x + , then f - 1 (x) equals : X (A) l l J U l 2 (B)
1 + x" + 2
(C) I z E I l 2 is : (D) 1 (c) W The domain of definition of f(x) = W (A) R \ {1, - 2 } x + 3x + 2 (B) (-2, oo) (C) R\{-1, - 2 , - 3 } (D) (-3, Q ) \ {-1, - 2
} O ^B ansaI Classes Functions & Trig.-fl- IV [14]
(d) ;' (e) Let E = {1, 2, 3,4} & F = {1, 2}. Then the number of onto functions f
rom E to F is (A) 14 (B) 16 (C) 12 (D) 8 a x Let f(x) = j - , x * - 1 . Then for
what value of a is f (f (x)) = x ? (A) ,J2 (B)-V2 (C) 1 (D) - 1 . Q. 10(a) Supp
ose f(x) = (x + l)2 for x > -1. If g(x) is the function whose graph is the refle
ction ofthe graph of f(x) with respect to the line y=X, then g(x) e quals (A)-Vx
- L , x > 0 (B)^-^r,x>-L (C) A/^+T,X>-1 (D)V^-L,x>0 (b) Let function / : R -->
R be defined by / (x) = 2x + sinx for x e R . Then / is (A) one to one and onto
(B) one to one but NOT onto (C) onto but NOT one to o ne (D) neither one to one
nor onto [JEE 2002 (Screening), 3+3] x 2 +x + 2 Q. 11 (a) Range of the function
f (x) = ~ x +x + l (A) [1,2] (b) Let f(x) is (B)[l,co) (C) (D) v1'! defined from
(0, 00) [ 0,00) then by f (x) is > 1+x (A) one- one but not onto (B ) one- one
and onto (C) Many one but not onto (D) Many one and onto 2 Q.12 [JEE 2003 (Scree
ning), 3+3] Letf(x) = sinx + cosx, g(x) = x - 1 . Thusg(f(x))isi nvertibleforx e
(A) f.O 0. (B) ~~2'71 7 T (C) 71 TC 4' 4 R such that x e irrational (D) 0 . * [J
EE 2004 (Screening)] Q. 13 (a) If the functions/ (x) and g (x) are defined on R
f(*)= , x e rational . . , , g(x) = x e irrational x, X, x e rational then ( f g)(x) is (A) one-one and onto (C) one-one but not onto
(B) neither one-one nor onto (D) onto but not one-one (b j) X and Y are two sets
and f: X Y. If {f (c) = y; c <z X, y e Y} and { f ( d ) =x; d c Y , x c X ) , t
hen the true statement is (A)f(f" 1 (b))=b (C) f (f 1 (b))=b, b e y (B) f _ 1 (f
(a)) = a (D) f~ ! (f(a)) = a , a c x [JEE 2005 (Scre ening)] ^Bansal Classes Fun
ctions & Trig.-<f>- IV [15]
P-2 (i) cosec-1 x = sin-1 x ; ; x<-l,x>l x<-l , x>l (ii) sec-1 x = cos-1 X (iii)
cot -1 x = tan -1 -X X ; x>0 = 7t + tan -1 ; x < 0 P-3 (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) sin1 (-x) = - sin"1 x , - 1 < x < 1 tan -1 (-x) = - tan -1 x , x e R cos -1 (-x ) =
% - cos -1 x , - 1 < x < 1 cot -1 (-x) = it - cot -1 x , x e R -1 < x < 1 I x |
>1 P-4 (i) sin-1 x + cos -1 x = j (ii) tan -1 x + cot -1 x = y xeR (iii) cosec1 x + sec-1 x = ^Bansal Classes Functions & Trig.-<f>- IV [16]
P-5 tan -1 x + tan"1 y = tan -1 t- 2 --^ where x > 0 , y > 0 & x y < l X+V = k +
tan -1 - where x > 0 , y > 0 & x y > l tan 1 x-tan~'y = tan -1 where x > 0 , y > 0
J 1 + xy P-6 (i) sin-1 x + sin-1 y = s in-1 x -Jl - y 2 + y -Jl Note that: x2 +
y2 < 1 . = (ii) where x > 0 , y > 0 & ( x2 + y2) < 1 71 0 < sin 1 x + sin 1 y <
where x > 0 , y > 0 & x2 + y 2 > l sin-1 x + sin-1 y = % - sin-1 x J l - y 2 + y
J l - x 2 Note that: x2 + y2 >1 => 71 < sin-1 x + sin-1 y < 7t wherex > 0 , y >
0 where x > 0, y > 0 if, x > 0, y > 0, z > 0 & xy + yz + zx < 1 (iii) (iv) P-7
sin _1 x-sin -1 y = sin -1 [x^/l-y 2 - y V l - x 2 J cos -1 x cos -1 y = cos"1 j
xy + yjl-x2 yj\-y2 j i x + y + z-xyz "7 tan ' If tan *x + tan ! y + tan 1lz = t
on 1 - xy - yz - zx No te : (i) (ii) If tan -1 x + tan -1 y + tan -1 z = n then
x + y + z - x y z If tan -1 x + tan 1 y + tan"1 z = ~ then xy + yz + zx = 1 2x l
+ x1 : P-8 2 tan"1 x = sin" cos' 1X 2x = tan"1 1 + x' 1-x2 if if if if if if 3 7
t jx|<l x>l x<-l |x|<l x<-l x>l Note very carefully t h a t : 2x sin 1 + x2 2 ta
n"1 x it - 2tan_1 x -(7c+2 tan"1 x) 2tan _1 x 7i+2tan x -(7T-2tan_1x) _1 cos 1-x
2 1 + x2 2tan"1 x if x > 0 -2tan"1x if x < 0 tan 2x 1-x2 REMEMBER THAT : (i) (ii
) (iii) sin 1 x + sin 1 y + sin 1 z =
r ' x , | x | < 1,
arc cos x y=stnx x
= cot - 1 1, x e R
TT/2 y=arc cot x x
; v 2 y1 7t TT/2 1
11. (a) y = cosec-1 (cosec*), = x 11. (b) y = cosec (cosecx), =x |*| >1, lyl >1,
yisaperiodic xsR-{n7i,nsI},ye y is periodic with period 2n 12. (a) y= sec-1 (se
c*), =* y is periodic with period 2n; 12. (b) y = sec (sec-1*), =* |*| > 1; l.vi
>l],y is aperiodic j ^Bansal Classes Functions &Trig.-<f>-IV [120]
EXERCISE-I Q. 1 Find the following 1 1 (i) tan cos - + tan s. (ii) sin - sin (v)
cos tan 3 1 (iii) cos-^cos 1% 6 (iv) tan 11 tan Q.2 2tc r . -3 x i3 (vi) tan sm
+ cot 5 2 Find the following : Tt . ' - V T (i) sin - sin 2 V2 , (iv) cos (vi).
tan-1 4Tt c os3 3sin2a 5 + 3cos2a '-VT (ii) cos cos v 2 , -i3 (v) sin cos + tan
-1 tana 4 % + 6 3 it (iii) tan - tanJ where - < a < 2 2 Q.3 Prove that : (a) 2 co
s-1 -4= _3 Vl3 -i L + cot -1 + - cos-1 = % 63 2 25 (b) tan -1 2 + tan -1 3 = (d)
arc cos 3% 76 + 1 _ T C 2V3 ~ 6 (c) cot 1 9 + cosec-1 Q.4 = - arc cos Find the d
omain of definition the following functions. (Read the symbols [*] and {*} as gr
eatest integers and fractional part functions respectively.) (i) f(x) = arc cos
2x 1 +x (ii) f(x)=-+2 arcsmx + 1 - ' x yfx-2 (iv) f(x) sin"
3 (iii) 7cos(sinx) +sin (v) f(x) = 1 sm x 2 log 5 (l-4x ) z -log 10 (4-x) + cos1 (1 - {x}) , where {x} is the fractional part of x. + log6 (2|x| - 3) + s in-1
(log2 x) (vi) f (x) = x + cos-11 J (vii) f(x) = logjg (l - log7 (x 2 - 5 x+13))
+ cos-1 (viii) f(x)=e l2 2 + sin 97IX '+tan -1 x + in( V ^ W ) (ix) f(x) = v;sm(
cosx) + /n ( - 2 cos 2 x + 3 cosx+ 1) + e -1 2 sinx + 1 2j2si sinx ^Bansal Classes
Functions & Trig.-IV [21]
Q. 5 Find the domain and range of the following functions. (Read the symbols [*]
and {*} as greatest integers andfractionalpart functions respectively.) (i) f (
x) = cot -1 (2x-x 2 ) f ir \ 2 _1 ^2x + 1 (iii) f(x) = cos (ii) f(x) = sec 1 (log
3 tan x+ log tanx 3) (iv) f (x) = tan"1 log4 (5x2 - 8x + 4 ) V 5 1 Q.6 Q.7 Find
the solution set ofthe equation, 3 cos"1 x = sin Prove that : 71 (a) sin 1 cos (
sin 1 x) + cos 1 sin (cos 1 x) = , (b) 2 tan"1 (cosec tan_1x - tan cot-1x) = tan
-1 x (c) tan 2mn / ~ \ 2pq VP - q f - J l - x 2 (4x 2 - l) j . | x | <1 (x * 0)
+ tan tan 2MN where M = mp - nq, N = np+mq, vM2 -N 2 . n N q <1 <i ; <1 and m M
p (d) tan (tan-1 x + tan"1 y + tan -1 z) = cot (cot 1 x + cot ^ + 001 l z) Q8 Q.
9 3 Find the simplest value of, arc cosx + arc cos [ ~ + ^ V ~ 3x2 j , x e ,1 If
cos 1 + cos 1 = a then prove that l a b x -d 2.xy y . , cosa H- = sin a . ab b Q
.IO If arc sinx + arc siny + arc sinz = n then prove that : (a) QJ1 Q.12 X^ 1 x
2 -y2 + z-^l - z2 = 2xyz (b) x4 + y4 + z4 + 4 x2y2z2 = 2 (x2 y2 + y2 z2 + z2x 2)
(x, y, z > 0) Find the greatest and the least values of the function, f(x) = (s
in-1 x)3 + (cos -1 x)3 Solve the following equations/system of equations : (a) s
in lx + sin 1 2x - (c) tan -1 (x-l) + tan-1(x) + tan -1 (x+l) = tan-1(3x) i 1 i
TC (d) sin - 1 ^ j +cos - 1 x= (f) sin lx + sin ! y = & cos *x - cos 'y= 3 3 (b)
tan"11 + tan"1 = tan 1 -7 2 1 + 2x 1 + 4x 2x x _i _ (e) cos 1 ~ - + tan 1 2 x -1
x +1 2n 1-a 1-b (g) 2 t a n - 1 x - c o s - i Y 7 ^ - cos 'Y^tf Q.13 Q.14 Q.15 2
a>0, b>0 If tan-1x, tan-1y, tan -1 z are in A. P., then prove that, y2 (x + z)
2y (1 -x z) = x + z where y e (0, 1) ; x z < 1 & x > 0 , z >0. Find the value
f sin-1 (s in5) + cos-1(coslO) + tan-1 [tan (-6)] + cot -1 [cot (-10)]. if
i I 467t^ f 137t | Showthat: sm I sinJ + cos |^cos | + tan | - t a n | +
1 1 3tc ^Bcmsal Classes Functions & Trig.-IV [22] *
+
o
3370
cot cot 197
Q.16 In a A ABC if ZA = 90, then prove that tan"1 ^ c+a + tan"1 V = T a+b 4 Q.17
Prove that: sin cot-1 tan cos-1 x = sin cosec-1 cot tan_1x = x Q.18 where x e (0
,1] If sin2x + sin2y < 1 for all x, y e Rthen prove that sin-1 (tanx. tany) e '
2 ' 2 Q.19 Find all the positive integral solutions of, tan Jx + cos 1 V ! y : s
in +y / VTo' Q. 20 Let f (x) = cor (x + 4x+a - a) be a function defined R -> 0 t
henfindthe co mplete set of real v ' 2 values of a for which f (x) is onto. 1 2
2 % EXERCISE-II Q. 1 Prove that : K 1 K 1 a + cos a + tan cos i b 4 2 b (a) tan 4
2 = 2b a 2J w w c o s -l cosx + cosy = 1 + cosx cosy V1 + X2 - VL - X2 , tan X
* 2
v a- b x . tan a+b 2 cos b + a cosx a + bcosx Q.2 Q.3 Q.4 If y = tan1 + x +Vl-x 2
2 prove that x2 = sin 2y. If u = cot -1 i/cos20 - tan -1 V c o s 2 e then prove
that sin u = tan2 9. 2 n . If a = 2 arc tan 1 + X1 & p = arc sin f 1 - x2 for 0
< x < 1, then prove t hat a + (3 = 1+x J-x. what the value of a + P will be if
x > 1. Q.5 Ifx e 1 2 ^en express the function f (x) = sin-1 (3x - 4x 3 ) + cos 1 (4x3 - 3x) in the form of a cos -1 x + b7t, where a and b are rational numbers
. Find the sum of the series : (a) sm 1 , . , 4l - 1 , f= + sm 1= t V2 V6 . Vn - Jn
- 1 + sm 1 i LVn(n + 1) + oo Q O (b) (c) (d) w tan-1 ^ + tan -1 - + + tan - 1 1
+ ^ cot"17 + cot"113 + cot-121 + cot"131 + to n terms . l tan -1 2 + tan -1 + tanl. 2 + tan"1 2 to n terms. 2 x + X+ 1 x' + 3x + 3 x + 7x + 13 x + 5x + 7 tan-1 + tan - 1 1 + tan -1 + tan"1 ^ + , 2 8 18 32 oo (e) ^Bansal Classes Functions &
Trig.-<f>- IV [23]
er they are bijjective or into ? Consider the two equations in x; (i) sin =1 (ii
) cos cos-1 (sin(x + 3-)) f 4 1 Given the functions f(x)= e " , g(x) = cosec"1
I 2C0SX^ cos ! x \ / sm -1 x \ Q.17 J & the function h(x) = f(x) defined only fo
r those values of x, which are common to the domains of the funct ions f(x) & g(
x). Calculate the range of the function h(x). Q.18 (a) (b) 2x. 1 x ^ are identic
al functions, then compute If the functions f(x) = sin"1 - & g(x) = c os-1 z 2 1+x
~" 1+ x their domain & range. If the functions f(x) = sin"1 (3x~4x3) & g(x) = 3
sin-1 x are equal functions, then compute the maximum range ofx. ^Bansal Classe
s Functions & Trig.-<f>- IV [24]
Q.19 Convert the trigonometric function sin (2 cos 1 (cot (2tan 1x))) into an al
gebra ic function f(x). Then from the algebraic function,findall the values of x
for w hich f(x) is zero. Express the values of x in the form a Vb where a & b a
re rati onal numbers. Solve for x: ( 2 +4 Y\ 2x sin < T 3. C sin" 1 + x' J) V V 1
f Q.20 EXERCISE-III Q. 1 The number of real solutions of tair ! Jx (x+1) + sin"5
jx 2 + x + 1 = is: (A) zero Q.2 (B) one (C) two (D) infinite [JEE'99,2 (out of2
00)] i Using the principal values, express the following as a single angle: 3 ta
n- ( ! ) + 2 * * * bx ax sin-1 + sin-1 = sin"1 x c c [REE'99, 6] Q.3 Q. 4 Solve,
where a2 + b2 = c 2 , c * 0. [REE2000(Mains), 3 out of 100] [REE2001 (Mains), 3
out of 100] Solve the equation: cos_1(V6x) + cos_I(3V3x2) = x2 x3 If sin"1 | x
~ y + ~ (A) 1 /2 (B) 1 f Q.5 + cos" 2 ; X 4 2 X + 6 4 for 0 < | x | < (D)-l then
x equals to [JEE 2001 (screening)] (C) - 1 / 2 x2 + l x+2 Q, 6 Prove that cos ta
n"1 sin cot _1 x = [JEE 2002 (mains) 5]
Q.7 1 Domain of f(x) : ^|sin- (2x)+ 6 % is (C) (A) ( 1 1 2'2. v (B) "1 3 ^ 1 i r
4' 4_ (D) i r 4'2_ [JEE 2003 (Screening) 3] Q8 If sin (cot 1 (x +1)) - cos(tan
(A) x), then x = (C)0 . 1 (B)| <> P4 [JEE 2004 (Screening)] ^Bansal Classes Func
tions &Trig.-<f>-IV [25]
BANSAL CLASSES M ATHM ATI C5 TARGETIIT JEE 2007 TRANSIT DPP For Class XI to XII m
oving students FUNCTIONS AND INVERSE TRIGONOMETRY FUNCTIONS Time Limit: 5 Sittin
g Each of 60 Minutes duration approx. This D P P will be dis cussed during comme
ncement of class- XII
There are 95 questions in this question bank. Only one alternative is correct. Q
. i Let f be a real valued function such that f(x)+ 2f / 2002^ v x J = 3x (D)40
00 for all x > 0. Find f (2). (A)1000 Q.2 (B)2000 (C)3000 Solution set ofthe equ
ation, cos-1 x - sin"1 x - cos" ] (x y3 ) (B) consists of two elements (A) is a
unit set (D) is a void set (C) consists of three elements If f(x) = 2 tan 3x + 5
-^1 - cos 6x ;g(x) is a function having the same time peri od as that off(x), th
en which ofthe following can be g(x). (A) (sec23x + cosec23 x)tan23x (C) cos2 3x
+ cosec3x (B) 2 sin3x + 3cos3x (D) 3 cosec3x + 2 tan3x ,y Q.3 Q.4 Which one of
the following depicts the graph of an odd function? 10 10(A) -10 o 10 -x (B) 0 -1
0 y 10 / -10 10,y 10o J (C) -10 -10 0 10 (D)
-10 7* Q. 5 The sum of the infinite terms ofthe series cot"1 [ l 2 + j + cot"1 [
22 (A) tan"1 (1) Q6 (B) tan"1 (2) + cot"1 j+ (C) tan"1 (3) is equal to (D) tan"
' (4) Domain of definition of the function f (x) = log (A) [0,1] (B) [1,2] 03x~2
- 9X_1 - 1 + ^ c o s ' 0 - x ) is (C)(0,2) (D)(0,1) Q.7 The value of tan"1 Q ta
n 2A\ + tan "' (cot A)+tan (cot3 A) for 0 < A < (k/4) is (A) 4 tan"1 (1) (B) 2 t
an"1 (2) (Q0 (D)none fa B ansa! Classes Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigo
nometry functions [11]
Q.8 Let f(x) = g(x) and h(x) = max.{sint: 0<t<x} min. {sint: 0<t<x} [f(x)-g(x)]
where [ ] denotes greatest integer function, then the range of h(x) is (A) {0,1}
(B){1,2} (C) {0,1,2} (D) { - 3 , - 2 , - 1 , 0 , 1,2,3} Q. 9 The period of the
function fix) sin 2 rex + sin + s i n ^ ~ | is \3 J (A) 2 (B)6 (C)15 The value o
f (A)secQ.ll 1071 'TCX^ ( 7TX ' (D) 30 Q.IO sec sin f f . 50tc> -sin + cos"1 C
S O I 9J (B) sec 7 T 31TIn] 9 J is equal to (D)-l 3x 2 - 7 x - f 1 + x2 9 9 (C)l
The domain of definition of the function, f (x) = arc cos greatest integer func
t ion, is: (A) (l,o) (B) [0, 6) (C) [0,1] ; where [ *] denotes the (D) ( - 2 , 5
] then: (D) tan 06 = - t a n P theng(x)iis Q.12 a = sin -1 jcos(sin -1 xjj and
P = cos - 1 [sin(cos-1 x)j (A) tan a = cot P (B) t a n a = - c o t p and g(x)= (
C) tan a = tan P f (sin x) + Q.13 Given f(x) (A) periodic with period 7t/2 (C) p
eriodic with period 2n
f (cosx) (B) periodic with period Tt (D) aperiodic Q.14 If x = tan 1 1 - cos 1 [
(A) x = Tty n . . ,1 (1 j + sin 1 ^ ; y = cos - cos (B) y = Ttx (C) tanx = -(4/
3)y iJ O 1 then (D) tanx = (4/3)y Q.15 In the square ABCD with side AB = 2, two
points M & N are onthe adjacent sides o fthe square such that MN is parallel to
the diagonal BD. If x is the distance of MN from the vertex A and f (x) = Area (
A AMN), then range of f (x) is: (A) (0,V 2] (B) ( 0 , 2 ] 1 (C) (o,2V2] j j has
the value equal to 7t (C) cos(D) (0,2V3 Q.16 cos| cos 1 cos^y-j +tan tan] (A) 1
(B)-l (D)0 fa B ansa! Classes Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigonometry fu
nctions [11]
Q.17 The domain of the definition of the function f(x) = sin" (A) (7, 7) (C) [ 7 , - 3 ] u [3, 5) u (5, 6) + [log10(6-x)]~ is: (B) (-7, - 3 ) u ( - 3 , 7) (D)
(-3, 3) u (5, 6) 1 . J a sin 2 Kb (C) f(x) vV 2b , where (0 < a < b), is Vb^j 2
a tc 1 . . f a^ f Q .18 The value of tan< +2- sin VbJ + tani[4 4 b <A il (B) 2b (D
) Q.19 Let/be a function satisfying /(xy) : value of/(40)is (A) 15 (B) 20 for al
l positive real numbers x and y. If /(30) = 20, then the (C) 40 (D) 60 Q.20 Numb
er ofreal value ofx satisfying the equation, arc tan ^x(x +1) + arc sin ^x(x + l
) + l = ~ is (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) more than 2 Q.21 Let f (x) = sin2x + cos4x +
2 and g (x) = cos (cos x) + cos (sin x) also let period of f (x) and g ( x) be T
j and T2 respectively then (A)T,=2T 2 ' (B) 2Tj = T2 (C)Tj-T2 (D)T } =4T 2 Q.22
Number of solutions of the equation (A) 0 (B) 1 Q.23 2 cor 1 2 + cos-1 (3 /5) =
cosec"1 x is (C) 2 (D) more than 2 The domain of definition of the function : f(
x) = /n(Vx 2 - 5 x - 2 4 - x - 2 ) is (A) ( - , - 3 ] (B) (-QO, -3 ] U [ 8 , oo)
(C) -00, v 28 9J (D)none Q. 24 The period of the function f(x) = sin [ c o s ~
+ cos(sinx) equal (A) Q.25 Tt (B) 2n (C)7t (D) 4;t If x = cos"1 (cos4) ; y = sin
"1 (sin3) then which ofthe following holds ? (A) x - y = 1 (B) x + y + 1 = 0 (C)
x + 2 y - 2 (D) tan (x + y) = - tan7 Q.26 Let f (x) e {eWsgnx} andg(x)= e [ e '
s g n x ] , x e R where {x} and [ ] d enotes the fractional part and integral pa
rt functions respectively. Also h (x) = In (f (x)) + In (g(x)) then for all real
x, h (x) is (A) an odd function (B) a n even function (C) neither an odd nor an
even function (D) both odd as well as even function Q. 27 The number of solutio
ns of the equation tan"1 V3y + tan" (A) 3 (B) 2 (C)l = tan"1 x (D)0 is J fa B an
sa! Classes Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigonometry functions [11]
f Q.28 Which of the following is the solution set of the equation 2 cos-1 x = co
t _1 (A) (0,1) Q.29 (B)(-l, 1)- {0} ( 9 (-1,0) 2x2 - 1 ^ 2x VT ]_ (D)[-l,l] Sup
pose that / is a periodic function with period and that / (2) = 5 and f(9/4) = 2
then 2 f (-3) - f (l/4) has the value equal to (A) 2 (B)3 Q.30 1 The value of t
an - tan v2 (A) Q.31 K (B) 71 (C)5 CD) 7 - 2V6 is equal: 1 +V6 (Of (D)none Given
f(x) = (x+1>C(2x_8); g(x) = ( 2x ~ 8 )C (x+1) and h (x) = f(x). g (x), the n wh
ich of the following holds? (A) The domain of 'h' is (j) (B) The range of 'h * i
s { - 1 } (C) The domain of 'h' is {x / x > 3 or x < - 3 ; x e I (D) The rang e
of *h' is {1 > t a n -1 Q.32 The sum ]T n = 1 4n is equal to: n - 2n + 2 4 ,1 ,2
(A) tan"1 - + tan"1 (B) 4 tan -J 1 (C) +-- is x" (D) sec"1 (-V2) Q 33 Range oft
he function f(x) = tan"> J [ x ] +[-x] + p-\x\ where [*] is the gr eatest intege
r function. (A) (B)!^!2'00) (C){^2| (D) Q. 3 4 Let [x] denote the greatest integ
er in x. Then in the interval [0,3] the number of solutions of the equation, x 2
- 3 x + [x] = 0 is: (A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 2 ( D) 0 Q. 3 5 The range of values of p fo
r which the equation, sin cos-1 (cosOan1 xyj = p has a solution is: (A) _L 1
Q. 3 7 Number of value of x satisfying the equation sin (A) 0 Q.38 (B) 1 vx; (C)
2 + sin-1 Tt v x y = iiS (D) more than 2 Consider a real valued function f(x) su
ch that f(a) + f(b) = f a +b is satisfied are .1 + ab (A) a e (-oo, 1); b e R (C
) a e (-1, 1); b e [-1, 1] 1 - ef(x) 1 + ef(x) x. The values of 'a' and V for wh
ich ( B ) a s ( - o o , 1); b e (-l,oo) ( D ) a e ( - l , l ) ; b s ( - l , 1) 1
Q. 3 9 The value of tan - c o r (3) equals 2 (Aj^-Vio)"1 Q.40 (B) (lO + V3 )_1
(C) (3 + V10) (D)(lO+V3) The period of the function cos V2 x + cos 2x is : (A) n
(B) K4~2 (C) 2tt (D) none of these Q.41 f f4Ni 2^ fx + 1 1 xThe real values of x
satisfying tan -tan" -tan" = 0 are V xj V xj (A)7J Q.42 (B)V2 (C) 4V2 (D)2 Which of
the following is true for a real valued function y = f (x), defined on [ - a, a
]? (A) f (x) can be expressed as a sum or a difference of two even funct ions (B
) f (x) can be expressed as a sum or a difference of two odd functions (C
Q. 47 Which ofthe following functions are not homogeneous ? (A) x + ycos; (B) x+
y" xy (C) v x + vcosx ' ysinx + y ( D ^ J x V y J * y \x/ x vy; Q. 48 Which of
the following is the solution set ofthe equation 3 cos_1x = cos-1 (4x3 - 3x)? (A
) [-1,1] (B) 1 l" . 3'3. (C) r1 J (D) Q.49 The function f : R - > R , defined as
f(x) = II 6 x (A) injective but not suiject ive (C) injective as well as suiject
ive + 3x - 3 - x 2 is: (B) suijective but not injective (D) neither injective no
r suijective Q. 50 The solution of the equation 2cos_1x = sin-1 (2xVl - x 2 ) (A
) [-1,0] (B) [0,1] (C)[-l,l] (D) V2' Q. 51 The period ofthe function/(x) = sin(x
+ 3 - [x+3 ]), where [ ] denotes the greatest integer function is (A) 2TI+ 3 (B
) 27t (C)l (D) 3 Q. 52 If tan-'x + ta n"1 2x + tan~'l3x = T , then C (A) x = 0 (
B) x = 1 (C)x = -1 (D)xe| Q. 53 If f(x + ay, x - ay) = axy then f(x, y) is equal
to : 2 X2 - V2 x2 + v (A) (B) (C) 4xy (D) none iz holds good is 2 Q. 54 The set
of values ofx for which the equation cos_1x + cos-1 + V3--3X v2 2 (A) [0,1] Q.55
(B) 8 9-x 2 1S
(C) 1 0 (D) {-1,0,1} The range ofthe function y : (A) ( ) 3} (B) (C) V 9y f +2 cot
X \ ,2cosec x + 5. 7T (D)(-,0)u r oo Q. 5 6 The domain of definition of the func
tion f (x) = (A) R - {mc, n e 1} ( C ) R - { n i c , ( 2 n + l ) - , n e 1} Q. 5
7 The solution set of the equation si n-1 *J\- X 2 (A) [-1, 1] - {0} (B) (0, 1]
U {-1} + 71 + , tan 2x a J l o 8 i ,3sec"x + 5y is V 2 (B) R - {(2n+ 1), n e 1} (
D)none cos_1x = cotVT -x V X , -sin 'x (C) [-1, 0) U {1} (D) [-1,1] fa B ansa! C
lasses Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigonometry functions [11]
Q. 58 Given the graphs of the two functions, y = f(x) & y = g(x). In the adjacen
t figu re from point A on the graph of the function y = f(x) corresponding to th
e given value ofthe independent variable (say Xq), a straight line is drawn para
llel to the X-axis to intersect the bisector of thefirstand the third quadrants
at poin t B. From the point B a straight line parallel to the Y-axis is drawn to
interse ct the graph ofthe function y - g(x) at C. Again a straight line is dra
wnfromthe point C parallel to the X-axis, to intersect the line NN' at D . If th
e straigh t line NN' is parallel to Y-axis, then the co-ordinates of the point D
are (A)fi :x0),g(f(x0)) (B)x0,g(x0) (C)x0,g(f(x0)) (D)f(x0),f(g(x0)) Q. 59 The
value of sin"1 (sin(2cor1 (V2 -1))) is (A)Q. 60 Q. 61 7t < B) 7t 4 (C) 3% (D) In
The function f: [2, Q ) - Y defined by f(x) - x2 - 4x + 5 is both one-one and o
n to if: O (A) Y = R (B) Y= [1, oo) (C) Y= [4, o o ) (D) [5, oo) If f(x) = cosec
"1 (cosecx) and cosec(cosec"1x) are equal functions then maximum range of values
o fx is (A) 71 KJ 71 7 C (B) LJ 0, (C) (-oo,-l]u[l,oo) Q.62 1-x4 (A) 5x2 Q. 63
(D)[-1,0)u[0,1) If 2 f(x2) + 3 f(l/x 2 ) = x2 - 1 (x * 0) then f(x2) is : (B) "
5x 1-x2 (C) 5x 1-x4 (D) is 2x 4 + x 2 - 3 5x2 n Sum of the roots of the equation
, arc cot x - arc cot (x + 2) = (A)V3
(B)2 {x} l + {x} (C)-2 (D)-V3 Q. 64 Range of the function f (x) : (A) [0,1) wher
e {x} denotes thefractionalpart function is (C) (B) 0. 1 -3 7t is (D) I Q. 65 Rang
e of the function sgn [ In (x2 - x + 1) ] is (A) {-1,0,1} (B) {-1,0} (C)-{1> (D)
{-1,1} Q. 66 Number of solution(s) of the equation cos 1 (1 - x) - 2cos (A) 3 (B
)2 (C)l (D)0 Q. 67 Let /(x) and g (x) be functions which take integers as argume
nts. Let / ( x + y) =/(x) + g (y) + 8 for all integer x andy. Let / ( x ) = x fo
r all negativ e integers x, and let g(8) = 17. The value of /(0) is (A) 17 (B) 9
(C) 25 (D) 17 fa B ansa! Classes Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigonometr
y functions [11]
Let/be a function such that f(3)= 1 and / (3x) = x +/(3x ~ 3) for all x. Then th
e value of /(300)is (A)5050 (B)4950 (C)5151 (D)none 1 Q. 73 I f / (x) is an inv
ertible function, and g (x) = 2/(x) + 5, then the value ofg~l (x), is (A) 2/~'(x
) - 5 (B) 2/- 1 (x) + 5 (C)\r\x) +5 (D)/-' x-5 Q. 74 If /(2x + 1) = 4x2 + 14x, t
hen the sum ofthe roots of /(x) = 0, is (A) 9/4 (B) 5 (C) - 9/4 (D)-5 Q. 75 If y
- / ( x ) is a one-one function and (5,1) is a point on its graph, wh ich one o
f the following statements is correct? (A) (1, 5) is a point on the gra ph of th
e inverse function y =/ _ 1 (x) (B)/(5) = f ( l ) (C) the graph of the i nverse
function y =/"'l(x) will be symmetric about the y-axis (D)/(/_1(5)) = l Q . 76 D
omain of definition of the function f (x); (A) (-oo,0] (C) ( - oo, -1) u [ 0, 4)
Q. 77 is x -3x-4 (B) [0, oo) (D)(-oo,l)u(l,4) 3X-4S Suppo se/ and g are both li
near functions, with/(x) = - 2x + 1 and / (g(x)) = x. The sum ofthe slope and th
e y-intercept ofg, is (A)-2 (B) - 1 (C)0 (D) 1 fa B ansa! Classes Transit Dpp on
Functions & Inverse trigonometry functions [11]
sin4(sin3) + sin"1 (sin4) + sin"1 (sin5) when simplified reduces to (A) an irrat
ional number (B) a rational number (C) an even prime (D) a negati ve integer Th
e graphs of which of the following pairs differ. (A) y , cosx -- + 2 + tan x -Jl
+ cot2x sinx y = sin2x Q. 8 3 (B) y = tanx cotx; v = sinx cosecx (C) y = | cos
x | + | sin x i ; y (D) none of these Q.84 2" If f(x) = cos -71" x + sin 2 1 |se
cx| + |cosecx| |secx cosecxj 1 2 (A) f (0) = 1 (B)f ^ V3+1 (C) f (D) f(7t) 0 faB
ansa! Classes Transit Dpp on Functions & Inverse trigonometry functions [11]
Q.85 14tcV The value of cos cos cos 2 v V 5 J /AN (A) cos ( - ^ 7 i 1 (B) sin 10J
IS : (C) cos 271 vT (D) - cos mJ K 5 Q 86 The functions which are aperiodic are
: (A) y = [x + 1 ] (B) y = sin x2 wher e [x] denotes greatest integer function Q
.87 (C) y = sin2x (D) y = sin ' x tan 1 x, tan 1 y, tan ! z are in A.P. and x, y
, z are also in A.P. (y 0, 1 , - 1 ) then (A) x, y, z are in G.P. (B) x, y, z ar
e in H.P. (C) x = y = z (D) (x-y) 2 + ( y - z ) 2 + ( z - x ) 2 = 0 (D) f(x) = c
os2x Q.88 Which of the following function(s) is/are periodic with period Tt. (A)
f(x) - | sinx | (B) f(x) = [x + Tt] (C) f(x) = cos (sinx) (where [. ] denotes t
he gr eatest integer function) Q.89 For the equation 2x = tan(2tan_1 a) + 2tan(t
an_1 a + tan"1 a3), which ofthe foll owing is invalid? (A) a2x + 2a = x (B) a2 +
2ax + 1 = 0 ( C ) a ^ 0 (D)a*-1, 1 Q.90 Which ofthe functions defined below are
one-one function(s) ? (A) f(x) = (x + 1), ( x > - l ) (B) g(x) = x+(l/x) ( x >
0 ) 2 (C) h(x) = x + 4x - 5, (x > 0) (D) f(x) = e "x, ( x > 0) Q.91 If cos_1x +
cos ' y + cos 'z = Tt, then (A) x2 + y2 + z2 + 2xyz - 1 (B) 2(sin~1x + sin_1y +
sin'z) = cos_1x + cos_1y + cos_1z (C) xy + yz + zx = x + y + z - l (D) x + X Q.9
2 ' y + -11 + f z + - 0 >6 v yJ v zJ ~ Which of the following homogeneous functi
ons are of degree zero ? (A) /n+ In x y y x (x-y) ' y(x+y) (C) 2 x +y 2 ^ (D) x sin
- y cos GR + x Q. 93 The value of tan-l
A3H V3MSNV
BANSAL CLASSES MATHEMATICS TARGET IIT JEE 2007 XI (PQRS) SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLE T
rigonometry Phase-Ill CONTENTS KEY-CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III
ANSWER KEY
KEY CONCEPTS ABC, I. n. SINE FORMULA : : In any triangle (i) cosA = sinA = sinB
= sinC COSINE FORMULA b 2 + c2 - a 2 2bc or a2 = b2 + c2 - 2bc. cos A (iii) cosC
: v ' 2 ~2 b2 c' + a (ii) cosB = 2ca a + b - c2 2ab m. PROJECTION FORMULA: (i)
a = b cosC + c cosB (iii) c = a cosB + b cos A ... ' B-C 2 (ii) b = c cosA + a c
osC b - c A cot b +c 2 a-b C cot a +b 2 IV. NAPIER'S ANALOGY - TANGENT RULE : (I)
tan = v ' A-B 2 (11) tan = v v. .... ' C-A 2
c-a B cot c+a 2 (m) tan = v TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS O F HALF ANGLES : 0) (ii) (iii)
(iv) VI. . A j(s-b) (s-c) . B sin = V be J 7 ; sm2 cosA (s-c) ( s - a ) ca s (s-b
) ca C cos . c sin |(s-a) (s-b) = i i s (s-a) B r ; cos be ' 2 = s (s-c) = i t a
n A T (s-b) (s-c) V s(s-a) = A 1(^1) Where S = a +b + c . & 2 . . A = arCa , ' f
tnangle Area of triangle = Js(s-a) (s-b) (s-c) . : In any triangle,
2 2 and , 2 2 A B C IIj = 4 R s i n - j ; II 2 = 4 R
y . Xin. T H E DISTANCES B E T W E E N T H E S P E C
The distance between circumcentre and orthocentre is
C The distance between circumcentre and incentre is
t ween incentre and orthocentre is ^2r 2 - 4R2 cos A
sal Classes [132]
s i n y ; II 3 = 4 R s i n
I A L POINTS : (a) (b) (c)
= R. J 1 - 8 cos A cosB cos
= VR2 - 2Rr The distance be
cosB cosC Trig.-0-III faBan
XIV. Perimeter (P) and area (A) of a regular polygon of n sides inscribed in a c
ircle of radius r are given by 71 1 < . 271 > P = 2nr sin and A = n r sin n 2 n Pe
rimeter and area of a regular p olygon of n sides circumscribed about a given ci
rcle ofradius r is given by n . tc P = 2nrtan and A = n r tan n n In many kinds of
trignometric calculation, as in the solution oftriangles, we often require the l
ogarithms of trignometrical rati os. To avoid the trouble and inconvenience ofpr
inting the proper sign to the log arithms ofthe trignometric functions, the loga
rithms as tabulated are not the tr ue logarithms, but the true logarithms increa
sed by 10. The symbol L is used to denote these "tabular logarithms". Thus: L si
n 15 25' = 10 + log10 sin 15 25' and L tan 48 23'= 10 + log 10 tan48 23' , XV. EXERC
ISE-I Q. 1 Q.2 Q.3 Q.4 With usual notation, if in a A ABC, ^ = ^ = ; then prove
that, 11 12 13 7 = ^ = . 19 25 For any triangle ABC , if B = 3 C, show that cosC
= J ^ t l & sin^ = -. y 4c 2 2 c v3 Tt In a triangle ABC, BDisamedian. If /(BD)
= -/(AB) and Z DBC = ~ . Determin e the ZABC. ABCD is a trapezium such that AB,DC
are parallel & BC is perpendicular to them. If angle ADB = 9 , BC = p & CD = q,
show that AB = + q2) sin9 pcosB + qsinG . Prove that there Q.5 Q.6 Let 1 < m <
3 . In a triangle ABC, if 2b = (m+1) a & cos A= | are two values to the third si
de, one of which is m times the other. If sides a, b, c of the trian gle ABC are
in A.P, then prove that sin2 cosec2A; 2 sin2 cosec2B ; sin2 cosec2C areinH.P. 2
2 Q. 7 Q.8 Q.9 Q.10 Find the angles of a triangle in which the altitude and a m
edian drawnfromthe sa me vertex divide the angle at that vertex into 3 equal par
ts. A B C Inatriangle ABC, if tan, tan , tan areinAP. Showthat cos A, cosB, cosC ar
e in AP. Show that in any triangle ABC; a 3 cosBcosC + b 3 cosC. cosA+c 3 cosAco
sB = a b c ( l - 2 cos A cos B cos C). 3R A point'0'is situated on a circle ofra
dius Rand with centre O, another circle of radius isdescribed. Inside the cresce
nt shaped area interce pted between these circles, a circle ofradius R/8 is plac
ed. If the same circle moves in contact with the original circle of radius R, th
enfindthe length ofthe arc described by its centre in moving from one extreme po
sition to the other.
Q.13
In a A ABC, (i) = (ii) 2 sinAcosB = sinC v cosA cosB A A C (iii) tan2 + 2 tan tan
- 1 = 0, prove that (i) => (ii) => (iii) (i). Ai jL JL Sides a, b, c of the tria
ngle ABC are in H.P., then prove that cosec A (cosec A + cot A); cosec B (cosec
B +cot B) & cosec C (cosec C + cot C) are in A.P. In a triangle the angles A, B
, C are in AP. Show that 2 cos A C a+c ac + c2 Q.14 Q.15 Q. 16 If pj, p2, p3 are
the altitudes of a triangle from the vertices A, B, C & A denotes the area of th
e triangle, prove that + p, , . l l p2 l p3 2 = -- cos" . 2ab c (a + b + c) A 2 Q.17
Let ABCD is a rhombus. The radii of circumcircle of AABD and AABC are Rj an d Rj
respectively then show that the area of rhombus is TTz D 2 x2 . (Kj + K 2 ; Q.1
8 In a AABC, GA, GB, GC makes angles ot, P, y with each other where G is the cen
troid ot the AABC then Show that, cot A + cot B + cot C + cot a + cot p + co t y
= 0. A +B Q.19 If atanA+btanB = (a+b)tan- , prove that triangle ABC is isosceles.
Q.20 Q.21 The two adjacent sides of a cyclic quadrilateral are 2 & 5 and the an
gle between them is 60. If the area of the quadrilateral is 4 fi, find the remain
ing two sid es. The triangleABC (with side lengths a, b, c as usual) satisfies l
og a2 = log b2 + log c2 - log (2bc cosA). What can you say about this triangle?
DE " c 2 Q.22 Ifthe bisector of angle C oftriangle ABC meets AB in D & the circu
mcircle in E prove that, CE _ (a+b) 2 Q.23 In a triangleABC, the median to the s
ide BC is of length , 1 & it divides the an gle A into y n - 6V3 angles of 30 & 4
5. Find the length ofthe side BC. Given the s ides a, b, c of a triangle ABC in a
G.P. (a, b, c * 1) . Then prove that; x = rb2_c2) X tanB + tanC Q.24 tanB - tan
C ' v = Y ( c 2 . a * tanC + tanA (C 4 > tan'C - tanA . '
cos cos cos = A A 2 B 2 C' 2 faBansal Classes T rig .-(f> - III [5]
Q.7 Q.8 a cosB cosC +b cosC cosA+ c cos AcosB = R (ri+r2)tan| =(r3-r)cot|=c Q.9
Q.ll A-B a cot A+ b cotB + c cotC = 2 (R+r) (r 1 -r)(r 2 -r)(r 3 -r) = 4 R ^ Q.1
0 4R sin A sinB sinC = a cos A + b cosB + c cosC B-C , , , . C-A , , , . Q.12 (r
+ fj) t a n + (r + r2) t a n - + (r + r3) t a n = 0 L Q.13 _ _L _L J_ 2 + v a2
+. b 2 ,c2 + 2 + 2 + 2 Q. 14 (r3+ fj) (r3+ r2) sin C = 2 r3 Jr2r3 + r ^ + r ^ Q.1
6 T , be | r A r 2 r 3 Q. 15 Q.17 Q. 19 1 be +
1 ca + 1 1 = ab 2Rr I; ca | r3 _ 1 ab r 2R 1 Vr i V vr + 1 v Vr + r 3/ 4R r2 s2
Q.18 bc - r2 r3 _ ca - r3 rt _ a b - rt r2 r 1 1 1 1 T j + r r2 r3; 4I I 1 1 + + r
vr, i % r3; Q.20 In acute angled triangle ABC, a semicircle with radius ra is c
onstructed wi th its base onBC and tangent to the other two sides. rb and rc are
defined simil arly. Ifr is the radius ofthe incircle of triangle ABC then 2 1 1
1 prove that,
Q.28 In a plane of the given triangleABC with sides a, b, c the points A', B', C
' are taken so that the A A'BC, A AB'C and A ABC' are equilateral triangles wit
h their circum radii Ra, Rb, Rc ; in-radii ra, rb, rc & ex-radii r a ', r b ' &
r c' respectively. Prove that ; (ii) r,r 2 r 3 = ( 3R * + 6 r * + 2 r *')] U t m
A 648 V 3 2 Q.29 In a scalene triangle ABC the altitudes AD & CF are dropped fr
om the vertices A& C to the sides BC & AB. The area of A ABC is known to be equa
l to 18, the area of triangle BDF is equal to 2 and length of segment DF is equa
l to 2V2 Find the radius of the circle circumscribed. Q.30 Consider a triangleAB
C with Aj, Bj, Cj, as the centres ofthe excirlces opposite to the verticles A B,
C respectively. Ar.(AA1BC) + Ar.(AAB1C)+Ar.(AABC1)_ 1 Showthat S(R?+R 2 +R 2 )
~ 2R (i) n r a : IT R : IT r ' = 1: 8 :27 & Where R, Rj, R^, R3 are the circum r
ad ii of AABC, AAjBC, AABjC and AABCj respectively and S is the semiperimeter of
AA BC. EXERCISE-III Q.l Q.2 Q.3 Q.4 In a AABC, Z C = 60 & z A= 75. If D is a poin
t on AC such that the area of the A BAD is S times the area of the A BCD, find t
he Z ABD. [REE'96,6] In a A ABC, a : b : c = 4:5:6. The ratio of the radius of t
he circumcircle to th at ofthe incircle is . [JEE '96,1] If in a A ABC, a = 6, b
= 3 and cos(A- B) = 4 /5 thenfindits area. If in a triangle PQR, sin P, sin Q,
sin R are in A.P., then (A) the altitudes are in A.P. (B) the altitudes are in H
.P. (C) the medians are in G.P. (D) the medians are in A.P. [REE'97,6] [JEE '98,
2] Q. 5 Q. 6 Two sides of a triangle are of lengths ^6 and 4 and the angle oppos
ite to smalle r side is 3 0. How many such triangles are possible ? Find the leng
th of their th ird side and area. [REE '98,6] Let ABC be a triangle having 'O' a
nd T as its cir cumcentre and incentre respectively. If R and r are the circumra
dius and the inr adius respectively, then prove that, (IO)2 = R2 - 2 Rr. Further
show that the tr iangle BIO is a right triangle if and only ifb is the arithmet
ic mean of a and c . [JEE'99,10 (out of200)] Q.7 The radii r } , r2 , r3 of escr
ibed circles of a triangle ABC are in harmonic pr ogression. If its area is 24 s
q. cm and its perimeter is 24 cm,findthe lengths o f its sides. [REE '99,6] n Q.
8(a) In a triangleABC, Let Z C = . If 'r* is the inr adius and ' R' is the circum
radius of the triangle, then 2 (r + R) is equal to : (A) a + b (b) Q.9 (B) b + c
(C) c + a (D) a + b + c (D) c2 - a2 - b2 [JEE '2000 (Screening) 1 + 1] In a a2
+ b2 - c2 (A) triangleABC, 2 ac sinc2 +(a2 - B2+ C) = (C) b2 - c2 - a2 ( B) ~ A
- b LetABC be a triangle with incentre T and inradius 'r'.Let D,E,F be the feet
ofth e perpendiculars from I to the sides BC, CA & AB respectively. If rj, r2 &
r3 ar e the radii of circles inscribed in the quadrilaterals AFIE, BDIF & CEID r
espect ively, prove that + + = 7 , J1 r2 \ , t . ( r - r,) ( r - r 2 ) (r - r3) Tr
ig.-0-III [JEE '2000,7] faBansal Classes [7]
Q 11. Find the set of values of'a' for which the equation, sin 4 x+cos 4 x + sin
2:x + a = 0 possesses solutions. Alsofindthe general solution for these values
o f 'a'. Q 12. Solve : tan2 2x + cot2 2x + 2 tan 2x + 2 cot 2x = 6. Q 13. Solve
th e equation : 1 +2cosecx= 3 Q 14. sin4x + cos 4 x-2sin 2 x + - sin22x = 0. Q 1
5. Solve : tan2 x . tan2 3x . tan 4x = tan2 x - tan2 3x + tan Ax. Q 16. Solve :
sin 10* + cos10* = cos4 2x. 16 29 Q 17. Find the set of values of x satisfying t
he equality sin f I X m\ 4J 3 -cos fX + ^ 4J 1 and the inequality 2cos7x cos3+si
n3 > z eos2x Q 18. Find the sum of all the roots of the equation, sin Vx = - 1 ,
which are le ss than 100 n 2 . Also Find the sum of the square roots of these r
oots. Now, can we conclude that all the roots cos Vx = 0 are also the roots of s
inVx = - 1 ? J ustify your answer. Q 19. Solve : sin ' V R V / + COS v2j = V2 si
nVx. . , 1 1 n, . 2x +1 . 2x +1 , 2x +1 Q 20. Find the general solution of the e
quati on, sin- + sin;: - 3 cos7 3x = 0. 3x Q 21. Let S be the set of all those soluti
ons of the equation, (1 + k)cos x cos (2x - a) = (1 + k cos 2x) cos(x - a) which
are i ndependent of k & a. Let H be the set of all such solutions which are dep
endent on k & a. Find the condition on k & a such that H is a nonempty set, stat
e S. If a subset of H is (0, tz) in which k = 0, then find all the permissible v
alues o f a. Q 22. Solve the equation ; sin5x= 16 sin5x. xcos3y + 3xcosy sin2y =
14 Q23. Solve for x & y , . , 2 - 1 , xsin3 y + 3xcos y siny = 13 Q 24. Solve t
he equat ion : c o t x - 2 sin2x= 1. Q 25. Find all values of'a' for which every
root of the equation, acos2x+ | a | cos4x + cos6x= 1 is also a root of the equa
tion, sin x cos2x = sin2x cos3x a root of the first equation. sin5x, and convers
ely, every root of the second equation is also
271 57t 1 1 D Q 2. 0 = 30 7t T C 0 4
l ) ^ ; x = (2n + l ) - | ,x =
271 57t n7i + , n7t + n e l 3 6 7
- 7t, A, a + T , where tan a =
12 15QO
Q Q r ^ T
10. x = l o g 3 ( f 4 j , k e N ; x = log 3 (j) , n e N ; x = l o g 3 Q + | j 11
. j [nir + (-l) n sin"1 (l - V2a+I) where n e l and a e Q 12. x = + (~l) n o + (
-l) n+1 -8 4 Q 14. n7c \ cos"1 (2 - V5) n7t k T Q 16. x= + , n e I 4 8 C N%
,meNu{0} 3 1 2 ' 2 Q 13. x = 2n7t Q 15. <2n + * n , kn , where n, k e I > 4 3tc
Q 17. x = 2mt + , n e l Q 18. 765 4 2 . All the roots of cos Vx = 0 are not the
same as those of sinVx = -1 where m, n W. where n e l 4m7i 71V 7t\ 2 +Q 19. x | 4n7t + or x = ^ 3 2 Q 20. x = 6nn + 3.7c - 4 or 3n7t + 3(-l) n sin-1 J - 2 Q 2
1. (i) | k sin a | < 1 (ii) S = n 71, n e I (iii) a e ( - m7i , 2 7t - m 7i) m e
I 6 Q 22. x = nTt or x = nn Q 23. x = 5^5 & y = nn + tan-1 | Q24. x = | + or X
= ^ + KTC Kel Q 25. a = 0 or a < - 1 EXERCISE-III Q.l Q.3 Q.2 C f n m n m i \ y
= (n-m) + (-l) -(-l) ;x = (m+n)-+ ( - l ) - + ( - l ) - wherea = sin"V -V , m, ne
l 2 4 2 2 4 2 Q.4 Min. value = 3 ~5 for x=(4n+1)^ - ^tan 1 ^-,neI;max.value=3 5
forx=(4n-l)^ ^tan ^ n e l ] Q.5 Q.7 % 71 x = mr + (-1 )n and y = mrc + where m &
n are integ ers. Q.6B 6 6
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) COMPLEX NUMBERS CONTEN
TS KEY- CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER-KEY
NOTE (i) (ii) z is always non negative. Unlike real numbers z [ J & z -z if z >
0 if z<0 is not correct Argument of a complex number is a many valued function.
If 9 is the argument of a complex number then 2 rnt + 9 ; n e l will also be the
argument of that comple x number. Any two arguments of a complex number differ
by 2nn. The unique value of 9 such that - n < 9 < n is called the principal valu
e of the argument. Unless otherwise stated, amp z implies principal value of the
argument. By specifying the modulus & argument a complex number is defined comp
letely. For the complex n umber 0 + 0 i the argument is not defined and this is
the only complex number wh ich is given by its modulus. There exists a one-one c
orrespondence between the p oints of the plane and the members of the set of com
plex numbers. Trignometric / Polar Representation : z = r (cos 9 + i sin 9) wher
e | z | = r ; a r g z = 9 ; Note: cos 9 + i sin 9 is also written as CiS 9. Also
cos x = e +e ix . -ix (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (b) z = r (cos 9 - i sin 9) . e & sin
x = ,Jx -e -ix are known as Euler's identities. 10 (c) 6. (a) Exponential Repres
entation: z = re,ie .. J z | = r ; arg z = 9 ; z = re IMPORTANT PROPERTIES OF CO
NJUGATE/MODULI/AMPLITUDE : If z , Zj, z2 e C then ; z+ z=2Re(z) z ; z-z=2ilm(z)
Z Z z ; (z) = z h Z \ 2j \z , Z2*0, r \ ; z x +z 2 = z,+ z 2 ; i ~z2 z i ~ Z2
12. (A) STRAIGHT LINES & CIRCLES IN TERMS OF COMPLEX NUMBERS : nZj + mz7 If Zj &
z2 are two complex numbers then the complex number z = - divides the joins of z,
& z, in the ratio m: n. Note: (i)I f a , b , c are three real numbers such that
azj + bz2 + cz3 = 0 ; wh ere a + b + c = 0 and a,b,c are not all simultaneously
zero, then the complex nu mbers z,, z? & z3 are collinear. (ii) If the vertices
A, B, C of a A represent t he complex nos. z p z2, z3 respectively, then : (a) (
b) Centroid ofthe AABC = Zj I Z^ Orthocentre ofthe AABC = (a sec A)ZJ + (b sec B
)Z 2 + (c sec C)z3 ZJ tan A + z 2 tan B + z 3 tan C asecA + bsecB + csecC tanA +
tanB + tanC Incentre of the A AB C = (az, + bz2 + cz3) + (a + b + c). Circumcen
tre ofthe AABC= : (Zj sin 2A + Z2 sin 2B + Z3 sin 2C) + (sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2
C). (c) (d) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) amp(z) = 8 is a ray emanating from the origin in
clined at an angle 0 to the x axis. | z a i ! z b | is the perpendicular bisecto
r of the line joining a to b. The equation of a line joining z} & z2 is given by
; z = z, +1 (Zj - z2) where t is a perameter. z = z, (1 + it) where t is a real
parameter is a line through th e point z, & perpendicular to oz,. The equation o
f a line passing through z, & z 2 can be expressed in the determinant form as z
z, Z z 1 z, 1 Z : 0. This is also the condition for three complex numbers to be
collinear. 2 2 ^ (G) (H) Complex equation of a straight line through two given p
oints Zj & z2 can be writ ten as z (zj - z2 ) - z (zj - z2 )+ (z,z2 - ZjZ2 )= 0,
which on manipulating tak es the form a s a z + a z + r = 0 where r is real and
a is a non zero complex co nstant. The equation of circle having centre zQ & ra
dius p is : I z z0 | = p or z z - z 0 z - z Q z + z 0 z 0 - p 2 = 0 which is of
the form zz+az+az+r = 0 , r is real centre - a & radius aa-r . (I) Circle will b
e real if a a - r > 0. The equation of the circle described on the line segment
joining Zj & z2 as diameter is : z-z, (i)arg= % or ( z - z j ) ( z z 2 ) + ( z z 2 ) ( z - z , ) = 0 (J) Condition for four given points z;, z 2 , z3 & z4 to b
e concyclic is, the number
13.(a) Reflection points for a straight line: Two given points P & Q are the ref
lection points for a given straight line if the given line is the right bisecto
r of the segment PQ. Note that the two points denoted by the complex numbers z,
& z, will be the reflection points for the straight line a z + a z + r = 0if and
only if; a z j + a z 2 + r = 0, where r is real and a is non zero complex const
a nt, (b) Inverse points w.r.t. a circle : Two points P & Q are said to be inver
se w.r.t. a circle with centre 'O' and radius p, if : (i) the point O, P, Q are
co llinear and on the same side of O. (ii) OP . OQ = p2. Note that the two point
s Z j & z2 will be the inverse points w.r.t. the circle zz+az+az+r=0 ifandonlyif
z,z 2 +az 1 +az 2 +r=0. 14. PTOLEMY'S THEOREM: It states that the product of th
e le ngths of the diagonals of a convex quadrilateral inscribed in a circle is e
qual to the sum of the lengths of the two pairs of its opposite sides. Z + z, z i.e . I Zj z2 2 4 I 2 Z3 Z Z 15. (i) LOGARITHM OF A COMPLEX QUANTITY: qA 1 ' 1 Log (a + i p) 2 Loge (a 2 + p2) + i 2 nrc + tan where n e l . a) v i1 represen
ts a set of positive real numbers given by e 2nn+~ (ii) Q.l nel. VERY E L E M E
N T A R Y EXERCISE ON COMPLEX NUMBER Simplify and express the res ult in the for
m of a + bi (a) '1 + 202 2+i (b) - i (9 + 6 i) (2 ~ i)-1 (c) f 4i - l^ A-3 2i +
l 2 ... 3 + 2i 3 2i , .(2 + i) (d) + (e) 2 5i 2 + 5i 2-i (2-i) 2 2+i Q.2 Ml Q.3
Q.4 Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 Given that x , y e R, solve : (a) (x + 2y) + i (2x - 3y) = 5 - 4
i (b) (x + iy) + (7 - 5i) = 9 + 4i (c) x 2 - y 2 - i ( 2 x + y) = 2i (d) (2 + 3
i ) x 2 - ( 3 2 i ) y = 2 x - 3y + 5i + IV (e) 4x2 + 3xy + (2xy - 3x2)i = 4y2 (x2/2) + (3xy - 2y2)i .PfTC ^slcSS' I J J S Find the square root of : (a) 9 + 40
i (c) 50 i (b ) 11 60 i i Ir+Mi) If f (x) = x4 + 9x3 + 35x2 - x + 4, find f ( 5 + 4i) (a) % 4 3 2 If g(x) = x - x + x + 3 x - 5 , find g(2 + 3i) (b) iH-J Amon
g the complex n umbers z satisfying the condition z + 3 - S i = S, find the numb
er having the le ast positive argument. Solve the following equations over C and
express the resu lt in the form a + ib, a, b e R. (a) ix2 - 3x - 2i = 0 (b) 2 (
1 + i) x2 - 4 (2 i)x - 5 - 3 i = 0 Locate the points representing the complex nu
mber z on the Ar gand plane: (a) | z + l - 2 i | = V7 ; (b) |z - l|2 + |z + l|2
= 4 ; (c) z + 3 3 ; (d) I z - 3 ! - I z - 6 I Q.8 Q.9 Q.10
If a & b are real numbers between 0 & 1 such that the points Zj = a + i, z 2 = 1
+ bi & z3 - 0 form an equilateral triangle, then find the values of'a' and 'b'.
For what real values of x & y are the numbers - 3 + ix2 y & x2 + y + 4i conjuga
te complex? Find the modulus, argument and the principal argument of the comple
x numbers. 2+ i (i) 6 (cos 310-i sin 310) (ii) - 2 (cos 30 + i sin 30) (iii) 4i + (1
+ i)2 <!lBansal Classes Complex Numbers [6]
Complex Numbers m
e _]B eiA elA e _2iC where i = JZ\ thenfindthe value of D. <!lBansal Classes Com
plex Numbers [9]
Q.19 If w is an imaginary cube root of unity then prove that : (a) (1 - w + w2)
(1 w2 + w4) (1 - w4 + w8) to 2n factors = 2 2n . (b) If w is a complex cube root
of unity, find the value of (1 + w) (1 + w2) (1 + w4) (1 + w8) to n factors . P
rov e that ' . Tt Q.20 1 + sin 9 + i cos 0 v + sin9-icos9 J . Tt^ ' : cos . nTt
-n9 + i sin 7T^ 5 ' / n7t - n 9 . Hence deduce that Q.21 0 + sin + icos + i 1 + s
in icos 1 v 5 5, 5 5 y v If cos (a - P) + cos (P - y) + co s (y - a) = - 3/2 then
prove that : (a) cos 2a = 0 = E sin 2a (b) E sin (a + P) = 0 = E cos (a + p) 2
2 (c) sin a = cos a = 3/2 (d) sin 3a = 3 sin (a + P + y) ( e) cos 3a = 3 cos (a
+ P + y) (f) cos3 (9 + a) + cos3 (9 + p) + cos3 (9+y) = 3 c os (9 + a ) . cos (9
+ p). cos (9+y) where 9 e R. Resolve Z5 + 1 into linear & q uadratic factors wi
th real coefficients. Deduce that: 4-sin-p- -cos y = 1. I f x = l + i V 3 ; y= 1
-iV3 & z = 2, then prove that xp + yp = zp for every prime p > 3. Prove that fo
r all complex numbers z with | z | = 1 <|l-z| + |l+z2|<4 71 Q.22 Q.23 Q.24 Q.25(
a) Let z = x + iy be a complex number, where x mdy are real numbers. Let Aa nd B
be the sets defined by A = { z | | z | <2} and B = {z | (1 -z')z + (l +/) z >4}
. Find the area ofthe region A n B. (b) For all real numbers x, let the mapp ing
f (x) = ;, where i = ^/ZJ. If there exist real number X I a, b,c and d for w hi
ch/(a),/(b),/(c) and/(d) form a square on the complex plane. Find the area of th
e square. EXERCISE-II P q r Q.l If q r p = 0 ; where p, q, r are the moduli of n
on-zero complex numbers u, v, w respectively, r p q
/ w - u A2 w prove that, arg = arg V v U / Q.2 Q. 3 Prove that X* -3 )' ' 3"C2r-i
= 0, where k= &n is an even positive integer. r= 1 3n 2 Show that the locus for
med by z in the equation z3 + iz = 1 never crosses the co -ordinate axes in the
-Im(z) Argand's plane. Further show that |z|= ^ 2 R e ( z ) I m ( z ) + 1 4, Q.4
Q.5 WW*" 1 If co is the fifth root of 2 and x = co + co2, prove that x5 = 1 Ox2
+ 1 Ox + 6 A N ^ ^ T / Prove that, with regard to the quadratic equation z2 + (p
+ ip ') z + q + iq' = 0 where p , p', q, q' are all real. (i) if the equation h
as one real root then q ' 2 - pp' q' + qp ' 2 = 0 . (ii) if the equation has two
equal roots then p 2 - p ' 2 = 4 q & p p ' = 2q'. State whether these equal roo
ts are real or complex. <!lBansal Classes Complex Numbers [10]
Q.3 (a) If is an imaginary cube root of unity, then (1 +00 co2)7 equals (A) 128 (
B) - 128co (C) 128co2 (b) The value of the sum ]Mi n +i n + 1 ) , where i = n=l
(D) - 128co2 13 , . , equals (D) 0 [JEE' 98, 2 + 2 ] (A) i Q.4 (B) i - 1 (C) i Find all the roots of the equation (3z - 1 )4 + (z - 2)4 = 0 in the simplified
f orm of a + ib. [REE'98,6] then 4 + 5 + 2 1 . r\334 i V3 | 2 Q.5(a) If i = p ,
(A)l-iV3 , f rf 1 i V3 + 3 + -\ 2 2 . is equal to : (D)-iV3 (B) - 1 + iV3 (C) iV3
(b) For complex numbers z & co, prove that, |z|2 co - |co|2 z = z - co if and o
n ly if, z co or z co = 1 [JEE'99,2+10(outof200)] Q.6 If a = e 2ni 20 7 and f(x)
=A 0 + X Ak xk, then find the value of, k=1 f(x) + f(a x) + + f(a 6 x) independe
nt of a . 1 + [REE '99,6] 1 + Q.7(a) If Zj, z 2 , z3 are complex numbers such th
at | z, | = | z2 | = | z 3 | = I Zj + z2 + z31 is : (A) equal to 1 (B) less than
1 (C) greater than 3 1 1, then (D) equal to 3 (b) If arg (z) < 0, then arg ( z) - arg (z) = (A) 71 2
[14] (ck\\)l t b^
n + (
k 7 i +
t a n ' 1 2
vQ.17 2 v
l) EXER
Q.IO (a) The region between the co encentric circles with centre at (0,2) & radi
i 1 & 3 units 1 1 (b) region outside or on the circle with centre + 2i and radi
u s . (c) semi circle (in the 1 st & 4th quadrant) x2 + y2 = 1 (d) a ray emanatin
g from the point Q.15 Q.18 Q.22 Q.25 (3 +4i) directed away from the origin & hav
in g equation Vs x - y + 4 - 3/3 = 0 [-3,-2] Q.17 (1 - c2) | z |2 - 2(a + be) (R
e z ) + a2 - b2 = 0 (a) K = 3 , (b) - 4 Q.19 (b) one if n is even; - w2 if n is
odd (Z+ l ) ( Z 2 - 2 Z c o s 3 6 + l ) ( Z 2 - 2 Z c o s 108+ 1) (a) 7t - 2 ; (b
) 1/ 2 EXERCISE-II Q.6 Q.20 (a) - , (b) zero 2 Q.8 2 +- +i 2 Q.19 k > ^ ! ~ P|2 2 |
f (z) | is maximum when z = co, where co is the cube root unity and | f (z) | =
^13 4 Q.21 K = - ~ ' 9 Q.23 required set is constituted by the angles without t
heir boundaries, whose sides are the straight lines y = (V2-l) xandy+(V2 + 1) x
= 0 c ontaining the x - axis Q.24 198 Q.25 51 EXERCISE-III Q.l 48(1 - i) ^ Q.4 Q
.6 ^ L Q.3 (a) D (b) B , (29+20V2) + i(l5 + 25\/2) 82 + 7A?X 7 (29-20V2) + i(15-25
V2) 82 (b) A Q.5 (a) ^ *, , C 2 7t 0 7A 0 + 7AI4X 14 Q.7 (a) A
BANSAL CLASSES TARGETIIT JEE 2007 XII (ABCD) CONIC SECTION (PARABOLA, ELLIPSE &
HYPERBOLA) CONTENTS PARABOLA KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III Pag
e -2 Page -5 Page -7 Page -8 ELLIPSE KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II . EXERCI
SE-III Page -10 Page -13 Page -14 Pag e -16 HYPERBOLA KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXE
RCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER KEY Page -18 Page -22 Pag e -24 Page -25 Page-27
General Note : (i) Length of subtangent at any point P(x, y) on the parabola y2
= 4ax equals twice the abscissa of the point P. Note that the subtangent is bise
cted at the vertex. (ii) Length of subnormal is constant for all points on the
p arabola & is equal to the semi latus rectum. (iii) If a family of straight lin
es can be represented by an equation A,2P + XQ + R = 0 where X is a parameter an
d P, Q, R are linear functions of x and y then the family of lines will be tange
nt to the curve Q2 = 4 PR. 12. The equation to the pair of tangents which can be
d rawn from any point (x, y,) to the parabola y2 = 4ax is given by : SS, = T2 w
her e : S = = y - 4 a x . S1=y,2-4ax1 ; T = yy, ~2a(x + x,). 2 ^B ansaIClasses C
onic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [17]
13. DIRECTOR CIRCLE: Locus of the point of intersection of the perpendicular tan
gents to the parabola y2 = 4ax is called the DIRECTOR CIRCLE. It's equation is x
+ a = 0 which is par abola's own directrix. 14. CHORD OF CONTACT : Equation to
the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a point P(x, y,)is yy, = 2a(x + x,).
Remember that the area of the triangle formed by the tangents from t he point (
x, y,) & the chord of contact is (y,2 - 4ax1)3/2 2a. Also note that th e chord o
f contact exists only if the point P is not inside. 15. POLAR & POLE: Equation o
f the Polar of the point P(x, y,) w.r.t. the parabola y2 = 4ax is' yy 1 =2a(x +
x1) ' , W 2 (ii) The pole of the line /x + my + n = 0 w.r.t. the parab ola y = 4
ax is , 1 Note: vl , (i) The polar ofthe focus ofthe parabola is the dir ectrix.
(ii) When the point (x, y,) lies without the parabola the equation to it s polar
is the same as the equation to the chord of contact of tangents drawn fr om (x,
, y,) when (x,, y,) is on the parabola the polar is the same as the tangen t at
the point. (iii) If the polar of a point P passes through the point Q, then the
polar of Q goes through P. (iv) Two straight lines are said to be conjugate d to
each other w.r.t. a parabola when the pole of one lies on the other. (v) Po lar
of a given point P w.r.t. any Conic is the locus of the harmonic conjugate o f
P w.r.t. the two points is which any line through P cuts the conic. (i) 16. CHOR
D WITH A GIVEN MIDDLE POINT : Equation of the chord of the parabola y2 = 4ax who
se middle point is 2a (x, y,) i s y - y j = ( x - x,). This reduced to T = Sj wh
ere T = y y, - 2a (x + x,) & S , =y, 2 -4ax s . 17. DIAMETER: The locus ofthe mi
ddle points of a system of parallel chords of a Parabola is ca lled a DIAMETER.
Equation to the diameter of a parabola is y = 2a/m, where m = s lope of parallel
chords. Note: (i) The tangent at the extremity of a diameter of a parabola is p
arallel to the system of chords it bisects. (ii) The tangent at the ends of any
chords of a parabola meet on the diameter which bisects the chor d. (iii) A line
segmentfroma point P on the parabola and parallel to the system of parallel cho
rds is called the ordinate to the diameter bisecting the system o f parallel cho
rds and the chords are called its double ordinate. 18. IMPORTANT HIGHLIGHTS : (a
) (b) (c) If the tangent & normal at any point 'P' of the parabola intersect the
axis at T & G then ST = SG = SP where 'S' is the focus. In other words the tang
ent and th e normal at a point P on the parabola are the bisectors of the angle
between the focal radius SP & the perpendicular from P on the directrix. From th
is we concl ude that all rays emanating from S will become parallel to the axis
of the parab ola after reflection. The portion of a tangent to a parabola cut of
f between the directrix & the curve subtends a right angle at the focus. The tan
gents at the extremities of a focal chord intersect at right angles on the direc
trix, and hen ce a circle on any focal chord as diameter touches the directrix.
Also a circle on any focal radii ofa point P (at2,2at) as diameter touches the t
angent at the vertex and intercepts a chord of length a^i + t2 on a normal at th
e point P.
(d) (e) (f) (g) Any tangent to a parabola & the perpendicular on it from the foc
us meet on the t angtent at the vertex. If the tangents at P and Q meet in T, th
en: TP and TQ sub tend equal angles at the focus S. ST2 = SP. SQ & The triangles
SPT and STQ are s imilar. Tangents and Normals at the extremities of the latus
rectum of a parabol a y2 = 4ax constitute a square, their points of intersection
being ( - a 0) & (3 a 0). > Semi latus rectum of the parabola y2=4ax, is the ha
rmonic mean between segments of any focal chord L 1 o of the parabola is ; 2a = +=.
i.e. 1 1 1 b+c b c a The circle circumscribing the triangle formed by any three
tangents to a parab ola passes through the focus. The orthocentre of any triang
le formed by three ta ngents to a parabola y2 = 4ax lies on the directrix & has
the co-ordinates - a, a (tj +1, +13 + t,t2t3). The area of the triangle formed b
y three points on a pa rabola is twice the area of the triangle formed by the ta
ngents at these points, If normal drawn to a parabola passes through a point P(h
, k) then k = mh - 2am - am3 i.e. am3 + m(2a - h) + k = 0. gives m, + m, + m = T
hen 3 0 ; mjm 2 + m 2 m 3 + m 3 m, = J 2a 2bc (h) (i) (j) (k) ~h a a where m, m2
&m 3 are the slopes of the three concurrent normals. Note that t he algebraic s
um of the: slopes of the three concurrent normals is zero. ordinat es of the thr
ee conormal points on the parabola is zero. Centroid of the A forme d by three c
o-normal points lies on the x-axis. (/) A circle circumscribing the triangle for
med by three co-normal points passes through the vertex of the parab ola and its
equation is, 2(x2 + y2) - 2(h + 2a)x - ky = 0 Suggested problems fro m Loney: E
xercise-25 (Q.5,10,13,14,18,21), Exercise-26 (Important) (Q.4, 6,7,16, 17,20,22,
26,27,28,34,38), Exercise-27 (Q.4,7), Exercise-28 (Q.2,7,11,14,17,23), Exercise29 (Q.7, 8, 10, 19, 21, 24, 26, 27), Exercise-30 (2, 3, 13, 18, 20, 21, 22, 25,
26, 30) Note: Refer to the figure on Pg. 175 if necessary. k ; m, m 2 m3 = . EXE
RCISE-I Q. 1 Q. 2 Q.3 Q.4 Show that the normals at the points (4a, 4a) & at the
upper en d of the latus ractum of the parabola y2 = 4ax intersect on the same pa
rabola. P rove that the locus of the middle point of portion of a normal to y2 =
4ax inter cepted between the curve & the axis is another parabola. Find the ver
tex & the l atus rectum of the second parabola. Find the equations Qf the tangen
ts to the pa rabola y2 = 16x, which are parallel & perpendicular respectively 1
to the line 2 x - y + 5 = 0. Find also the coordinates of their points of contac
t, n ' i ^ / A circle is described whose centre is the vertex and whose diameter
is three-qua rters of the latus rectum of a parabola y2 = 4ax. Prove that the c
ommon chord of the circle and parabola bisects the distance between the vertex a
nd the focus. Find the equations of the tangents of the parabola y2 = 12x, which
passes throug h the point (2,5). Through the vertex O of a parabola y 2 =4x, ch
ords OP & OQ ar e drawn at right angles to one another. Show that for all positi
ons of P, PQ cut s the axis of the parabola at afixedpoint. Alsofindthe locus of
the middle point of PQ. Let S is the focus of the parabola y2 = 4ax and X the f
oot of the direct rix, PP' is a double ordinate of the curve and PX meets the cu
rve again in Q. Pr ove that P'Q passes through focus. t Q. 5 Q.6 Q. 7
Q.8 Q. 9 Three normals to y2 = 4x pass through the point (15,12). Show that one
of the no rmals is given by y = x - 3 & find the equations of the others. Find t
he equatio ns of the chords of the parabola y2 = 4ax which pass through the poin
t (-6a, 0) and which subtends an angle of 45 at the vertex. Q.IO Through the vert
ex O of the parabola y 2 =4ax, a perpendicular is drawn to any tangent meeting i
t at P & the parabola at Q. Show that OP OQ = constant. Q.l l Q.12 Q.13 Q.14 Q.1
5 Q.16 Q.17 'O' is the vertex of the parabola y2 = 4ax & L i s the upper end of
the latus rectum. If LH is drawn perpendicular to OL meeting OX in H, prove that
the length of the double ordinate through H is 4a The normal at a point P to th
e parabola y2 = 4ax meets its axis at G. Q is another point o n the parabola suc
h that QG is perpendicular to the axis of the parabola. Prove that QG2 - PG2 = c
onstant. If the normal at P( 18,12) to the parabola y2= 8x cut s it again at Q,
show that 9PQ = 80 VlO Prove that, the normal to y2 = 12x at (3 ' 6) meets the p
arabola again in (27,-18) & circle on this normal chord as diame ter is x2 + y2
- 30x + 12y - 27 = 0. Find the equation of the circle which passe s through the
focus of the parabola x2 = 4y & touches it at the point (6,9). P & Q are the poi
nts of contact o f t h e tangents drawn from the point T to the pa rabola y2 = 4
ax. If PQ be the normal to the parabola at P- prove that TP is bise cted by the
directrix. Prove that the locus of the middle points of the normal c hords of th
e parabola y2 = 4ax is y2 4a 3 + T- = x - 2 a 2a y2 From the point (-1 ,2) tangen
t lines are drawn to the parabola y2 = 4x. Find the equation of the ch ord of co
ntact. Also find the area of the triangle formed by the chord of contac t & the
tangents. Show that the locus ofa point that divides a chord of slope 2 of the p
arabola y 2 =4x internally in the ratio 1 :2 is a parabola. Find the ver tex of
this parabola. From a point A common tangents are drawn to the circle x2 + y2 =
a2/2 & parabola y2 = 4ax. Find the area of the quadrilateral formed by th e comm
on tangents, the chord of contact of the circle and the chord of contact o f the
parabola. Prove that on the axis of any parabola y2 = 4ax there is a certa in p
oint K which has the property that, if a chord PQ of the parabola be drawn t hro
ugh it, then j + j is same for all positions of the chord. Find also the coor di
nates of the point K. '^ ^ (Q^) Q.22 Prove that the two parabolas y2 = 4ax & y 2
= 4c (x - b) cannot have a common normal, other than the b axis, unless 7 ~ > 2
. (a-c) Find the condition o n ' a ' & ' b ' s o that the two tangents drawn to
the parabola y2 = 4ax fromapoint are normals to the parabola x2 = 4by. Prove th
at the locus ofthe middle points of all tangents drawnfrompoints on the directri
x to the parabola y2 = 4ax is y2(2x + a) - a(3x + a)2. Show that the locus of a
point, such that two of the three normals drawn from it to the parabola y2 = 4a
x are perpendicular is y2 = a(x - 3a). Q.18 Q.19 Q.20 Q.21 Q.23 Q.24 Q.25 ^B ans
aIClasses Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [17]
EXERCISE-II Q.l Q.2 Q.3 Q.4 In the parabola y2=4ax, the tangent at the point P,
whose abscis sa is equal to the latus ractum meets the axis in T & the normal at
P cuts the p arabola again in Q. Prove that PT: PQ = 4:5. Two tangents to the p
arabola y2= 8x meet the tangent at its vertex in the points P & Q. If PQ = 4 uni
ts, prove that the locus of the point of the intersection of the two tangents is
y2 = 8 (x + 2 ). A variable chord tj t, of the parabola y2 = 4ax subtends a rig
ht angle at a f ixed point tQ of the curve. Show that it passes through a fixed
point. Alsofindt he co-ordinates of thefixedpoint. Two perpendicular straight li
nes through the f ocus of the parabola y2 = 4ax meet its directrix in T & T' res
pectively. Show th at the tangents to the parabola parallel to the perpendicular
lines intersect in the mid point of T T Two straight lines one being a tangent
to y2 = 4ax and the other to x2 = 4by are right angles. Find the locus of their
point of intersecti on. A variable chord PQ of the parabola y2 = 4x is drawn par
allel to the line y = x. If the parameters of the points P & Q on the parabola a
re p & q respectivel y, show that p + q = 2. Also show that the locus of the poi
nt of intersection of the normals a t P & Q i s 2 x - y = 1 2 . Show that an inf
inite number of trian gles can be inscribed in either of the parabolas y2 = 4ax
& x2 - 4by whose sides touch the other. If (Xj, yj), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) be th
ree points on the para bola y2 = 4ax and the normals at these points . , Xi X, X
7 Xi X-i Xi L meet ma p oint then prove that 1 + + = 0. ys yi yi Show that the norm
als at two suitable dist inct real points on the parabola y2 = 4ax intersect at
a point on the parabola w hose abscissa > 8a. Q.5 Q.6 Q. 7 Q.8 Q. 9 Q. 10 The eq
uation y = x2 + 2ax + a represents a parabola for all real values of a. (a) Prov
e thaj>eacn of these parabolas pass through a common point and deter mine the co
ordinates of this point, s (b) The vertices of the parabolas lie on a curve. Pro
ve that this curve is a parabola andfindits equation. Q. 11 The norma ls at P an
d Q on the parabola y2 = 4ax intersect at the point R (x,, y,) on the parabola a
nd the tangents at P and Q intersect at the point T. Show that, /(TP) /(TQ) = |
(x, - 8a) / y f + 4 a ^ Also show that, if R moves on the parabola, th e mid poi
nt of PQ lie on the parabola y2 = 2a(x + 2a). Q. 12 If Q (Xj, y,) is an arbitrar
y point in the plane of a parabola y2 = 4ax, show that there are three points on
the parabola at which OQ subtends a right angle, where O is the origin . Show f
urhter that the normal at these three points are concurrent at a point R edeterm
ine the coordinates of R in terms of those of Q. Q. 13 PC is the normal a t P to
the parabola y2 = 4ax, C being on the axis. CP is produced outwards to Q so tha
t PQ = CP; show that the locus of Q is a parabola, & that the locus of the inter
section of the tangents at P & Q to the parabola on which they lie is y2 ( x + 4
a) + 16 a3 = 0. Q. 14 Show that the locus of the middle points of a variabl e ch
ord of the parabola y2 = 4ax such that the focal distances of its extremitie s a
re in the ratio 2 :1, is 9(y2 - 2ax)2 = 4a2(2x - a)(4x + a). Q. 15 A quadrila te
ral is inscribed in a parabola y 2 =4ax and three of its sides pass throughfix e
dpoints on the axis. Show that the fourth side also passes throughfixedpoint on
the axis of the parabola. Q. 16 Prove that the parabola y2 = 16x & the circle x
2 + y2 - 40x - 16y - 48 = 0 meet at the point P(36,24) & one other point Q. Prov
e that PQ is a diameter of the circle. Find Q. ^Bansal Classes Conic Section (P
arabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [13]
2. POSITION OFA POINT w.r.t. AN ELLIPSE l The point P(x, y,) lies outside, insid
e or on the ellipse according as; + L- 1 > < or=0. a b X V 3. AUXILIARY CIRCLE /
ECCENTRIC ANGLE: A circle described on major axis as diameter is called the auxi
liary circle. Let Q be a point on the auxiliary circle x2 + y2 = a2 such that QP
produced is p erpendicular to the x-axis then P & Q are called as the CORRESPON
DING POINTS on the ellipse & the auxiliary circle respectively '9' is called the
ECCENTRIC ANGL E ofthe point P on the ellipse (0 < 9 < 2 Tt). i'(PN) _ b _ Semi
minor axis Note that *(QN) a Semi major axis Hence " Iffromeach point of a circ
le perpendicular s are drawn upon a fixed diameter then the locus of the points
dividing these pe rpendiculars in a given ratio is an ellipse of which the given
circle is the aux iliary circle". PARAMETRIC REPRESENTATION: y2 The equations x
= a cos 9 & y = b sin 9 together represent the ellipse + j - 1 . a b Where 9 is
a parameter. Note t hat if P(9) = (a cos 9, b sin 9) is on the ellipse then ; Q(
9) = (a cos 9, a sin 9) is on the auxiliary circle. LINE AND AN ELLIPSE : x y .
. . . The line y=mx+ c meets the ellipse r + r = 1 in two points real, coincident
or imaginary accordin g a b 2 2 2 2 as c is < = or > a m + b . x2 y2 Hence y = m
x + c is tangent to th e ellipse + j = 1 if c2 = a2m2 + b2. a b The equation to t
he chord of the ellipse joining two points with eccentric angles a & P is given
by x a+B y . a+B a-B cos h sm = cos a 2 b 2 2 TANGENTS: xx yy, i + J- = 1 is tangen
t to the ellipse at (Xj y,). x2 2 2 6. (i) Note :The figure formed by the tangen
ts at the extremities of latus rectum is rh oubus of area (ii) 2a e y = mx J a 2
m 2 +b
2 is tangent to the ellipse for all values of m. Note that there are two tangent
s to the ellipse having the same m, i.e. there ar e two tangents parallel to any
given direction. (iii) (iv) (v) + = j is tangent to the ellipse at the point (a
cos 9, b sin 9). a b The eccentri c angles of point of contact of two parallel t
angents differ by Tt. Conversely i f the difference between the eccentric angles
of two points is p then the tangen ts at these points are parallel. q +p cos a+
J3 sin 2 Point of intersection of th e tangents at the point a & P is a - q-p q3 COS cos ^B ansaIClasses Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [17]
7. (i) (ii) (iii) 8. NORMALS : Equation of the normal at (x, y.) is a2x x, b2y =
a2 - b2 = a2e2. y, Equation of the normal at the point (acos 0' bsin 0) is; ax
sec 0 - by cosec 0 = (a2 - b2). Equation of a normal in terms of its slope'm' is
y=mx ( a )"L Va2.+ b 2 m 2 DIRECTOR CIRCLE: Locus of the point of intersection o
f the tangents which meet at right angles is called the Director Circle. The equ
ation to this locus is x2 + y2 = a2 + b2 i.e. a circle whose centre is the centr
e of the ellipse & w hose radius is the length of the line joining the ends of t
he major & minor axis . 9. Chord of contact, pair of tangents, chord with a give
n middle point, pole & pola r are to be interpreted as they are in parabola. 10.
DIAMETER: The locus of the middle points of a system of parallel chords with sl
ope'm' of an ellipse is a st raight line b2 passing through the centre of the el
lipse, called its diameter an d has the equation y = -r x. a~m X2 V 2 11. IMPORTAN
T HIGHLIGHTS : Refering to an ellipse r- + Ar = 1 2 2 H - 1 If P be any point on
the ellipse with S & S' as its a then i (SP) + i (S'P) = 2a. foci b H - 2 The pr
oduct of the length's of the p erpendicular segments from the foci on any tangen
t to the ellipse is b2 and the feet of these perpendiculars Y,Y' lie on its auxi
liary circle.The tangents at th ese feet to the auxiliary circle meet on the ord
inate of P and that the locus of their point of intersection is a similiar ellip
se as that ofthe original one. A lso the lines joining centre to the feet of the
perpendicular Y and focus to the point of contact of tangent are parallel. H 3 If the normal at any point P on the ellipse with centre C meet the maj or & mi
nor axes in G & g respectively & if CF be perpendicular upon this normal' then (
i) PF. PG = b2 (ii) PF. Pg = a2 ( iii) PG.Pg = SP. S'P (iv) CG. CT = CS2 (v) loc
us ofthe mid point of Gg is anothe r ellipse having the same eccentricity as tha
t of the original ellipse, [where S and S' are the focii of the ellipse and T is
the point where tangent at P meet the major axis] H - 4 The tangent & normal at
a point P on the ellipse bisect th e external & internal angles between the foc
al distances of P. This refers to th e well known reflection property of the ell
ipse which states that rays from one focus are reflected through other focus & v
ice-versa. Hence we can deduce that t he straight lines joining each focus to th
e foot of the perpendicularfromthe oth er focus upon the tangent at any point P
meet on the normal PG and bisects it wh ere G is the point where normal at P mee
ts the major axis. H - 5 The portion of the tangent to an ellipse between the po
int of contact & the directrix subtends a right angle at the corresponding focus
. H - 6 The circle on any focal distance as diameter touches the auxiliary circl
e. H - 7 Perpendicularsfromthe centre up on all chords which join the ends of an
y perpendicular diameters of the ellipse are of constant length. H - 8 If the ta
ngent at the point P of a standard ellips e meets the axis in T and t and CY is
the perpendicular on it from the centre th en, (i) T t. P Y = a2 - b2 and (ii) l
east value of Tt is a + b. Suggested proble ms from Loney: Exercise-32 (Q.2 to 7
,11,12,16,24), Exercise-33 (Important) (Q.3, 5, 6, 15, 16, 18, 19, 24, 25, 26, 3
4), Exercise-35 (Q.2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 15 ) ^B ansaIClasses Conic Section (Pa
rabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [17]
EXERCISE-II Q. 1 Q.2 Find the equation of the ellipse with its centre (1,2), foc
us at (6,2) and passing through the point (4,6). The tangent at any point P of a
circle x2 + y2 = a2 meets the tangent at a fixed point A (a, 0) in T and T is j
oined to B, the other end of the diameter through A, prove that the locus of the
intersectio n ofAP and BT is an ellipse whose ettentricity is Q. 3 Q.4 Q.5 . Th
e tangent at the point a on a standard ellipse meets the auxiliary circle in t w
o points which subtends a right angle at the centre. Show that the eccentricity
ofthe ellipse is (1 + sin2a)"1/2. An ellipse passes through the points ( - 3,1)
& (2, -2) & its principal axis are along the coordinate axes in order. Find its
equation. If any two chords be drawn through two points on the major axis of an
ellipse equidistant from the a B v 8 centre, show that tan -tan -tan -tan = 1, w
here a, B, y, S are the eccentric angles of the extremities of the chords. 2 2 2
2 Q.6 x2 y2 Ifthe normals at the points P,Q,R with eccentric angles a, p, yon t
he elli pse + =1 are concurrent, a b then show that sin a sinP siny cos a cosp co
sy sin 2 a sin2p sin2y Q. 7 2 V2 Prove that the equation to the circle, having d
ouble contact with the ellip se X h = 1 at the ends of a 2 b2 2 2 3 2 2 4 a latu
s rectum, is x + y - 2ae x = a (1 - e - e ). Q. 8 Q.9 Tr r, \\ . X2 y 2 Find the
equations of the lines with equal intercepts on the axes & which touch the elli
pse + = 1. ' 16 V ,CH<?CKl \r\ IVe n r o S n The tangent at P 4 co s 6, - j = s i
n 9 to the ellipse 16x2 + 1 ly2 = 256 is also a tangent to the ci rcle v ,2 ,l
VI1 y ft J a c k p o t J x + y - 2x - 15 = 0. Find 6. Find also the equat ion to
the common tangent. 2 2 W o ( ; 11 4 x y "cKeQk i d . + f^aJ. /uj Q.IO A t angent
having slope to the ellipse + = 1, intersects the axis of x & y in points A & B
3 18 32 respectively. If O is the origin,findthe area of triangle OAB. Q.ll ' '
O' is the origin & also the centre of two concentric circles having radii of th
e inner & the outer circle as 'a' & 'b' respectively. A line OPQ is drawn to cut
the inner circle in P & the outer circle in Q, PR is drawn parallel to the y-ax
is & QR is drawn parallel to the x-axis. Prove that the locus of R is an ellips
e touching the two circles. Ifthe focii of this ellipse lie on the inner circle,
f indthe ratio of inner: outer radii &findalso the eccentricity of the ellipse.
QI12 ABC is an isosceles triangle with its base BC twice its altitude. Apoint P
moves within the triangle such o * that the square of its distancefromBC is half
the rectangle contained by its distancesfromthe two sides. [2 Show that the loc
us of P is an ellipse with eccentricity J passing through B & C. ^Bansal Classes
Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [13]
^ Q.13 Let d be the perpendicular distance from the centre of the ellipse + ~2 =
1 to the tangent drawn at a a2 ' b point P on the ellipse.If F, & F2 are the tw
o foci of the ellipse, then show that (PF, - PF2)2=4a*'1\ \ Xz y Q.14 Common tan
gents are drawn to the parabola y2 = 4x & the ellipse 3x2 + 8y2 = 48 t ouching t
he parabola at A & B and the ellipse at C & D. Find the area of the qua drilater
al. , o)' Q-l 5 If the normal at a point P on the ellipse of semi axes a, b & ce
ntre C cut s the major & minor axes at G & g, show that a2. (CG)2 + b2. (Cg)2 =
(a2 - b2)2. Also prove that CG = e2CN, where PN is the ordinate ofP. Q 1 6 x2 y2
Prove that the length of the focal chord of the ellipse + ~ = 1 which is i ncli
ned to the maj or axis at a" b angle 9 is ^ 5 ~ 5. a sin 0 + b cos 0 2ab2 . > x 2
v2 Q.17 The tangent at a point P on the ellipse + - - j = 1 intersects the m aj
or axis in T & N is the foot of the a b perpendicular from P to the same axis. S
how that the circle on NT as diameter intersects the auxiliary circle orthogon a
lly. Q.18 x2 y 2 The tangents from (x, y,) to the ellipse + ~ = 1 intersect at r
ight angles. Show that the normals at a b x y the points of contact meet on the
line = . Yi x i x 2 y2 Find the locus of the point the chord of contact of the t
angent drawn from which to the ellipse + - = 1 a b touches the circle x2 + y2 =
c2, where c < b < a. 2 2 v Q.20 Prove that the three ellipse j + j = 1 af bf 2 a2
b2 x2 y2 1 and + -- = 1 will have a common tangent 1 if a a2 2 b 1 = 0. b2 1 EXER
CISE-II Q.l PG is the normal to a standard ellipse at P, G being on the maj or a
xis. GP is produced outwards to Q so 2 2 that PQ = GP Show that the locus of Q i
s an ellipse whose eccentricity is a
- b & find the equation a 2 +b 2 of the locus of the intersection of the tangent
s at P & Q. Q.2 Q.3 P & Q are the corresponding points on a standard ellipse &
its auxiliary circle. The tangent at P to the ellipse meets the major axis in T.
Prove that QT touche s the auxiliary circle. x2 y 2 : 1 is joined to the ends A
, A' ofthe major axis. Ifthe lines through The point P on the ellipse + a b" P pe
rpendicular to PA, PA' meet the major axis in Q and R then prove that /(QR) = le
ngth of latus rectum. ^B ansaIClasses Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbol
a) [17]
Q.4 X2 V 2 Let S and S' are the foci, SL the semilatus rectum of the ellipse + a
nd L S' produced cuts the a b (1-e 2 ) ellipse at P, show that the length of the
ordi nate of the ordinate of P is y a, where 2a is the length l + 3e of the maj
or axi s and e is the eccentricity of the ellipse. X2 V 2 A tangent to the ellip
se + Ar = 1 touches at the point P on it in the first quadrant & meets the a b c
oordina te axis in A & B respectively. If P divides AB in the ratio 3 :1 find th
e equati on of the tangent. X2 V 2 PCP' is a diameter of an ellipse + = i (a > b
) & QCQ' is the corresponding diameter of the a b~ auxiliary circle, show that t
he area o f the parallelogram formed by the tangent at P, P', Q & Q' is 8a2b whe
re (j) is the eccentric angle of the point P. (a-b)sin 2<j) x2 v2 If the normal
at the poi nt P(9) to the ellipse + = 1, intersects it again at the point Q(20),
14 5 show t hat cos 9 = - (2/3). x2 y2 A normal chord to an ellipse y + Ar = 1 ma
kes an angle of 45 with the axis. Prove that the square of a b its length is equa
l to 32aV + Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 Q.8 Q.9 x2 v 2 If (x^ y,) & (x2, y2) are two points on t
he ellipse + 2 = 1, the tangents at which meet in a2 b (h, k) & the normals in (
p, q), prove that a2p=e2hx, x2 a nd b 4 q=- e2ky,y2a2 where 'e' is the eccentric
ity. x2 y 2 A normal inclined at 45 to the axis ofthe ellipse + = 1 is drawn. It
meets the x-axis & the y-axis in P a b & Q respectively. If C is the centre ofth
e ellipse, show that the area of triangle C.PQ is sq. units. 2(a +b ) fa2 Q.IO b2)2 Q.ll , V a +b . Prove that they b2 intercept on the ordinate through the nea
rer focus a distance equal to the major axis. a2 b2 x 2 v2 P and Q are the point
s on the e llipse If the chord P and Q touches the ellipse a b 4 X 2 y 2 4x , pr
ove that se ca+sec(3=2 where a, (3 are the eccentric angles of the points P and
Q. a2 b2 a x 2 y2 A straight line AB touches the ellipse + 2 = 1 & the circle x2
+ y2 = r2 ; where a > r > b. a b A focal chord ofthe ellipse, parallel to AB in
tersects the circle in P & Q, find the length ofthe perpendicular drawn from the
centre of t he ellipse to PQ. Hence show that PQ = 2b. Show that the area ofa s
ector of the standard ellipse in thefirstquadrant between the maj or axis and a
line drawn th rough the focus is equal to 1/2 ab (9 - e sin 9) sq. units, where
9 is the eccen tric angle of the point to which the line is drawn through the fo
cus & e is the eccentricity of the ellipse. Tangents are drawn to the ellipse 2
+
Q. 15 A ray emanating from the point ( - 4,0) is incident on the ellipse 9x2 + 2
5y2 = 225 at the point P with abscissa 3. Find the equation of the reflected ra
y after first reflection. x2 y2 Q. 16 If p is the length of the perpendicularfro
m the focus' S' of the ellipse - + = 1 on anv tangent at 'P', , i , b2 2a , then
sh ow thatT = 1. 2 p *(SP) a b x2 y2 Q. 17 In an ellipse j + = 1, nt and n^ are th
e lengths of two perpendicular normals terminated at the maj or a b 1 + 1 a2+b2
axi s then prove that: ~T ~2 ~ z n, n 2 b x2 y2 Q. 18 If the tangent at any point
of an ellipse + ~ r = 1 makes an angle a with the major axis and an angle a b P
with the focal radius of the p oint of contact then show that the eccentricity '
e' of the ellipse is given by c osP the absolute value of . cos a x2 y2 Q. 19 Us
ing the fact that the product of the perpendiculars from either foci of an ellip
se + ~ = 1 upon a a b 2 tangent is b , deduce the following loci. An ellipse wit
h 'a' & 'b' as the lengths of it s semi axes slides between two given straight l
ines at right angles to one anoth er. Show that the locus of its centre is a cir
cle & the locus of its foci is the curve, (x2 + y2) (x2 y2 + b4) = 4 a2 x2 y2. x
2 y2 Q.20 If tangents are drawn to the ellipse + = \ intercept on the x-axis a c
onstant length c, prove that a2 b the locus of the point of intersection of tang
ents is the curve 4y2 (b2x2 + a2y2 - a2b2) = c2 (y2 - b2)2. EXERCISE i n Q.l Q.2
If tangent drawn at a point (t , 2t) on the parabola y2 = 4x is same as the nor
mal drawn at a point (V5 cos <> 2 sin < ) on the ellipse 4x2 + 5y2 = 20. Find th
e values of t & <> {, > | j. 2 2 2 2 2 [ REE '96,6 ] A tangent to the ellipse x
+ 4y = 4 meets the ellipse x + 2y = 6 at P & Q. Prove that the tangents at P & Q
of the ellipse x2 + 2y2 = 6 are at right angles. [ J EE '97, 5 ] Q.3(i) The num
ber of values of c such that the straight line y = 4x + c touches the curve (x2/
4) + y2 = 1 is (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) infinite (ii) If P = (x, y), F, = (3, 0),
F2 = (-3, 0) and 16x2 + 25y2 = 400, then PFj + PF2 equals (A) 8 (B ) 6 (G)1.0 (D
) 12 [ JEE '98,2 + 2 ] Q.4(a) If Xj, x2, x3 as well as y,, y2, y3 a re in G.P. w
ith the same common ratio, then the points (x,, yj), (x 2 ,y 2 )&(x 3 ,y 3 ): (A
) lie on a straight line (B) lie on on ellipse (C) lie on a circle ( D) are vert
ices of a triangle, (b) On the ellipse, 4x2 + 9y2 = 1, the points at which the t
angents are parallel to the line 8x = 9y are: / 2 1 \ - 1 > ' 2 1N ' 2 O '2 (A)
(B) ~ (C) - - , - (D) 5 5 5 5 5/ v5' \ 5 5 J -> fa B ansa I Classes C onic Secti
on (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [21]
The foci of a hyperbola and its conjugate are concyclic and form the vertices of
a square. Two hyperbolas are said to be similiar if they have the same eccentri
city. RECTANGULAR OR EQUILATERAL HYPERBOLA: The particular kind of hyperbola in
which the lengths of the transverse & conjug ate axis are equal is called an EQ
UILATERAL HYPERBOLA. Note that the eccentricit y of the rectangular hyperbola is
-fl and the length of its latus rectum is equa l to its transverse or conjugate
axis. fa B ansa I Classes Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [21]
5. AUXILIARY CIRCLE: y A circle drawn with centre C & TA. as a diameter is calle
d the AUXILIARY CIRCLE of the hyperbola. Equation ofthe auxiliary circle is x2 +
y2 = a2. Note from the figurethat P & Q are called t h e "CORRESPONDING POINTS
" o n t h e / P(a sec0, b tanB) \(a,0) N . (-aA 1 Xe i c (0,0) J A hyperbola & t
he auxiliary circle. '9' is called the eccentric angle of the point 'P' on the h
yperbola. (0<9<2tt). Note : The equations x = a sec 9 & y = b tan 9 together rep
resents the hyperbola X V =1 a 2 b2 where 9 is a parameter. The parametric equat
ions: x = a cos h <> j, y = b sin h < also represents the same hyperbola. J > Ge
neral Note : Since the fundamental e quation to the hyperbola only differs from
that to the ellipse in having - b2 in stead of b2 it will be found that many pro
positions for the hyperbola are derive d from those for the ellipse by simply ch
anging the sign of b2. 6. POSITION OFAP OINT'P'w.r.t. AHYPERBOLA: The quantity M
..2 2 = b or without the curve. i is positive, zero or negative according as th
e point (x, y,) lies within, upon LINE AND A HYPERBOLA: X 2 " V 2 8. (a) The str
aight line y=mx + c is a secant, a tangent or passes outside the hyperbol a + =
1 according as: c2 > = < a2 m2 - b2. a" b"1 TANGENTS AND NORMALS : TANGENT S: xx
, Equation of the tangent to the hyperbola x : 1 at the point (x^y,) is i. a- b
z ' "* a' b Note: In general two tangents can be drawnfroman external point (x,
y,) to the hyperbola and they are y - y, = m,(x - x,) & y - y, = m2(x - x2) , wh
ere m, & m2 are roots of the equation (x,2 - a2)m2 - 2 x ^ m + y ^ + b2 = 0. If
D < 0, then no tangent can be drawnfrom(x, y}) to the hyperbola. Equation of
NORMALS: (a) (b) (c) 9. x2 y 2 The equation of the normal to the hyperbola z - =
1 at the point P(x,, y, ) on it is a b 2 2 ax by 2 , 2 2 2 + - = a - b =a e x i
Yi x2 y2 The equation of the normal at the point P (a sec9, b tanG) on the hyper
bola - - 2 _ = i is a 2 b 2 ax b X y = 2 + L2 = a2 e . 2 H a ,D sec B tan 9 Equat
ion to the chord of contac t, polar, chord with a given middle point, pair of ta
ngentsfroman external point is to be interpreted as in ellipse. CIRCLE: DIRECTOR
The locus of the intersection of tangents which are at right angles is known as
the DIRECTOR CIRCLE of the hyperbola. The equation to the director circle is: x
2 + y2 = a2 - b2. Ifb 2 <a 2 this circle is real; ifb 2 =a 2 the radius ofthe ci
r cle is zero & it reduces to a point circle at the origin. In this case the cen
tr e is the only pointfromwhich the tangents at right angles can be drawn to the
cu rve. If b2 > a2, the radius of the circle is imaginary, so that there is no
such circle & so no tangents at right angle can be drawn to the curve. 10. HIGHL
IGHTS ON TANGENT AND NORMAL: H-1 H-2 H-3 x 2 y2 Locus of the feet of the perpend
icular drawnfromfocus of the hyperbola = 1 upon any tangent a b is its auxiliary
circle i.e. x 2 +y 2 = a2 & the product of the feet of these perpendiculars is
b2 (semi C A)2 The portion of the tangent between the point of contact & the dir
ectrix subtends a right angle at the corr esponding focus. The tangent & normal
at any point of a hyperbola bisect the ang le between the focal radii. This spel
ls the reflection property of the hyperbola as "An incoming light ray " aimed to
wards one focus is reflected from the outer surface of the hyperbola towards the
other focus. It follows that if an ellipse and a hyperbola have the same foci,
they cut at right angles at any of their co mmon point. x 2 y2 x2 Note that the
ellipse + - 1 and the hyperbola a 2 b2 a2-k2 and therefore orthogonal. y Light r
ay f Tangent 0 . 3/ * S' ""pf\ J \ S v2 I = 1 (a > k > b > 0) Xare confocal k2-b2
H-4 11. The foci of the hyperbola and the points P and Q in which any tangent m
eets the
tangents at the vertices are concyclic with PQ as diameter of the circle. ASYMPT
OTES: Definition: If the length of the perpendicular let fallfroma point on a hy
perbol a to a straight line tends to zero as the point on the hyperbola moves to
infini ty along the hyperbola, then the straight line is called the Asymptote o
f the Hy perbola. To find the asymptote of the hyperbola: x2 y2 Let y = mx + c i
s the asy mptote of the hyperbola = j = 1. L 1) Solving these two we get the quad
ratic as ( b 2 - a2m2) x 2 - 2a2 mcx - a2 (b2 + c2) = 0 ....(1) fa B ansa I Clas
ses Conic S ection (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [21]
In ch 2b y y=o B A' yc \ A
order that y = mx + c be an asymptote, both roots of equation (1) must approa in
finity, the conditions for which are: coeff of x2 = 0 & coeff of x = 0. b b a2m2
0 o r m = + & a a2 mc 0 => c = 0. x y equations of asymptote are + = 0 a and a
b combined equation to the asymptotes j -0.
( a, 0) Note PARTICULAR CASE: When b = a the asymptotes ofthe rectangular hyperb
ola. x2 - y2 = a2 are, y = x which are at right angles. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Equi
lateral hyperbola < > rectangular hyperbola. = If a hyperbola is equilateral the
n the conjugate hyperbola is also equilateral. A hyperbola and its conjugate hav
e the same asymptote. The equation ofthe pair of asymptotes differ the hyper bol
a & the conjugate hyperbola by the same constant only. The asymptotes pass th ro
ugh the centre of the hyperbola & the bisectors of the angles between the (v) as
ymptotes are the axes of the hyperbola. (vi) The asymptotes of a hyperbola are t
he diagonals of the rectangle formed by the lines drawn through the extremitie s
of each axis parallel to the other axis. (vii) Asymptotes are the tangent to t
he hyperbola from the centre. ( ii A simple method to find the coordinates of th
e centre of the hyperbola expressed as a general equation vi) of degree 2 shoul
d be remembered as: Let f (x, y) = 0 represents a hyperbola. Find & . Then the p
o int of intersection of = 0 & = 0 ox dy ox dy gives the centre of the hyperbola
. 12. H-l H-2 H-3 HIGHLIGHTS ON ASYMPTOTES: If from any point on the asymptote a
straight line be drawn perpendicular to the transverse axis, the product of the
segments of this line, intercepted between the point & the curve is always equa
l to the square of the semi conjugate axis. Perpendicular from the foci on eithe
r asymptote meet i t in the same points as the corresponding directrix & the com
mon points of inter section lie on the auxiliary circle. x2 y2 The tangent at an
y point P on a hyper bola y - ~ = 1 with centre C, meets the asymptotes in Q and
R a b and cuts off a A CQR of constant area equal to ab from the asymptotes & th
e portion of the tang ent intercepted between the asymptote is bisected at the p
oint of contact. This implies that locus of the centre ofthe circle circumscribi
ng the A CQR in case o f a rectangular hyperbola is the hyperbola itself & for a
standard hyperbola the locus would be the curve, 4(a2x2 - b2y2) = (a2+b2)2. If
the angle between the a symptote of a hyperbola 1 is 20 then e = secG. [21]
13. (a) (b) (c) RECTANGULAR HYPERBOLA: Rectangular hyperbola referred to its asy
mptotes as axis of coordinates. Equation is xy = c2 with parametric representati
on x = ct, y = c /t, t e R - {0}. Equation of a chord joining the points P (tj)
& Q(t2) is x + tj t2y = c(t, +12) with slope m = . t,t 2 X V X Equation ofthe ta
ngent at PCXj'y,) is + = 2 &atP(t)is + ty = 2c. x, y, t (d) (e) Equation of norma
l: y = t2(x - ct) Chord with a given middle point as (h, k) is kx + hy = 2hk. Su
ggested problems from Loney: Exercise-36 (Q.l to 6, 16, 22), Exercise-37 (Q.l, 3
, 5, 7, 12) EXERCISE-I Q.l Q. 2 Find the equation to the hyperbola whose directr
ix is 2x+y= 1, focus (1 ,1)&eccentricity V3 Find also the length of its latus re
ctum. 2 y2 The hyperbola = 1 passes through the point of intersection of the lin
es, 7x +13y - 87 = 0 and a 2 b2 5x - 8y + 7 = 0 & the latus rectum is 32 V2 /5.
Find 'a' & V. = 1 prove that 2 100 25 (i) eccentricity=75/2 (ii) SA. S'A=25, whe
re S & S' are the foci & Ais the vertex. For the hyperbola Find the centre, the
foci, the directrices, t he length of the latus rectum, the length & the equatio
ns of the axes & the asym ptotes of the hyperbola 16x2 - 9y2 + 32x + 36y -164 =
0. 2 v2 The normal to the hyperbola x = 1 drawn at an extremity of its latus rec
tum is parallel to an a 2 b2 asymptote. Show that the eccentricity is equal to t
he square root of (1 X Q. 3 2 V 2 Q. 4 Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 If a rectangular hyperbola ha
ve the equation, xy = c2, prove that the locus of t he middle points of the chor
ds of constant length 2d is (x2 + y2)(x y - c2) = d2 xy. A triangle is inscribed
in the rectangular hyperbola xy = c2. Prove that the perpendiculars to the side
s at the points where they meet the asymptotes are co ncurrent. If the point of
concurrence is (x,, y,) for one asymptote and (x2, y2) for the other, then prove
that x2y , = c2. v The tangents & normal at a point o nx = j cut the y - axis a
t A & B. Prove that the circle on AB 2 a b2 as diameter passes through the foci
of the hyperbola. 2 2 Q. 8 Q. 9 Find the equation ofthe tangent to the hyperbola
x2 4y2=36 which is perpendicular to the line x - y+4=0. x2 2 v Q. 10 Ascertain t
he co-ordinates of the two point s Q & R. wrhere the tangent to the hyperbola =
l at 45 20 the point P(9,4) inter
sects the two asymptotes. Finally prove that P is the middle point of QR. Also c
ompute the area of the triangle CQR where C is the centre of the hyperbola. Q.l
l If 6j & 9, are the parameters of the extremities of a chord through (ae, 0) of
a hyperbola x 2 v2 i e-1 - 2 2 = 1, then show that tan-2L -tan^f- +e1- =0. 2 + a b
fa B ansa I Classes Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola) [21]
Q.12 If C is the centre of a hyperbola 2 = 1, S, S' its foci and P a point on it.
a2 b 2 2 Prove that SP. S'P = CP - a + b2. Q.13 Tangents are drawn to the hyper
bola 3 x2 - 2y2 = 2 5 from the point (0,5/2). Find their equations. 2 2 Q.14 If
the tangent at the point (h, k) to the hyperbola X V = 1 cuts the aux iliary cir
cle in points whose a 2 b2 .2 2 ordinates are y, and y7 then prove that + = . y,
y2 k Q.15 Tangents are drawn from the point (a, (3) to the hyperbola 3x2 - 2y2
= 6 an d are inclined at angles 9 and < to the x -axis. If tan 9. tan (j) = 2, p
rove th at p2 = 2a 2 - 7. ) | Q.16 If two points P & Q on the hyperbola X2 V 2 =
1 whose centre is C be such that CP is perpendicular a 2 b2 2 Q.17 The perpendi
cular from the centre upon the normal on any point of the hyp erbolax R. Find th
e locus of R. a2 to CQ & a < b, then prove that + - = . CP2 CQ2 a 2 b2 2 v = 1 meets
at b2 x2 y2 Q.18 Ifthe normal to the hyperbola - - ~ = 1 at the point P meets the
trans verse axis in G & the conjugate a b axis in g & CF be perpendicular to th
e norma l from the centre C, then prove that IPF. PG | = b2 & PF. Pg=a2 where a
& b are the semi transverse & semi-conjugate axes of the hyperbola. Q.19 If the
normal a t a point P to the hyperbola - = 1 meets the x - axis at G, show that S
G = e. SP , a 2 b2 S being the focus of the hyperbola. Q.20 An ellipse has eccen
tricity 1/ 2 and one focus at the point P (1/2,1). Its one directrix is the comm
on tangent, nearer to the point P, to the circle x2 + y2 = 1 and the hyperbola x
2 - y2 = 1. Find the equation of the ellipse in the standard form. Q.21 Show tha
t the locus of the middle points of normal chords of the rectangular hyperbola x
2 - y2 = a2 is (y2 - x2)3 = 4 a2x2y2. 2 2 Q.22 Prove that infinite number of tri
angles can be inscribed in the rectangular hyperbola, x y=c 2 whose sides touch
the parabola, y2 = 4ax. Q.23 A point P div ides the focal length of the hyperbol
a 9x2 - 16y2 = 144 in the ratio S'P : PS = 2 :3 where S & S' are the foci of the
hyperbola. Through P a straight line is dr awn at an angle of 135 to the axis OX
. Find the points of intersection of this li ne with the asymptotes of the hyper
bola. x2 y2 Q.24 Find the length ofthe diamet er ofthe ellipse + = 1 perpendicul
ar to the asymptote ofthe hyperbola 25 9 X2 V 2 - ~ = 1 passing through the firs
t & third quadrants. 2 2 Q.25 The tangent at P on the hyperbola = 1 meets one of
the asymptote in Q. Show that the locus of a 2 b2 the mid point of PQ is a simil
iar hyperbola. fa B ansa I Classes Conic Section (Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola)
[21]
(b) Let P (a sec 9, b tan 9) and Q (a sec <j), b tan <j>), where 9 + (j) = , be t
wo p oints on the hyperbola X2 V 2 = 1. If (h, k) is the point of intersection o
f the normals at P & Q, then k is equal to: a 2 b2 a +b a 2 +b 2 (A) (B)(C) (D) 7
(c) If x = 9 is the chord of contact of the hyperbola x2 - y2 = 9, then the equ
ation of the corresponding pair of tangents, is: (A) 9x2 - 8y2 + 18x - 9 = 0 (B)
9x2 - 8y2 - 18x + 9 = 0 2 2 (C) 9x - 8y - 18x - 9 = 0 (D) 9x2 - 8y2 + 18x + 9 =
0 [ JEE '99,2 + 2 + 2 (out of 200)] The equation of the common tangent to the c
urve y2 = 8x and xy=-1 is (A) 3y = 9x + 2 (B)y = 2x+1 (C)2y = x + 8 (D)y = x + 2
[JEE 2002 Screening] 2 2 x y Given the family of hyperbols r = 1 for a e (0, rt
/2) w hich of the following does not cos a sin a change with varying a? (A) absc
issa o f foci (B) eccentricity (C) equations of directrices (D) abscissa of vert
ices [ JEE 2003 (Scr.)] The line 2x + p y = 2 is a tangent to the curve x2 - 2y2
= 4. T he point of contact is (A)(4,-V6) (B)(7,-2V6) (C) (2,3) X Q. 4 Q.5 Q.6 (
D)(^,l) V [JEE 2004 (Scr.)] 2 Q.7 Tangents are drawn from any point on the hyper
bola locus of midpoint of the chor d of contact. = 1 to the circle x2 + y2 = 9.
Find the [JEE 2005 (Mains), 4] 2 X2 V 2 Q. 8(a) If a hyperbola passes through th
e focus of the ellipse - + = 1 and its transverse and conjugate axis 25 16 coinci
des with the major and minor axis of the ellipse, and product of their eccentric
ities is 1, then (A) equation of hyperbola - = 1 X2 y2 (B) equation of hyperbola
- = 1 X2 y2 (C) focus of hyperbola (5,0) (D) focus of hyperbola is (sV3, o) [JE
E 2006,5] Com prehension: (3 questions) Let ABCD be a square of side length 2 un
its. C2 is the circle through vertices A, B, C, D and C, is the circle touching
all the sides of the square ABCD. L is a line through A PA 2 +PB 2 +PC 2 +PD 2 (
a) If P is a F
ANSWER KEY PA RABC)LA EXERCISE-I Q.2 Q.5 Q.8 (a, 0); a Q.3 2 x - y + 2 = 0, (1,4
) ;x + 2y+ 16 = 0,(16,-16) 3x - 2 y + 4 = 0 ; x - y + 3 = 0 Q.6 (4 , 0); y2 = 2a
(x - 4a) y = -4x + 72, y = 3x - 33 Q.9 7y2(x + 6a) = 0 Q.18 x - y = 1; 8 V2 sq. u
nits 15a2/4 Q.21. (2a, 0) Q.23 a 2 >8b 2 ' <^ 8 2 y -9 4f 2^ (2 8^ 2 x , vertex
Q.20 v9 9y V 9j Q.15 x2 + y2 + 1 8 x - 28y + 27 = 0 Q.19 Q.3 [a(t2o + 4), - 2at0
] Q.IO (a) ' 1 P 4 EXERCISE-II Q.5 (ax + by) (x2 + y2) + (bx - ay)2 = 0 Q.21y2 =
8ax v ^ Q.16 Q(4, -8) / ;(b)y = - ( x 2 + x) Q.18 Q.12 ( (x, - 2a), 2y, ) (x2 +
y2 - 4ax)2 = 16a(x3 + xy2 + ay2) EXERCISE-III Q.l x - 2 y + 12 = 0 Q.3 x = 3 2
y 2/3 +2 1 , Q.4 x - 2 y + 1 = 0; y = mx +- where m 4m -5V30 10 Q.5 (a) C ; (b) B
Q.6 (x + 3)y2 + 32 = 0 Q.7 (a) C ; (b) D Q.8 C Q.9 D Q.IO (a) C; (b) a = 2 Q.ll
B Q.12 xy2 + y2 - 2xy + x - 2y + 5 = 0 Q.13 (a) D, (b) A, B, ( c) (i) A, (ii) B,
(iii) D, (iv) C ELLIPSE Q.l Q.8 20x + 45y - 40x - 180y - 700 = 0 x + y - 5 = 0,
x + y+ 5 = 0 Q.ll 4=v4= V2 V2 2 2 EXERCISE-I Q.4 Q.9 3x2 + 5y2 = 32 0 or y ; 4x
V33 y - 32 = 0 + z l = _L a4 b4 c2 Q.IO 24 sq.units Q.14 55 V2 sq. units Q.19 E
XERCISE-II Q. 1 (a2 - b2)2 x2y2 = a2 (a2 + b2)2 y2 + 4 b6x2 Q.13 ^/r2 - b2 Q.5 b
x + a V3 y = 2ab Q.15 12x + 5y = 48; 1 2 x - 5 y = 48
Question bank on Definite & Indefinite Integration There are 168 questions in th
is question bank. Select the correct alternative : (Only one is correct) 00 Q.l
The value ofthe definite integral, J(ex+1 + e3~x)"' dx is l n tz 1 f NR 7t _1 1
\ 1 (A)tj (B)(C) ^ - - t a n " 4e 4e e 2^ 2 x J cosfe x j-2xev dx is 0 (B) 1 +(
s in 1) (C)l-(sinl) T C (D) 2e 2 Q.2 The value ofthe definite integral, (A) 1 Q.
3 (D)(sinl)-1 /2 Value ofthe definite integral j ( sin '(3x-4x 3 ) - cos '(4x J 3x) )dx -V2 n In n (A)0 (B)-(C)y (D)~ r_at_ dt Let /(x) = J I j and g be the inv
erse off. Then the value of g'(0) is 2 Vl + t^ (A) 1 (B) 17 (C) V n (D) none of
these x Q.4 Q.5 (Ve rcot _1 (e x ) , . I dx is equal to : e 1 , cot" 1 (e x ) (A
) 7 In (e2x + 1) +x+ c x 2 e 1 , cot _1 (e x ) (B) - In (e2x + 1) + +x +c x 2 e
1 , 2x cor 1 (e x ) (C) /n(e + 1 ) - - y - - x + c 2 e 1 1k Lim J f(l + sin 2x) x
dx k->0 k 0 ^ i , corV) (D) ~ / n ( e 2 x + l ) + ^ - x 2 e +c Q.6 (A) 2 /n5ex
/ " ^ d x (A) 4-7t (B) 1 (C) e2 (D)nonexistent Q.7 g-
(B) 6-71 (C) 5-71 (D)None feBansal Classes Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integr
ation [2]
fx Q.8 S'^f \es \qOVi If x satisfies the equation value x is (A) a 2 sin a (Jl dt
^ 3 rt 2 sin2t ' -t smz x2dt x - 2 = 0 (0 < a < TC), then the 2 +2tcosa + l { t
2' + l \-3 J I }c f> 2 sin a a a _ I a (C) sina (D) 2. sma a ( B ) Q.9 x , 1, If/(x
) = eg(x) and g(x) = J j then f' (2) has the value equal to : 2 1 +t (D) cannot
be determined (C)l (A) 2/17 (B)0 J etan 9 (sec 9 - sin 9) d9 equals : (A) - etan
9 sin 9 + c (B) etan 9 sin 9 + c (C) etan 9 sec 9 + c (D) etan 9 co s 9 + c Q.I
O Q.ll J (x-sin 2 x-cosx)dx o (B) 2/9 (A)0 r=4n (C) - 2/9 is equal to 1 10 (D) 4/9 Q.12 The value of Lim ]>] n->oo r=i Vr(3Vr + (A) b-c 35 (B) 1 14 (C) (D) Q.
13 J / ( x + c)dx = b-2c V '" (A) Jf(x)dx (B) |f(x+c)dx (C) Jf(x)dx a-2c (D) Jf(
x+2c)dx
Q.17 f(x) = Jt(tl)(t2) dt takes on its minimum value when: o (A) x = 0 , 1 a (B) x
= 1,2 (C) x = 0 ,2 (D)x = 3+ S Q.18 Jf(x)dx = -a a a a (A) J[f(x)+f(-x)]dx (B)
J[f(x)-f(-x)]dx (C) 2 Jf(x)dx (D)Zero Q.19 Let f (x) be a function satisfying f
1 (x)=f (x) with f (0) = 1 and g be the fun ction satisfying f (x) + g (x) = x2
l The value of the integral jf (x)g(x) dx is (A)e-^e2-^ (B) e - e2 - 3 (C)~(e-3)
(D)e . Q- 2 0 J. w JI\x V T T ] ^ d x e < i u a l s : A 2 (A) - V l + / n | x |
( / n | x | 2 ) + c (C) ^ l + ln\x\ ( / n | x | - 2 ) + c 3 2 j | i ( | x - 3 |
+ | l - x | 4 ) | dx equals: (B) ^l + ln | x | (/n | x | + 2) + c (D) 2-yJl + /n
| x | (3 /n | x | - 2) + c Q.21 (A)-(B) 8 (C) (D)
Where {*} denotes the fractional part function. Q.22 0 ^ (A) J 3x 8V2 1 P 1x.cos d
x has the value: X Xy 24 V2 32 V2 (B) (C) (D) None Q.23 / \ _ \ / 7t 2 71 2 + Li
m sec + sec 2 n >o 6n o UnJ V 6n, 2, 7t 4 + sec (n-1)- + has the value equal to 6n
3 (C)2 (A) V3 (B)V3 fe Bans a I Classes Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integrat
ion [14]
Q.24 Suppose that F (x) is an antiderivative of f (x) = (A) F (6) - F (2) smx X
fsi"2x , x> 0 then J i can be expressed as (B) ~ (F (6) - F (2)) (C) | ( F ( 3 )
- F ( 1 ) ) (D) 2( F (6) - F (2)) Cl^ec^ + c (C) +c x +X+1 x+1 c ^ ^ ^ (D) X+ 1
3x4 - 1 Q.25 Primitive of t w x t X is: > v (x + x +1) a "tK^ +c tcppaootCfr) (A
) X X 4 +X+1 , +c x (B) - 7 X +X+1 x 4 +x+l Q.26 7t 27 1 Lim 1 + cos + cos + 2n 2n
2n (A) 1 (n-l)7t + cos, equal to 2n J (C)2 (D)none (B) ('ogx2)2 dx : tn2 1 Q.27
J iog x 2(A) 0
(B)l (C)2 (D)4 Q.28 If m & n are integers such that (m - n) is an odd integer th
en the value of the definite integral cos mx -sin nx dx o (A) 0 2n ( ) 2 B n m 2 (
Qn ^- T m (D) none ,ipGi-^o- Wm /f (A) 5/6 , >, U Q.30 If | Q.29 Lety={x}M where
{xjdenotes the fractional part ofx&[x] denotes greatest int eger <x, then Jydx =
(B) 2/3 ' dx=A/n x + B 1+x (C) 1 (D) 11/6 ix4+l x(x 2 +l) 2 + c, where c is the
constant of integration then : (C)A=1;B = 1 y (C)l + /n2 foe (D)none f(x) (A)A=
4JB = - 1 D)'-ff O ^ 0 1 - sin x Q.31 dx= 1-cosx it/2 (B) A = - 1 ; B = 1 ^ (B)/
n2 ^ (D)A = - 1 ; B = - 1 J (A)l-/n2 Q.32 Let f: R R be a differentiable functio
n & f (1) = 4, then the value of; Lim f 2 l is: X-l J x 1 Y 1 (B)4f'(l) (D) 8 f '
( l ) (C)2f'(l) (A)f'(l) fe Bans aIClasses Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integr
ation [14]
Q.33 If j o f(x) t2dt = x cos roc, then f'(9) 1 (B) is equal to - 1 (C) is equal
to (D) is non existen t 1 (A) is equal to - (it/2)I/3 Q.34 Jx 5 sinx 3 dx = o (
A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) 2 (D) 1/3 Q.35 Integral of ^/l+2cotx(cotx+cosecx) w.r.t. x is:
(A) 2 In c o s - + c 1 x (C ) In cos + c 3 X (B) 2 In sin~ + c (D) In sin x - /n
(cosec x - cot x) + c x Q.36 P ^ V cA L If/(x)= | x | + | x 1 | + | x - 2 i ,x e
Rthen j / ( x ) d x (A) 9/2 (B) 15/2 V ( C) 19/2 (D)none , is Q. 3 7 Number of v
alues of x satisfying the equation (A)0 Q.38 + -i ftan x . j dx = o x 1 N +, 2 2
8 8t + 3 -1 + 4 dt= . l -A J g(x+i)^x + 1 (C) 2 (D)3 (B) 1 n/4 . (A) J ^ d x * x 7
t/2 (B) J - ^ - d x J 0 smx n/2 (C) J d x 2 * smx 1 1 7t/4 (D) | J d x 2 sinx )
dt Q. 3 9 Domain of definition of the function f (x) = j ~T=2 2 is 6 o Vx +t ( A
)R (B)R+ (C) R+ u {0} Q.40 If J e3x cos 4x dx = e3x (A sin 4x + B cos 4x) + c t
hen: (A) 4A = 3B (B) 2A = 3B (C) 3A = 4B b Q.41 If / ( a + b - x) = f (x), then
jx.f (a + b - x) dx = a ( D ) R - {0} (D) 4B + 3A = 1
Q.42 The set of values of'a' which satisfy the equation j(t - log2 a) dt = log.
2 IS 21 a y 0 (A)aeR (B)aeR+ (C)a<2 (D)a>2 Q.43 The value ofthe definite integra
l J ^2x --J5(4x - 5) + ^2x + V5(4x - 5) dx 2 (A) / 7V3 + 3V? ^ ^ (B) 4 V2 4 (C)
4 V 3 + (D) 7V7-2V5 Q .44 Number of ordered pair(s) of (a, b) satisfying simulta
neously the system o f equation b b 3 2 jx dx = 0 and Jx2dx = - is a a (A) 0 _ .
. Q.45 (B) 1 (C)2 (D)4 ftan -1 x-cot _1 x , . . dx is equal to : J tan x+cot x 4
2 (A) - x tan"1 x + - / n (1 + x2) - x + c 7 1 7t 4 2 (C) - x tan"1 x + - In (1
+ x2) + x + c 7 1 7 T y 4 2 (B) - x tan"1 x - - In (1 + x2) + x + c 7t 7t 4 2 (D
) - x tan"1 x - - In (1 + x2) - x + c 7 T 7 1 f dt d2y Q.46 Variable x and y are
related by equation x = j / 7 . The value of y is equal to oVl + t dx ( A ) ^ (B
)y 2y < p ) j (D)4y 1 x+h dt Q.47 Let /(x) = Lim - f r = = 2, then Lim x / ( x )
is h->o h ^ t + Vl + t (A) equal to 0 1 (B) equal to (C) equal to 1 (D) non exi
stent Q.48 If the primitive of f (x) = 7t sin 7ix + 2x - 4, has the value 3 for
x = 1, then the set of x for which the primitive of f(x) vanishes is: (A) {1,2,3
} (B) (2, 3) (C) {2} (D) {1,2, 3, 4} Q.49 If f & g are continuous functions in [
0, a] satisfying f (x) = f (a - x) & g (x) + g (a - x) = 4 then a Jf(x).g(x)dx =
0 , a a a a (A) J f (x)dx 9 fe Bans aIClasses (B) 2 J f (x)dx 0
Q.5 4 The value ofthe integral f e o (A) 1 (B) - 2 0 (sin2x + cos2x)dx = (C) 1/2
(D) zero Q. 5 5 The value of definite integral j (A)--/n2 Tt f Ze -z A dz . (C)
- n In 2 (D) Tt /n 2 (B) ~/n2 ft , ^ Q. 5 6 A differentiable function satisfies
3/ 2 (x)/'(x) = 2x. Given/(2) = 1 the n the value of/(3) is (A) 3/^4 e (B)3/^ (
C)6 (D)2 Q.57 For I n = J (/n x)ndx, n e N; which ofthe following holds good? (A
)I + ( n + l ) I n + 1 = e (C)In + 1 + (n+l)I n = e (B)I n + 1 + nl n = e (D) I n
+ j + (n - 1) ln = e fe Bans aIClasses Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integratio
n [14]
(A)
i +
(C)
: 0
2 1
A.P. Q.71 (B) G.P. (C) H.P. Let g (x) be an antiderivative for/(x). Then In(
(g(x)) 2 ) is an antiderivat ive for 2/(x)g(x) (A) ji/4 2/(x)g(x) (B) 2/(x)
l + (/(x)) 2 l + (g(x)) 2 l + (/(x)) 2 (D)none Q.ll J (cos 2x)3/2. cos x dx
(A) 3tc 16 (B) 3tx 32 1/V2 \6\ 2 ^ f IS o v 1 X2 (1 + V1 X2 ) 1 ! (D) 3 7 a/
16 Q.73 The value of the definite integral x 2 dx (A) Tt + ' 4 7J (C)
Q.74 The value ofthe definite integral j({x}2 + 3(sin 27tx))dx where { x} denote
s thefractionalpart function. 19 (A)0 (B)6 IT/2 (C)9 (D) can not be determined
Q. 7 5 The value of the definite integral jV tan x dx, is (A) V2tt (B) 7T VI (C)
2V2 7 T (D) 7t 2V2 Q.76 Evaluate the integral: Jf / n ( ^v6 x (A)^[/n(6x 2 )] 3
+C o (C) ^-[/n(6x2) ] +C Q.77 j - ( 3 s i n 9 ) 2 - - ( l + sine) 71/6^ (A)TT-V
3 2 (B) |[/n 2 (6x 2 )] +C 1 (D) - ^ [ / n ( 6 x 2 ) ] 4 + C to d0 (C) 7C - 2-\/
3 (D) 71 + V3 (B)n ?dt m Q.78 Let /= L Jt and m= L ix->co 7 j/ntdt then the correc
t statement is - x/ nx r x->o > (A) / m = / (B)/m = m (C)/ = m /n3 jf (x) dx = fa
2 (D) / > m Q.79 If f (x) = e"x + 2 e"2x + 3 e~3x + + 0 , then 0 (A)l n/2 (B)ju/
4 (C) 1 (D) In 2
J (tan11 x + tan11 0 (A) 1 n-1 (\ x)d(x [x]) is: ([ ] denotes greatest integer fu
nction) (B) 1/x n+ 2 (C) n - 1 (D) none of these Q.88 Lim J(l + x) x dx vo (A) 2
/n 2 is equal to 4 4 (C) In ~ e (B)(D)4 Q.89 Which one ofthe following is TRUE.
(A) x. Jf = x / n | x | + C x (B) x. Jf = x/n | x | + Cx x (D) - Jfcosx dx =x + C
fnc v (C) cosx jcosx dx = tanx+C fe Bans a I Classes Q. B. on Definite & Indefin
ite Integration [14]
' (C)2(e4-e)-a e (D)2e4-l-a Q96 (O71 (D)? n Q.97 Let A= f e d t then f- has the va
lue J o 1 +t , t-a-1 o a~ l (A)Ae-a (B)-Ae _ a (C)-ae" a (D)Aea (feBansal Classe
s Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integration [13]
ji/2 Q.98 j V s i n 2 e sin6 d0 is equal to : (B) 7t/4 (C) 7t/2 CD) 71 (A)0 Q.99
rx2 +2 j dx is equal to x +4 2 1 2x 2x (B) | tan -1 (x 2 +2)+ C (D) tan"1 2 +C 2
x Q.l 00 Ifp + 2 Jx2 e""2 dx = Je-"2 dx then the value of p is (A)e -1 (B)e (C)l
/2 e (D) can not be determined Q. 101 A quadratic polynomial P(x) satisfies the
conditions, P(0) = P(l) = 0 & J P(x) dx = 1. The leading o coefficient of the qu
adratic polynomial is: (C)2 (B) -6 (A) 6 (D) 3 Q. 102 Which one of the following
functions is not continuous on (0,7t)? x (B)g(x)= | t sin - dt (A) f(x)= cotx 1
(C) h (x): L L 0<x< 2 371 (D) I (x): x sin x , 0<x< 7t O 2 sin x 9 371 < X < 7t
7t . 7t S i n ( X + 7t) , < X < 7 t 2 2 JV Q.103 I f f ( x ) tsintdt . r, T for
0<x< 2 o yj 1 + tan" x sm t (A) f (0+) = - r t (C) f is continuous and different
iable in (D) f is continuous but not differentiable in H H v
(A) Tt - 2
(B) e V x
o: cos x +
n Definite
Q. 121 The true solution set of the inequality, 0 dz>x j sin 2 xdxis: o (A)R (B)
(1,6) (C)(-6,l) (D) (2,3) V /?nx * Q.l 22 If J r1 - x 2 dx = k f In (1 + cosx)
dx then the value of k is : oV o (A) 2 (B) 1/2 (C) - 2 I (D)-1/2 Q.l23 Let a, b
and c be positive constants. The value of 'a' in terms of 'c' if the value of in
tegral J(acxb+1 + a 3 bx 3b+5 ) dx i s independent of b equals 0 <A)Jf m j f (C)
| (D)JJ Q.124 Jsec2G (secG+tanG)2 dG (A) ( s e c 9 + t a n e ) [ 2 + tanQ(sec6 +
tane)] + C (B) (C) (SeC 6 ^ t a n 9 ) [2 + 4 tan 6 (sec 6 + tan 6)] + C + &!Q^>[2
tan0(secG+tanG)] + C (D) r X +1 [2 + tanG(secG + tanG)] + C Q.125 1 X ii J ~ T
T dx is equal to: (A) tan"1 V2 X 1 X (B) ~ cor 1 2 (C) | tan-1 | (D) tan"12
Q.126 V 1 1 J f(t) dt is equal to : x i (B)Xjf(Xj) (C) f(Xj) (D) does not exist f
(A) -L-12. x i f (x ) Q. 127 Which of the following statements could be true if
, f" (x) = x1/3. I f(x) =- 9 -x 7 / 3 + 9 28 (A) 1 only II f'(x)=x7/3-2 28 (B) II
I only III IV f ' ( x ) = - x4/3 + 6 f(x) = x4/3 - 4 4 4 (C) II & IV only (D) I
& III only fe Bans aIClasses Q. B. on Definite & Indefinite Integration [14]
it/2 Q.l 28 The value ofthe definite integral J sinx sin2x sin 3xdx is equal to:
(A) j TO-3 sec 1 2 (Q( X >0) (D)tan ' x Q.129 (1 + x ) 2 'l-x^' dx V 1 + x 2 ]
+ cos 1 : vl + x y (B) (A) e tan_ x .tan -1 x + C tan 1 x [ -1 (C) elUl A .1 sec~
*l Vl + x z I I + C X ,tan- 1 , .(tan' 1 x) 2 + c (D)e tan-lx f cosec A \ Vl + x
2 I I + c 2 Q.130 Number ofpositive solution ofthe equation, f (t ~ {*}) d t =
2 ( x - 1) where {} denote s the fractional o part function is: (D) more than th
ree (C) three (B) two (A) o ne i Q.131 If f(x) = cos(tan- x) then the value of t
he integral Jx f "(x) dx is 3-V2 (B) 3 + V2 (C)l 1 (A) Q.l32 If jJ 1 + s i n - d
x=Asii V / v . (A) 2V2 (B) V2 .y then value ofA is: (C) ^ 1 (D) 4V2 1 1 n n Q.l
33 For U = j x (2 - x) dx; Vn = J xn (1 - x)n dx n e N, which ofthe following st
atement(s) 0 is/are ture? (B) Un = 2 - Vn (C) Un = 22" Vn (D) Un = 2 " 2 Vn (A)Un
= 2"Vn
7/ 13 Q.l35 Let f(x) be integrable over (a, b), b > a> 0. If Ij = j f(tan0 + cot
9). sec 2 9d0& 7t/6 7l/3 j 2 I2 = I f (tan 6 + cot 9). cosec 0 d 9, then the ra
t io j - : ti/6 2 (A) is a positive integer (C) is an irrational number sin x (B
) is a negative integer (D) cannot be determined. Q.136 f(x)= J (1 - t + 2t 3 )d
t hasin[0,2rc] cosx 7 1 371 (A) a maximum at & a m inimum at (C) a maximum at ~
& a minimum at ~ 371 771 (B) a maximum at & a minim um at (D) neither a maxima n
or minima Q.137 LetS (x) = J I n t d t ( x > 0 ) a n d H ( x ) = ^ - ^ . T h e n
H ( x ) i s ; x2 X (A) continuous but not derivable in its domain (B) derivable
and continuous in i ts domain (C) neither deri vable nor continuous in its doma
in (D) derivable but not continuous in its domain. d f dt r . Q. 13 8 Number of
solution of the equat ion - J --y =2 v2 in [0, re] is " X sinx COSX t (A) 4 (B)3 (
C)2 (D)0 1./ x 2 s i n 2 x - 1 cosx(2sinx + l) Q.l39 Letf(x) = + -; : then cosx 1
+ sinx j e x (f(x) + f'(x))dx (where c is the constant of integeration) (C) ex
cosec2x + c x+3 Q. 140 The value of x that maximises the value of the integral j
t(5 - 1 ) dt is X (A) 2 (B)0 (C)l (A) ex tanx + c (B) excotx + c (D) exsec2x + c
(D) none Q.141 For a sufficiently large value of n the sum of the square roots
of the fir st n positive integers i.e. + + sjr3+ (B)|n3/2 +vn approximately equa
l to (C)~n 1 / 3 (D)|n 1 / 3 (A)V/2 f dx Q.142 Thevalueof Jt, ZT is o (A) -2 (B)
0
~ , af dx "r8 2 tan 9 Q. 143 If 1 7= = -d6 , then the value of 'a' is equal to (a >
0) Vx + a+Vx > sm20 h \ j 3 ( ) 4 A ( ) B Tt 4 of f (B) In sinV \ (D) 16 _ r sin
(/n(2 + 2x)) , Q. 144 The value ofthe integral J T~--j- - d x [ s (A) - c os In
(2x + 2) + C f 2 ^ (C) cos yX + \J +C r Q.l45 If f(x) =Asin respectively. ( A) & 2
2 7IX ' X + ly +c / O \ (D) sin + B, f vX + ly +C - ] = V2 and { f(x) dx = , Th
en the constants A and B are (B) ! & ! 7 T 1 t (C) 0& - 7t (D) - & 0 7 1 tc/2 2
k/1 2 V2 2 e_x X Q.l 46 Let I,= J sin(x)dx . j = J V dx ; I = Je~ x i (l + x)dx
0 and consider the statements I n III Ii<I2 h<h Which of the following is (are)
true? (A) I only (B) II only (D) Both I and II (C) Neither I nor II nor II I sin
x x I.-I3 Q. 147 Let f (x) = 2 , then ( j f (x) f - x dx = J n V2 (B) | f ( x )
d x 0 (QTtJf(x)dx 0 (D)-Jf(x)dx (A)-Jf(x)dx 1 71/2 V/n(x +1) Q.148 Let u J j dx
and v= J/n(sin2x)dx then x +1 0 0 (A) u = 4v ( B) 4u + v = 0 (C) u + 4v = 0
(D) 2u + v = 0 Q. 149 If / ( x ) = (A) ft (ft sinx sin Ve f " .de then the value
of/!, _ 2, ^ tT/16 l + cosW0 (B) Tt (C) 2ti ,1S (D)0 fe Bans aIClasses Q. B. on
Definite & Indefinite Integration [14]
jt/2 . c r sin 5x Q.l 50 The value ofthe definite integral, J bin x 0 (A)0 (B) |
dx is (D) 2it (C) 71 Select the correct alternatives : (More than one are corre
ct) b Q. 151 Jsgn x dx = (where a, b e R) a (A) | b | -1 a | (B) (b-a) sgn (b-a)
(C) b sgnb - a sgna (D)|a|-|b x^ Q.152 Jf =A.tan-1 nrtan + C then: 5 + 4cosx V 2
(A) X = 2/3 (B) m = 3 (C)X=l/3 Q.l 53 Which ofthe following are true? Jt-a Jt a a (D) m = 2/3 (A) Jx . f(sinx) dx =. J f ( s i n x ) d x 2 n,t (C) Jf(cos 2 x)
dx = n. * Jf(cos 2 x)dx (B) Jf(x)2 dx = 2. Jf(x) 2 dx 0 a b-c b (D) Jf(x + c) dx
= f f(x) dx 1 2x2 +3x+3J _ ,_. _ _f Z +JX + X Q.154 Thevalueofl T-r v dxis: 0 (x+
l)(x2+2x+2J ( A ) j +21n2-tan- 1 2 (C) 2 ln2 - cor 1 3 Q.l55 Jf x + x (B)j +21n2
-tan-1| (D) - 7 + ln4 + cor 1 2 4 1+x cosec2x dx is equal to : (B) c - cot x + c
ot -1 x _i (A) c o t x - c o t _ 1 x + c COS CC X (C) - t e n - 1 * - + c (D) e' n tan~
ANSWER KEY a osrb a swb 3 OWb v serb a oerb a S3rb a 03ib 3 sirb a oirb a sorb v
oorb a S6b 3 06'b 3 S8'b V 08'b a srb v orb a S9 b V 09 b v ssb v osb a st?b 3
Ofr'b a sb D orb a S3b v orb d srb a orb d sb a'3 99I'b a'v 39lb a'a ssrb a'D'v f
rsrb V 6Hb Vw b V 6erb a Krb 3 63ib 3 pzrd V 6irb 3 wrb 3 6orb a wrb a 66 b a wb
a 68'b a P8d a 6Lb a w/b a 69 b 3 wb 3 6Sb 3 wb a 6Pt) a ppb a 6eb a Kb a 63"b
V pzd a 6lb 3 wb V 6b 3 pd
a'3' a'v S9I'b a'v I9ib a'v LS rb a'3'a'v srb a 8H"b a ewb 3 8lb 3 lb a 83I'b V 3l'b
a sirb V irb V sorb 3 orb a 86 b V 6'b a 88 b 3 8b V 8r b 3 rb a 89 b V 9b a 8S'b V sb
3 a 3 8'b V 'b a 83 b V 3'b V 8fb V I'b a 8b a b a'D'a P9 rb 3'V 09lb a'v 9srb a'v 3sr
b V /.Hb a 3H"b a z,ib a 3I'b a Z,3l'b a zz r b V z,irb a nrb 3 /.orb A 30 rb a Z.
6b a 36 b V Z,8'b 3 38 b a Z.Z/b 3 3r b 3 L9 t> 3 39 b 3 z.sb V 3S b a z.rb a 3t
?'b a z,b a 3'b V z.3"b 3 33'b 3 z,rb 3 3ib V r b 3 rb a'V 89 It) a'a L9i'0 3'a'v 9
lt> a'v 6srb a'3'a ssrb 3'V isrb a 9Wb a iwb a 9lb a ir b a 93l"b a I3I'b 3 9irb 3
urb a 9orb a lorb V 96 b a i6b 3 98'b a i8b a 9r b a trb 3 99 b 3 i9b a 9Sb a i
sb a 9t?b 3 3 9b V irb V 93 b 3 irb a 9rb a irb 3 9b V rb fe Bans aIClasses Q. B.
on Definite & Indefinite Integration [14]
8 BANSAL CLASSES TARGET ITT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS X I I (ABCD) DEFINITI 7 & INDEF
INITE INTEGRATION CONTENTS KEY-CONCEPTS EXERCISE I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III EXER
CISE-IV ANSWER KEY
KEY 1. DEFINITION: CONCEPTS OR If f & g are functions of x such that g'(x) = f(x
) then the function g is called a PRIMITIVE ANTIDERIVATIVE O R INTEGRAL of f(x)
w.r.t. x and is written symboli cally as 2. i) r J f ci I f(x) dx = g(x) + c < >
(g(x) + c) = f(x), where c is called the constant of integration, = dx STANDARD
RESULTS : (ax+b)n (ax + b)dx= , \ a(n+l) ax+b \n+l +c n*-l (ii) j ax+b =a /n(ax
+ b) + c iii) f e dx = - e a ax+b +c r x+ 1 npx+q (iv) I aP i dx = (a > 0) + c .
p fna (vi) J cos(ax+b)dx= - sin(ax+b ) + c a (viii) f cot(ax+b) dx = - /n sin(a
x+b)+ c a (x) j cosec2(ax + b) dx = _ 1 cot(ax + b)+ c v) f sin(ax+b) dx = - cos(
ax+b) + c a vii) j tan(ax + b) dx = In sec (ax + b) + c a ix) J sec2 (ax + b) dx
= tan(ax + b) + c a xi) J sec (ax + b) . tan (ax + b) dx = sec (ax + b) + c a x
ii) J cosec (ax + b) . cot (ax + b) dx = xiii) J secx dx=In (secx + tanx) + c xi
v) J cosec x dx = In (cosecx - cotx) + c a cosec (ax + b) + c OR In tan { +yj +
c OR In tan ^ + c OR - In (cosecx + cotx) xv) J sinh x dx = cosh x + c (xvi) J c
osh xdx = sinh x + c (xvii) J sech2x dx = tanh x + c xviii) J cosech2x dx = - co
th x + c xx) J cosechx. cothxdx= - c o s e c h x + c xxii) J dx = - tan -1 + c a
+x2 2
n e N , take xn common & put 1+x n = tn (ilZ?asa/ Classes Definite & Indefinite I
ntegration [18]
EXERCISE-I Qll Q.4 J tan 20 Vcos6 9 + sin6 0 dx K-'f Q.6 j eJ + d0 Q2f 5x4 + 4x5
(x + x + l) 5 2 dx dx cos X dx 1 + tanx by the substitution z=x + ^/x'2 +2x-1 Q
.5 Integrate j I s lx X^X2 + 2 X - 1 ^nxdx cos 9+sin 9 d0 Q.7 | cos 20 . In cos
0-sin 9 Q.IO J dx (x + Vx(l + x) ) 2 dx Q-8 f - y ^ J sin ^x + sin 2x x Q.ll J V
x ^ + 2 dx cot xdx Q.14 j (1-sin x)( sec x+1) a 2 sin 2 x+b 2 cos 2 x dx Q.9 j
4 - 2 i a sin x+b 4 cos2 x Q.12 f Q.15 j sin(xa) d x V sin(x+a) 1-Vx dx !l+Vx ^/
x2+l[ln(x2+l)-21nx] X Q.13 J (sinx)"11/3 (cosx)"1/3dx -l Q.16 j sin" dx l+ X Q.1
7 | dx Q.18 j ln(lnx)+ (lnx) dx Q.19 j x+1 4+xe*)2 dx Q.20 Integrate ^ f'(x) w.r
.t. x4 , where f(x) = tan -1 x + /n^/l+x - / n ^ l ^ ( Vx + l)dx j Vx(Vx+1) cose
c x-cotx secx ]j cosec x+cotx^/l+2secx dx Q.27 j sinx+s ecx ^Q-30 Q.22 f sin^ ,/
cos3 ^ cosx-sinx dx 7-9sin2x Q.28 J tan x.tan 2x.tan 3x dx \2 dx Q.21
Q.23 Evaluate: f f dx. I (1 + cos x) p+qn (2x+ 3 ) x 3/2 Q.24 J |x. sinTtxl dx Q
.25 Show that J | cos x| dx = 2q + sinp where q s N & - < p < o 2 2 "5 2/3 Q.26 S
how that the sum ofthe two integrals J e (x+5 ^dx+3 J Q9(x-2/3f dx is zerQ 1/3 i
t/4 7/ 12 smx+cosx r sin x Q.27 dx v Q.28 * a sin 272 cos dx (a > 0, b > 0) J q
< m x+b rr\c y 2 4 a V4.h ' ' x " cos x+sin x o 0 n/2 _ f . 1 -t- x I + X X.3 x
Vl +sinx+ .^1-sinx Q.30 j tan" dx ^/l+sm x - ,/l-sin x I Q.31 (a) J Vto^dx; (b)
p ^ J 2 // 2 2 v, 2 Vlx -a Ab x.dx .1.UA H ) 2a 1 Q.3 2 j | x - t ! .cos7it dt w
here 'x' is any real number o Q.34 Provethat J = J - J * n 0 1 +x 0 (l-x ) X X z
i Q.33 j x sin-1 1 2 V 2a-x a dx (n> 1) Q.35 Showthat J e " - e " o dz = e ^ f e
' ^ 4 dz o dx 2 x 4 Q.36
A Q.45 Let f(x) = - j /n cos y dy then prove that f(x) = 2f Jt/2 v4 2, -2f 71 _
X 4 2 -x/n2. Hence evaluate J sec t dt ~ .^ , r x. lnx , a x x a x -(2x332 egral
, j 1 + x666 (a) } V ( x - a ) 1 0 IM p V^P p (c)5 { dx xA/(x-a)()3-x) x.dx 4 cos
x Q.49 If f(x) = (cosx-1) 2 (cosx + 1)2 1 Q.50 Evaluate: -1 1 (cosx + 1)2 (cosx
+ 1)2 1 (cosx-1) 2 , find Jf(x) dx cos 2 x /ntan x -1, Je/ntan_ x -sin _1 (cosx
)dx. o EXERCISE-III Q.l Q.2 Q.3 If the derivative of f(x) wrtx is - then show th
at f(x)is a periodic function. f(x) Find the range of the function, f(x)= f , r
a x. dx Q.46 Showthat J f ( - + - ) . dx = lna.Jf(-+-). x +x 998 +4x 1668 -sinx
691 ) dx Q. 47 Evaluate the definite int -l Q.48 Prove that ( P - x )
Q.7 (a) /N U (b) (c) Q.8 Q.9 Using calculus If | x | < 1 then find the sum of th
e series _ L + 2 x + 4 x 3 + 1 + X 1 + X 2 1 + x4 1,1|x|I <1 provethat /! .U * I
f l - 2 x - + 2 x -r4 x 3 + 4 x 3 -8x 7r + r 1-x+x 1 x +x 1-x+x x + 1 x tan^j + 8
x? + 1+x 8 Q . O .00 = 1 + 2X - .2 l+x + x l x = 7 cot ^77 - 2cot 2x Prove the i
dentity f (x) = tanx + - tan l x + 77 tan If (j)(x) = cos x - J (x -1) cj)(t) dt
. Thenfindthe value of <|>" (x) + cj)(x). 1x d2 If y = - f f (t) sin a(x -1) dt
then prove that ^ + a 2 y =/(x). 9 A^t* a * 0 " dx X Q.10 If y = x 1 jlntdt , fin
d 7^- at x = e. dx 1 Q. 11 If f(x) = x + j [xy2+x2y] f(y) dy where x and y are i
ndependent variable. Find f(x). Q. 12 If fw = (9) de I dx ~ COS0 cosx . Show tha
t f' (9). sin 9 + 2 f(9). cos 9 = ~ r f' fx") Q. 13(a) Let g(x) = x c . e2x & le
t f(x) = J e 2t . (312 + 1)1/2 dt. F or a certain value of'c', the limit of ^ 0
g' (x) as x -> 00 isfiniteand non zero. Determine the value of'c' and the limit.
f t2 dt J JaTt (b) Find the constants 'a' (a > 0) and 'b' such that, Lim : = 1.
x-o b x - sinx 2 X Q. 14 If f: R -> R is a continuous and differentiable function
such that, J -1 x O x x
Q.18 Let f be an injective function such that f(x) f(y) +2 = f(x) + f(y) + ffay)
for all non negative real x& y w th ' (0) - 0 & f'' (1) = 2 # f(0). Find f(x) & s
how that, 3 J f(x) dx - x (f(x) + 2) is a constant. l/n 1/n Lim 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ (b)
Q.19 Evaluate : (a) ^ A (c) Lim I 1 + 2 + n+1 n+2 3n + 4n .. . . . bf dx 1 1 (d)
Using ab initio prove that J = - sin 2kx sinx k e N and h ence Q.20 Prove that
sinx + sin 3x + sin 5x + .... + sin (2k- 1) x : prove that, 7/ 1 2 1 1 1 j HL^dx=
: i+-+_+^+ sin x 3 5 7 . + 1 2k-l , Un constitute an AP . "J? 2 Q.21 If Un= J dx
, then show that U,, U 2 , U 3 , q sin x Hence or otherwis e find the value of U
n. Q. 22 Solve the equation for y as a function ofx, satisf ying X X x J y (t) d
t = (x +1) j t y(t) dt, where x > 0. o o 1 m!n! m, n s N. Q.23 Prove that: (a) I
ffl n = j x m . (1 - x)n dx = (m+n+1)! (b> I m ; I 1 = jox m . ( l n x ) n d x =
(-l) n (m+1 n! ^n+i m, n s N. Q. 24 Find a positive real valued continuously di
fferentiable functions/on the r eal line such that for all x X ! 2 f (x)= / ( (
/ ( t t f + C / ' W ^ j d t + e Q.25 Let f(x) be a continuously differentiable f
unction then prove that, J [t] f ' (t) dt = [x], f(x) - V f (k) i k=i where [ ] d
enotes the greatest integer funct ion and x > 1. Q.26 Let f be a function such t
hat | f(u) - f(v) I < | u - v | fo r all real u & v in an interval [a, b]. Then:
(i) Prove that f is continuous at each point of [a, b]. (ii) Assume that f is i
ntegrable on [a, b]. Prove that, f f(x) dx - (b-a) f(c) (b-a) 2 , where a < c <
b 7t f dx Q.27 Establish the inequality : < I 7 = =f 6 o V4- x - x Q. 28 < Show
that for a continuously thrice differentiable function f(x) f(x)-f(0) = x f ( 0
) + ^ - + i}f"'(t)(x-t) 2 dt 2 n / v I 1 Q.29 Prove that k = o k k 1k + T 1 S = (
" ^ ( i f\) / , k + n + 1 ("l) VK/ m+ = k o k m o
Q.30 Let / and g be function that are differentiable for all real numbers x and
that have the following properties: (1) /'(x)=/(x)-g(x) (ii) g'(x)=g(x)-/(x) (ii
i) f ( 0 ) =5 (a) (b) Prove that/(x) + g (x) = 6 for all x. Find/(x) and g (x).
(iv) g( 0)=1 EXERCISE-IV Q 1 Ftad SJsn,if: Sn=^ +T ^ +7 4 = + V4n -1 y4n -4 + V
3 n '+2n-l = = = = . [REE'97,6] X Q.2 (a) If g (x) = J c o s 4 tdt , then g (x +
%) equals : (B) g(x)-g(7C) a l s : (A)g(x) + g(7C) (b) Limit i g _ ^ e q u r=l
Vn 2 +r 2 (A)l + V5 (c) (d) (C)g(x)g(7C> (D) [g(x)/g(7l)] (B) - 1 + VJ
Q.5 (a) If for al real number y, [y] is the greatest integer less than or equal
to y, th en the value of the 3 12 7/ integral j [2 sinx] dx is: (A) - n 3,1/4 (B
) 0 (C) 2 (D) * 2 (b) rlY f is equal to : L 1+ cosx (B) - 2 R (A) 2 /N (c) Integ
rate: J ii (C) T x3 + 3x + 2 , dx (x 2 +l) (x + 1) [JEE '99, 2 + 2 + 7 + 3 (out
of200)] (d) Integrate: J cosx . -cosx -dx e +e 71/6 Q.6\\ Q.7 Evaluate the integr
al J V 3 c o s 2 x cosx (a) The value of the integral j (A) 3 /2 x [REE'99, 6] l
ogex dx is: (C) 3 (D) 5 (B) 5/2 (b) r 1 ' 1 Let g(x)= J f(t) dt, where f is such
that - < f(t) < 1 for t (0, 1] and0 < f(t) < o for t G (1,2]. Then g(2) satisfi
es the inequality: (A)-|<g(2)<I (c) (B) 0 < g (2 ) < 2 (C)^<g(2)<| (D)2<g(2)<4 2
2 (d)
j ecosx . sin x for |x| < 2 If f (x) = { 2 otherwise Then j f(x)dx : (A) 0 , (B)
1 (D)3 (C) 2 x t> t For x > 0, let f (x) = j dt. Find the function f(x) + f (1/
x) and show that, 1 1+t [JEE 2000, 1 + 1 + 1 +5] f(e) + f(l/e)= 1/2. Q.8 (a) (b
) Sn - l ~r= + Given f sin t 0 1+t 1 + + n + Vn 471 i Find Ln m i tc S_ n o > d
t = a , find the value of d t in terms of a . 41 - 2 4 7 + 2 t 7 C [ REE 2000, M
ains, 3 + 3 out of 100] r sm t u Q.9 Evaluate f sin 2x + 2 W 4 X 2 + 8 X + 13 it
/2 IT/: 9 dx. r xdx Evaluate J : 0 1 + cos a sinx [REE2001, 3 + 5] Integration [
18] 51 Q.10 (a) cos x r r3~ d x . Evaluate } 53 0 cos x + sin x (b) / (ilZ?asa/ C
lasses Definite & Indefinite
at x = T . C [JEE 2004 (Mains), 2] (d) Evaluate J -it/3 2-cos [JEE 2004 (Mains),
4] X T C +Q.14 (a) If Jt 2 (f(t))dt = ( 1 - s i n x ) , t h e n / sinx vV3y is
(C)3 [JEE 2005 (Scr.)] (D)V3 [15] (A) 1/3 (B) i/V3 feBansal Classes Definite & I
ndefinite Integration
(b) J (x3 + 3x2 + 3x + 3 + (x +1) cos(x + l))dx is equal to - 2 [JEE 2005 (Scr.)
] (D)6 [JEE 2005, Mains,2] (A)-4 (c) Evaluate: fe 0 |cos (B)0 f (C)4 x'N cosx si
n x dx. ^ 2sin - c o s x +3 cos v2 jj v2 , V Q15 ^W5?^TdXisequalt0 (A) V2x4-2x2+
l+c x -2xz+l (B) V2X 4 -2X 2 +1 +C (D) 2x 2 [JEE 2006,3] (C) +C Comprehension Q.
16 Suppose we define the definite integral using the following formula (f(x)dx =
mo re accurate result for c e (a, b) F(c) = b ^ ^ (f(a)+f(b)),for Jf(x)dx = ^ (
f ( a ) + f ( b ) + 2f(c>) a it/2 ib - a _ 2 ^ (f (a) + f (c)) + - (f (b) + f (
c)). When c = p p , 2 ^ (a) | sin xdx is equal to o (A)|(l + V2) + 71 ( C ) ^ +
f ( a)) 71 (D) 4V2 jf(x)dx_i_i(f(t) (b) If/(x) is a polynomial and if Lim t->a
0 for all a then the degree off (x) can atmost be (A)l (c) (B)2 (C)3 (D)4 If /"(
x) < 0, V x s (a, b) and c is a point such that a < c < b, and (c,/(c)) is the p
oint lying on the curve for which F(c) is maximum, then/'(c) is equal to (A) f(b
)-f(a) b-a (B) 2(f(b)-f(a)) b-a (C) 2f(b)~f(a) 2b-a (D)0 [JEE 2006, 5 marks each
] 5050 } ( I - x 5 R dx Q. 17 Find the value of J ( I - x 5 R < dx [JEE 2006,6]
[18] (ilZ?asa/ Classes Definite & Indefinite Integration
Q.2 2 sin x - cos x p=ln tan V2 X 71 ^ + C VT+sin x-cos x + arc tan (sin x+cos x)+
c V3 -sm x+cos x Q.28 -^n(secx) - ^ ^n(sec2x) +^n(sec3x) + c +c Q.30 x sin x +co
sx +c xcosx-smx c Q.291 In cotx+cota+^/cot 2 x+2cotacotx-l V sina Q.32 ' x ^ Q.3
1 2x-3arctan tan+1 +c v 2 , Vcos2x - x - cotx . In (e (cosx + Vcos2x)j + smx Inte
gration (ilZ?asa/ Classes Definite & Indefinite [18]
x^ Q.48 1 n x4 - x - 22 15 , V T + x - i +c + In 8 71 + X + 1 4x2 y l + x V2 l V
2 - t n '1-0 - /n 2 vl + ty where t = cos9 and 9 = cosec'(cotx) \ a cosec 2/ y Q.
50 a cosec tan -1 2 v, 2x EXERCISE-II 2 Q.l ft Q.2 /n2 Q.3 6 - 2e Q.4 - - 1 2 Q.5
^ 64 Q.6 In2 8 Q.7 1 - sec(l) Q.8 Q . 9 2n + l 2 V2 + | (3 V3 - 2V2) Q.12 17 f
22 7t J ^ 7t Q.13-(l-ln4) Q.14 4V2-4/n(V2 + l) Q.15 ^ Q.16 Q.17^=Q.18- ^ ( e 2 *
+ l ) _ 71 16V2 _ (aln2-5a+^) 7t(7t + 3) V2 Q.21 i arc tan 3 3 Q.24 371+1 7t2 Q
27 l" arc tan3
Q.22 (a7t + 2b)7t 3V3 Q.23 (ilZ?asa/ Classes Definite & Indefinite Integration [1
8]
Q.28 71 2a(a+b) Q.29 57t 3 2 71 Q.30 ^ L 16 Q.31 (a) ^=[rc+21n(V2-l)] (b) 12 Q.3
6% 1 2 Q.325-cos7ixforO<x< 1; 71 2 for x> 1 & 2 f o r x ^ 71 2 Q- 3 3 4 Q.37(a)f
( b ) ^ Q.40 ^ - 7 /n2 16 4 Q.42 ^ 27 Tt Q.43 - In 2 + 71 + 2 167t _ rr 271 i-J^
b2 Q.44 (a) 2V3 (b) Q.45 - / n 2 Q.47 4 666 32 Q.49 -2ti - Q.50 --(l+/n2) + 8 4 2
EXERCISE-III Q.2 Q.4 ,
Q.22 y = ^ e"1/x Q.24 Q.30 f (x) = 3 + 2e2x; g (x) = 3 - 2e2x (ilZ?asa/ Classes D
efinite & Indefinite Integration [18]
Q.l ti/6 I EXER CISE-IV Q.2 (a) A (b) B (c) 2 (d) 16 (e) %2 VN+I Q.3 (a) A (b) h
Q. Q.4 Q.5 2vn I rln -C1I vn-i I 3 1 1 x n (a) C, (b) A; (c) - t a n ^ x - - / n
( l +x) + - /n(l +x 2 ) + y f r + c, (d) Q.6 y - 71 - 2 tan-1 V2 Q.7 (a) B, (b)
B, (c) C, (d) - /n 2 x Q.8 (a) 2/n2, ( b ) - a 1 57t_J. Q.10 (a) 4 3 Q.9 ( x +
l ) t a n - 1 ^ j ^ " ^ n ( 4 x 2 + 8x + 13)+C 7ta , (b)I sin a 7t if a e (0,7t)
sin a Q.ll (a) A (b) C, (c) B, (d) (a - 27i) if a e (71,27:) m+l + 6 x 1 m 1 + C
Q.13 (a) B, (b) A, (c) 2%, (d) 47t ^ tan -1
Q.14 (a) C, (b) C, (c) ^ ecos V f f 1 \ e . fi\ A -1 + sin 2 k2J J Q.17 5051 Q.15
D Q.16 (a) A, (b) A, (c) A (ilZ?asa/ Classes Definite & Indefinite Integration [
18]
Question bank on Determinant & Matrices There are bank. Select the correct alter
native : (Only one fthe determinant cos (nx) cos (n+1) x cos (n+2) x (n+l)x sin(
n+2)x (A) n Q.2 (B) a (Ox (D) a, n and Q.l
102 questions in this question is correct) a2 a 1 The value o is independent of:
sin(nx) sin x
0 1 A is an involutary matrix given by A= 4 - 3 3 - 3 (A) 2 A -l (B) -1 4 then t
he inverse of will be 2 4 (C) (D)A2 Q.3 1+a 1 1 If a, b, c are all different fro
m zero & 1 1+b 1 = 0, then the value of a -1 + b -1 + c_1 is 1 1 1+c (A) abc (B)
a"1 b"1 c"1 (C) - a - b - c (D) - 1 Q.4 If A and B are symmetric matrices, then
ABA is (A) symmetric matrix (B) skew sym metric (C) diagonal matrix (D) scalar
matrix 1 cos(P~a) cos(y-a) If a, 3 & y are real numbers, then D = cos(a-p) 1 cos
(y-P) cos(a-y) cos(p-y) 1 (A) - 1 (C) cos a + cos P + cosy cos9 -sin 6 sine cose
}A-lissivenby (B)AT (C)-A T (D)A (B) cos a cosp cosy (D) zero Q.5 Q.6 IfA (A)-A
Q.7 Ifthe system of equations ax+y+z = 0, x+by+z = 0 & x+y+cz = Q (a, b, c ^ 1)
has a non-trivial solution, then the value of (A) - 1 1-a (B) 0 + T~R + T IS : 1b 1c (C) 1 (D) none of these . Out of the given matrix products Q. 8 4 Consider t
he matrices A= 3 3 6 -1" [2 4"! 0 2 ,B = 0 1 ,c= 1 2 1 -2 5 -1 2 (i) ( A B ) T C
(ii)CTC(AB)T (A) exactly one is defined (C) exactly three are de fined (iii) CT
AB and (iv)ATABBTC (B) exactly two are defined (D) all four are defined (IBansal
Classes Q. B. on Determinant & Matrices [4]
3x 4 3 2 (A) 33 Q.14 (B) 0 (C) 21 (D) none IfA and B are invertible matrices, wh
ich one ofthe following statements is not c orrect (A) Adj. A = | A| A-1 (B) det
(A-1) = |det (A)|_1 1 1 ! (C) (A + B)- = B+ A~ (D) (AB)-1 = B"1 A"1 a" +1 ab ac
2 ba b +1 be then D = ca cb c2 +1 (B) a2 + b2 + c2 (C) (a+b +c) 2 (D) none Q.15
If D (A) 1 + a2 + b 2 + c2 Q.16 IfA= , c (A) k = be b^l ^ j satisfies the equat
ion x2 - (a + d)x+k = 0, then (B) k = ad (C) k = a2 + b2 + c2 + d2 (D)ad-bc (IBa
nsal Classes Q. B. on Determinant & Matrices [4]
Q.38 cos a If A = sina cosa multiple of . (A) a 7t sina cosa sin a ; B = cos 2 p
sin P cos P sinP cosp sin 2 p are such that, AB is a null matrix, then which of
the following should necessari ly be an odd integral (B)P (C)a-p (D) a + p a b a
+b a c a+c b + d then the value of Ei where b * 0 and Q.39 Let Dj = c d c + d an
d D- = b d JL D a b a-b a c a +b+c ad * be, is (A)-2 (B)0 cos0 -sin 9 sin 9 cosO
(C) - 2b (D)2b Q. 40 For a given matrix A= (A) A = A -1 V9eR which of the follow
ing statement holds good? 71 (C) A is an orthogonal matrix for 9 6 R (B) A is sy
mmetric, for 9 = (2n + 1) , n e l (D) A is a skew symmetric, for 9 = nTt; n I 1
+ a x (1 + b )x (1 + c )x 2 2 2 Q.41 If a + b + c =-2and f(x) = (l + a )x l + b
x (l + c )x then f (x) is a polynomial of degree (l + a 2 )x (l + b 2 )x l + c 2
x 2 2 2 (A)0 (B) 1 (C)2 (D)3 x 3 2 Q.42 Matrix A= 1 y 4 , if x y z = 60 and 8x
+ 4y + 3z = 20, then A (adj A) is equal to 2 2 z 64 0 0 (A) 0 64 0 0 0 64 88 0 0
0 (B) 0 88 88 0 0 68 0 0 (C) 0 68 0 0 0 68 34 0 0 (D) 0 34 0 0 0 34 Q. 43 The v
alues of 9, X for which the following equations , sin9x - cos9y + (A+ 1 )z = 0;
cos9x + sin9y - Xz = 0; Xx +(A, +1 )y + cos9 z = 0 have non trivial so lution, i
s (A) 9 = mr, X e R - {0} (B) 9 = 2mr, X is any rational number (C) 9 = (2n + l)
7t, X e R+, n e I Tt (D)9 = (2n+ 1), X e R, n e I Zi Q.44 IfA is matrix such that
A 2 +A+2I = 0 , then which of the following is INCO RRECT? (A)Aisnon-singular (
B)A ^ O (C) Ais symmetric (D) A -1 = - (A+1) [4] (Where I is unit matrix of order
2 and O is null matrix of order 2) faBansal Classes
1 Q.52 Let A ~S1\11U (A) Det (A) = 0 sinB 1 * - s~n A ine 6 S1 D sin6 1 " 1 , wh
ere 0 < 9 < 2n, then (C) Det (A) e [2, 4] (D)DetAe [2, oo) (B) Det A e (0, Q ) O
Q. 53 Number of value of 'a' for y = 4 + a2 ax + (2a - i ) y = a5 2 [1/2 Q.54 I
fA= 1 2 3 , A -1 = 2] c , then 1/2 1 (C)a = - 1, c= (D) infinite (B) a = 2, c =
1 1 (D)a=-,c=Q. 5 5 Number of triplets of a, b & c for which the system of equat
ions, ax - by = 2a - b and (c + l)x + cy = 10 - a + 3 b has infinitely many solu
tions and x = 1, y = 3 is one of the solutions, is: (A) exactly one (B) exactly
two (C) exact ly three (D) infinitely many Q.5 6 D is a 3 x 3 diagonal matrix. W
hich of the fo llowing statements is not true? (A) D' = D (B) AD = DAfor every m
atrix Aof order 3x3 1 (C) D if exists is a scalar matrix (D) none ofthese Q. 57
The following s ystem of equations 3x - 7y + 5z = 3; 3x + y + 5z - 7 and 2x + 3y
+ 5z = 5 are (A ) consistent with trivial solution (B) consistent with unique n
on trivial soluti on (C) consistent with infinite solution (D) inconsistent with
no solution A2n_| are n skew symmetric matrices ofsame order then B = ]T(2r~ l
) ( A 2 r l ) 2 r i will r=l at f' Q.58 IfAj, A3, be (A) symmetric (C) neither s
ymmetric nor skew symmetric x 2x-l Q. 59 The numbe r of real values of x satisfy
ing 7x-2 (A) 3 (B)0 (B) skew symmetric (D) data is adequate 3x + 2 4x 17x + 6 2x
-l 3x + l = 0 is 12x -l (D)l X+ l X+l (C) more than 3 X-l X Q.60 Number of real
values of X for which the matrix A= 2 - 1 X+3 X-2 (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 3 has no inv
erse (D) infinite which the system of equations, a2 x + (2 - a ) - 2 possess no
solution is (B)l (A) 0 (0)2 "0 1 - 4 3 a 1 5/2 (A) a - 1, c = - 1 -1/2 3 -3/2 1/
1
Q.82 In a square matrix A of order 3, a; ;'s are the sum of the roots of the equ
ation x2 - (a + b)x + ab= 0; a; j + 5's are the product of the roots, {_ j's ar
e all unity and the rest of the elements are all zero. The value of the det. (A)
is equal to (A) 0 ' (B) (a + b)3 (C) a3 - b3 (D) (a2 + b2)(a + b) 28 25 38 Q,83
Let N = 42 38 65 , then the number of ways is which N can be resolved as a prod
u ct of two 56 47 83 divisors which are relatively prime is (A) 4 (B) 8 Q. 84 If
A B, C are the angles of a triangle and the triangle is (A) a equilateral (C) a
r ight angled triangle Q.85 x L L e t a =x/nx ^ . d= T Lim j (C)9 (D)16 1 1 1 1 +
sin A 1 + sinB 1 + sin C = 0, then sin A + sin A sin B +sin B sin C + sin C (B)
an isosceles (D) any triangle 1 x/nx 3 T. x 16x /n (1 + sin x) T. Lim ; c = Lim
^ and ->o 4x + x x-^o x x a b (X+1) r then the matrix c d is x->-i 3(sin( x +1)
- (x +1)) K + l)-[X + l)) (B) Involutary (C) Non singular (D) Nilpotent (A) Idem
potent Q.86 Ifthe system of linear equations x + 2ay + az = 0 x + 3by + bz 0 x +
4cy + cz = 0 has anon-zero solution, then a, b, c (A) are in G .P. (C) satisfy
a + 2b + 3c = 0 (B) are in H.P. (D) are in A. P. Q. 87 Give the correct order of
initials T or F for following statements. Use T if statement is true and F if i
t is false. Statement-1: If the graphs of two lin ear equations in two variables
are neither parallel nor the same, then there is a unique solution to the syste
m. Statemeat-2: If the system of equations ax + by = 0, cx + dy = 0 has a non-ze
ro solution, then it has infinitely many solutions . Statement-3: The system x +
y + z= l,x = y, y = l + z i s inconsistent. Statem ent-4: Iftwo of the equation
s in a system of three linear equations are inconsis tent, then the whole system
is inconsistent. (A) FFTT (B)TTFT (D)TTTF (C) TTFF Q .88 Let A 1 + x 2 - y2 ~ z
2 2(xy + z) 2(zx-y) 2 2 2 2(xy-z) 1+y -z -x 2(yz + x) then det. Ais equal to 2 2
2 2(zx + y) 2(yz-x) 1+z -x -y (B) (1 +x 2 + y2 + z2)3 (D) (1 +x 3 + y3 + z3)2 Q
. B. on Determinant & Matrices (A)(l +xy + yz + zx)3 (C)(xy + yz + zx)3 faBansal
Classes [10]
Select the correct alternatives : (More than one are correct) Q.89 The set of eq
uations x - y + 3z = 2 , 2 x - y + z = 4 , x - 2 y + az = 3 has (A) unique solu
t on only for a = 0 (B) unique solution for a * 8 (C) infinite number of solutio
ns for a = 8 (D) no solution for a = 8 Q.90 Suppose al5 (A)A= i a4 a5 a a real n
umbers, with at * 0. If a1? 2 a5 a6 a aj, are in A.P. then 3 a6 is singular a7 (
B) the system of equations a,x + a ^ + agZ = 0, a4x + a5y + a6z = 0, ayX + a8y +
a9z = 0 has infinite number of solutions (C)B a, ia2 ia2 a, j is non singular;
where i - V-l (D) none of these a2 a2 - (b-c) 2 be Q. 91 The determinant b2 b2 (c-a) 2 ca is divisible by : c2 c2 - (a-b) 2 ab (A) a + b + c (C) a2 + b2 + c2
(B) (a+b) (b + c) (c + a) (D) ( a - b ) ( b - c ) ( c - a ) Q. 92 IfA and B are
3 x 3 matrices and | A | * 0, then which of the following ar e true? (A) | AB |
= 0 => | B | = 0 (B) j AB | = 0 => B = 0 -1 _1 (C) | A | = |A | (D) | A + A| = 2
| A| TC 7T It Q.93 The value of 9 lying between - & and 0<A< a nd satisfying the
equation 1+sin2 A cos2 A sin2 A l+cos2A sin2 A cos2 A (A) A= , 9 (C) A = - , 9
7t 2 sin 40 2 sin 40 = 0 are l+2sin40 (B)A=^=e "i 71 I (C)ABA=A (D) BAB = B Q.94
IfAB =AandBA=B, then (A) A2B =A 2 (B)B 2 A=B 2 x a b Q. 95 The solution(s) of t
he equation a x a = 0 is/are : b b x (A) x = - ( a + b ) (B) x = a (C) x = b (D)
- b faBansal Classes Q. B. on Determinant & Matrices [10]
Q. 96 If Dj and D2 are two 3x3 diagonal matrices, then (A) DjD2 is a diagonal ma
trix (B) D,D2 = D2Dj 2 2 (C) D j + D2 is a diagonal matrix (D) none of these 1
a a2 2 Q.97 If 1 x x = 0, then b2 ab a2 (A)x = a (B) x = b (C) x = a (D)x=Q.98 W
hich ofthe following determinant(s) vanish(es)? 1 be bc(b + c) (A) 1 ca ca (c +
a) 1 ab ab(a + b) 0 (C) b - a c-a Q.99 IfA= a- b a- c 0 b-c c-b 0 1 ab a + b (B)
1 be b + c 1 ca 1 + 1 c a logxxyz logxy logxz 1 logyz (D) logyxyz logzxyz logzy
1 "a b" (where be 7 0) satisfies the equations x2 + k = 0, then = _c d_ (B) k =
| A| (C) k = |A| (D) none of these (A) a + d = 0 Q.100 The value of 6 lying bet
ween 9 = 0 & 9 = 7t/2 & satisfying the equation : 1+sin 2 9 COS29 4sin49 2 sin 9
1+COS 9 4sin49 = 0 are: sin 2 9 l+4sin49 COS29 lb t (C) 24 Q.101 If p, q,r, s a
reinAP. and f(x) 7 1 (D) 24 p + sinx q + sinx p - r + sinx q + sinx r + sinx - 1
+ sinx such that { f(x)dx = - 4 then r + sinx s + sinx s - q + sinx the common
difference of the A.P. can be: (A) - 1 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) none 1 2 2 Q.l02 LetA= 2
1 2 , then 2 2 1 (A) A2 - 4 A - 5I3 = 0 (C) A3 is not invert ible (B) A -1 = - (
A - 4I3) (D) A2 is invertible Q. B. on Determinant & Matrices faBansal Classes [
10]
ANSWER KEY a'aV sorb o'v 00 It) D'V lorb aV /,6 b a'3'aV 6b a'a 68 b a 98*6 V I8b
V 9 Lb v irO V 99t) a t9b a 99 b v isb V 9t>b o irb a 9b v irb V 9c'b v irb a 9i
b D D'V 66 b a'3'aV 86 b a'3'aV a 3 a 3 3 a 3 3 3 a 3 V P6'b 3'8'V 96 b O'V 36'
b a 8'b a 08'b a 9Lb 3'aV 96 b a'3'v 16 b a 88 b a 8 b v 8 Lb a L'b 3'aV 06 b LVb a
a a 3 V a 3 a 3 a wb a z:8b LLb ZLb L9b Z9'b L9'b Z9'b LVb zvb L'b zzb LZ'b zzb
Lib zvb Lb a 6//b t>fb a 0 L'b v 9 9"b a 09'b a a a a a 99t) 09 b 9Vb V 69'b P9b
69 b P9b 6Vb wb a 89 b V 9b a 8S'b 3 3 a 9b 8Vb Vb 3 orb 9'b tb V 6b nb 6Zb pzb 3 8'b
3 'b 3 srb V 3 o
BANSAL CLASSES TAR GET TIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ALL) mimmemm & MATRICES C O
N T E N T S DETERMINANT KEY CONCEPT. EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III Page 2 Page -5 Page -9 Page -1 0 MATRICES KEY CONCEPT. EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCIS
E-III ANSWER KEY Page -13 Page -18 Pa ge -20 Page -22 Page -23
C2 CJ C3 & D' = i A3 a Then D' = - D . If a determinant has any two rows (or col
umns) identical, then its value is zero , B, e.g. Let D = I3 B, B3 then it can b
e verified that D = 0. P - 4 : If all the elements of any row (or column) be mul
tiplied by the same num ber, then the determinant is multiplied by that number.
KA, KB, KC, egP-5: If D 2 b2 3 b3 and D' = 2 t)2 Then D'=KD If each element of a
ny row (or column) can be expressed as a sum of two terms th en the determinant
can be expressed as the sum of two determinants. e.g. AJ+X FY+Y C, + Z a2 a 3 b2
b3 c2 c3 = l b, Cl 2 b2 C a 3 b3 C a 2 3 a X
(ii) If D = A2 A 3 b, b2 b3 C L then, D C3 2 = Aj B, c, A 2 B2 c 2 A3 B3 AI X wh
ere A- ,B ? C3 A2 B2 A3 B3 b, C L Consider 2 b2 c2 PROOF : b3 c33 Note : ajA2 +
bjB 2 + CjC2 = 0 etc. A I 1) 0 0 0 D 0 D A B, CI A c2 c3 0 0 A, A2 B2 C2 A3 B3 C
3 A,
Q.ll be be' + b'c b'c' Factorise the determinant ca ca' + c'a c'a' ab ab'+a'b a'
b' (( 3 + y - a - 5)4 (p + y - a - 5)2 1 (Y+OC-|3-8)2 4 Q.12 Prove that (Y+A-p-8
)4 1 = - 64(a- (3)(a - y)(a - 5)(P - y) (P - 5) (y- 6) (a + p Y - 5) (a + p Y 8) 2 1 Q. 13 n! (n+1)! (n+2)! - 4 (n+1)! (n+2)! (n+3)! then show that For a fixe
d positive in teger n, if D = (n!)3 (n+2)! (n+3)! (n+4)! is divisible by n. Q.14
x + 2 2x + 3 3x + 4 Solve for x 2x + 3 3x + 4 4x + 5 = 0. 3x + 5 5x + 8 10x + 1
7 a-x c b c b b- x a = 0. a c- x Q 15 If a + b + c = 0 , solve for x: --r).16 If
a2 + b2 + c2 = 1 then show that the value of the determinant a 2 +(b 2 +c 2 ) co
s9 ba(l-cosG) 2 .2 , /_2 ab(l-cosG) b +(c 2 +a 2 )cos0 ac(l-cosG) bc(l-cosO) c a
(l-cosQ) cb(l-cosG) c2 +(a 2 +b 2 )cosG simplifies to cos2G. a b c pa qb rc Q. 1
7 If p + q+r = 0 , prove that qc ra pb = pqr c a b b c a rb p c qa Q.'l8 a a3 a
4 - 1 If a, b, c are all different & b b3 b 4 - 1 = 0, then prove that: c c3 c 4
- 1 abc (ab + be + ca) = a + b + c. Q.19 Showthat a 2 +X ab ac Q.20 (a) ab b +X
be 2 ac be is divisible by A,2 andfindthe other factor. c 2 +X 1 a 2 a3 1 b2 b3
1 c2 c 3 be a a 2 2 Without expanding prove that ca b b ab c c2 a2 (a + I)2 (a
- I)2 b2 (b + l)2 (b-1) 2 a 2 b2 c2 (c + l)2 = 4 a b 1 1 (c - l)2
KEY CONCEPTS MATRICES USEFUL IN STUDY OF SCIENCE, ECONOMIC SAND ENGINEERING Defi
nition : Rectangular a rray of mn numbers. Unlike determinants it has no value.
Ml 21 a 12 Mn l "22 2n or i2 a 2*! a22 a a l in^ 2n l ml a m2 < 'm/ n, i denotes
the row and Abbreviated as :A = [ a ^ j 1 < i < m ; 1 < j j denotes the column
is called a m atrix of order m x n. 2. (a) Special Type Of Matrices : Row Matrix
: A = [ a n , a12, (or row vectors) Column Matrix : (or column vectors) A= 2I a
ln ] having one row. (1 x n) matrix. (b) having one column, (m x 1) matrix l ml
(c) Zero or Null Matrix: (A = Om x n)' An m x n matrix all whose entries are zer
o v
Square Matrix all elements except the leading diagonal are zero 0 '1 3 ! , A = 0
2 4 ; B = 2 3 0 diagonal Matrix Unit or Identity Matrix ,4 3 3, ,0 0 5 , I Lowe
r Triangular Upper Triangular d, 0 0 1 if i = j" a.. = 0 V i < j a.. = 0 V i > j
0 d2 0 0 if ij 0 0 d, Note that: Minimum number of zeros in Scalar Matrix Note:
(1) If d l = d2 = d3 = a a triangular matrix of Unit Matrix (2) If d1 = d2 = d3
= 1 order n = n(n-l)/2 Note: Min. number of zeros in a diagonal matrix of order
n = n(n- 1) d Triangular Matrix I Diagonal Matrix denote as dia ( d i ' d 2' >
dn) "It is to be noted that with square matrix there is a corresponding determin
ant formed by the elements ofAin the same order." 3. Equality Of Matrices: A = [
a ; j ] & B = [b i ; ] are equal if, Let both have the same order. (ii) (0 Algeb
ra O f Matrices: Addition : A + B = [ a ;j + b;j j where A& B are of the same ty
pe, ( same order) (a) Addition of matrices is commutative. A=mxn B=mxn i.e. A+B
= B + A (b) Matrix addition is associative. Note : A, B & C are of the same type
. (A+ B) + C = A + (B + C) (c) Additive inverse. A = mxn If A + B = O = B + A Mu
ltipli cation Of A Matrix By A Scalar a b ka kb kc kA= kb kc ka If A= b c c a kc
ka kb Multiplication Of Matrices: (Row by Column) AB exists if, A=mxn & B = nxp
2x3 3x 3 AB exists, but BA does not => AB * BA \ A = pre factor Note: In the pr
oduct AB . [ B = post factor A = ai j = b for each pair of i & j. 4. 5. 6. ( i>
2> a a a n) & B "b 1xn AB = [a1b1 + a 2 b 2 +
Note : If A and B are non singular square matrices of same order, then | adj A|
= | A| n ~' (ii) adj (AB) = (adj B) (adj A) (iii) adj(KA) = K""1 (adj A), K is a
scalar Inverse Of A Matrix (Reciprocal Matrix) : A square matrix A said to be i
nvertible (non singular) if there exists a matrix B such that, AB = I = B A B i
s called the inverse (reciprocal) ofA and is denoted by A - ' . Thus A-' = B O A
B = I = B A . We have, A. (adj A) = | A | IN A- 1 A (adj A) = A - 1 In |A| In (
a dj A) = A - 1 A- 1 = (adj A) |A| | A | In Note : The necessary and sufficient
condition for a square matrix Ato be inverti ble is that IA | * 0. Imp. Theorem
: If A & B are invertible matrices ofthe same order, then (AB)"1 = B 1 A -1 . T
his is reversal law for inverse. Note (0 (ii) If A be an invertible matrix, then
AT is also invertible & (A 1 ) -1 = (A_1)T. I f A is invertible, (a) (A"1)"1 =
A ; (b) (A*)"1 = (A"])k = A-k, k e N IfA is an Orthogonal Matrix. AAT = I = ATA
A square matrix is said to be orthogonal if, A - 1 = A T . 1 I A"11 = 7T7 S Y S
T E M O F E Q U A T I O N & C R I T E R I A N F O R C O N S I S T E N C Y (iii)
(iv) (v) GAUSS - JORDAN METHOD x +y+ z = 6 x-y +z=2 2x + y z = 1 or ' x+y+z N (6
} x-y+z _ 2 ,2x+y- Z > 10 (\ 1 o 1 -1 1 1 -ij u AX = B f \ X y w ( 2 10 A' 1 A X
= A 1 B (adj. A).B X = A1B = fa BansaIClasses Determinant & Matrices [17]
Note (1) (2) (3) (4) If IAI * 0, system is consistent having unique solution If
| AI * 0 & (adj A). B * O (Null matrix), system is consistent having unique n on
-trivial solution. If | A | * 0 & (adj A) . B = O (Nullmatrix), system is cons i
stent having trivial solution. If IAI = 0 , matrix method fails If (adj A) . B =
null matrix = O r 1 If (adj A) , B * O 1 Consistent (Infinite solutions) Incons
istent (no solution) EXERCISE-I Q.l Q.2 "l 2 Given that A= 2 2 1 -1 2 3 3 10 2 1
1 2 2 1 D= 13 and that Cb=D. So lve the matrix equation Ax=b. c= 9 1 1 1 ^ ? ?
Find the value of x and y that satisfy the equations 3 3 2 -2" 0 4 r y X y ~i X
"3 3" 3y 3y 10 10 Q.3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 andF = 1 0 0 calculate the matrix produc
t EF & FE and If, E = 0 1 0 0 0 0 showthat E 2 F + FE2 = E . If A is an orthogon
al matrix and B = AP w here Pisa non singular matrix then show that the matrix P
B_1 is also orthogonal. 0 1 Define A= 3 0 0 Find a vertical vector V such that (
A8 + A6 + A4 + A2 +1)V = 11 Q.4
Q.5 (where I is the 2 x 2 identity matrix). Q. 6 cos2 0 sin 0 cos 0 cos2 <|) sin
<J>c os(j) is a null & 2 Prove that the product of two matrices, cos 0 sin 0 sin
0 co s<j)sin<j) sin < > | matrix when 0 & <|) differ by an odd multiple of Q.7
TC 2" 1 0 2 0 2 1 , then show that the maxtrix Ais a root of the polynomial f (x
)=x 3 - 6x2 + 7x+2. If, A= 2 0 3 fa B ansaIClasses Determinant & Matrices [18]
Q. 8 For a non zero X, use induction to prove that: (Only for XIICB SE) 1 ol 1 _
0 X n XD (a) X 0 0 nAT1 A" 0 X 0 0 n(n-l) 2 nXn~ Xn , for every n N (b) Q. 9 n
n 1 1 If, A= 0 0 , then (aI+bA) = a I + na"~ b A, where I is a unit matrix of or
der 2, V n N. 0 Find the number of 2 x 2 matrix satisfying (i) a . i s l o r - 1
; (ii) ^ + a 2 2 = a221 + a222 =2 ; (iii) a n a21 + a12 a22 = 0 Q.10 Prove that
(AB)T=BT. AT, where A& B are conformable for the product AB . Al so verify the
result for 1 2 the matrices, A= -1 2 -3 and B = 2 - 3 1 2 2 5 3 1 2 5 2 3 - 6 as
a sum ofalower triangular matrix& an upper triangular matrix wit h zero Q. 11 Ex
press the matrix -10 4 in its leading diagonal. Also Express the matrix as a sum
ofa symmetric & a skew symmetric matrix. Q. 12 Find the inverse of the matrix:
cosa -sina (i)A= sina cosa 0 0 0" "1 1 0 1 w ;(ii) 1 1 w2 "a 0 0" 1" 2 w where w
is the cube root of unity, (iii) A= 0 b 0 w 0 0 c '2 4" 3 -1 "2 l" A "3 2" Q.13
Find the matrix A satisfying the matrix equation, _3 2_ .A. _ 5 _ 3 Q. 14 A is a
square matrix of order n. I = maximum number of distinct entri es ifAis a trian
gular matrix m=maximum number of distinct entries if Ais a diago nal matrix p =
minimum number of zeroes ifAis a triangular matrix If / + 5 = p + 2m, find the o
rder of the matrix. Q. 15 IfA is an idempotent matrix and I is an identity matri
x of the same order, find the value of n, n e N, such that ( A+ I )n = I + 127 A
. a b Q. 16 IfA= c d then prove that value of f and g satisfying the maxtrix equ
ation A2 + f A + g I = Oare equal to - t r (A) and determinant of A respectively
. Given a, b, c, d a re non zero reals and 1= "l 0" "0 o" ; o = _0 0 2 -1 Q.17 M
atrices A and B satisfy AB = B"1 where B = 2 0 , Find (I) withoutfindingB" 1, th
e value of K for which KA - 2B"1 +1 = 0 (ii) WithoutfindingA-1, the matrix X sat
isfying A~'XA= B (iii) the matrixA using A -1 fa B ansaIClasses
Q.9 cosa - s i n a cos2p sin2p 7 1 If A= sina cosa ;B= sin 2p -cos2p Where 0 < P
< then prove that BAB = A-1. Also find the least positive value of a for which
B A4 B = A-1. a b Q.10 If c 1 - a is an idempotent matrix. Find the value of f(a
), where f(x)= x- x2, when be = 1/4. Hence otherwise evaluate a. Q.ll If A is a
skew symmetric matrix and I + A is non singular, then prove that the matrix B =
(I - A)(I + A)1 is an orthogonal matrix. Use this tofinda matrix B given A= - 5 0
Q.12 If F(x) cosx sinx 0 -sinx cosx 0 0 0 1 then show that F(x). F(y) = F(x + y
) Hence prove that [ F(x) ] 4 = F(- x). Q.13 1 2 3 1 1 2 IfA : 3 4 ;B = 1 0 ;C=
2 4 andX= (a) AX = B - 1 (b) (B - I)X = IC X 1 X 2 X3 X4 then solve the followin
g matrix equation. (c) CX = A 1 9 a X "3 - 2 Q 14 Determine the values of a and
b for which the system 5 - 8 2 1 y z b 3 -1 (i) has a unique solution ; (ii) has
no solution and (iii) has infinitely many s olutions 0 1 Q.15 Let X be the solu
tion set ofthe equation AX = I, whereA= 4 - 3 3 - 3 -1 4 and I is the correspond
ing 4 unit matrix a n d x c N thenfindthe minimum value of ^ ( c o s x 6 f sm x
0), 0 s R . Q .16 Determine the matrices B and Cwith integral element such that
A= 0 2 P a B a -p k m / n -1 0 1 - 2 = B3 + C3 Q.17 IfA= y - y is an orthogonal
matrix,findthe values of a , P, y. y and kn * Im ; then s how that A2 - (k + n)A
+ (kn - /m) I = O. Q.18 If A=
(c) (D) 3/2 [JEE 2006,5 marks each(-2)] ^Bansal Classes Determinant & Matrices [
22]
1 -12 Q.IO f(a)= 1/4,a= 1/2 Q.ll 13 5 -3 -5 -12 Q. 13(a) X= 2 , (c) no solution
Q.14 (i)a * - 3 ,b e R; (ii) a = - 3 and b * 1/3 ; (iii) a = -3 ,b = 1/3 Q.15 2
0 Q.16 B = 0 -m k Q.19 1 -1 - 1 and C = 0 cosx -sinx 0 -1 Q.17 a = ^ J_ s * y= 1
^ ^ n 1 kn-/m - / sinx Q.20 cosx 3 3 ,(3,3,-1) EXERCISE-III Q.l Q.2 A Q.5 C Q.6
A Q.7 (a)A, (b)B, (c)A fa B ansa I Classes Determinant & Matrices [24]
5 BAN SAL ^ TARGET IIT JEE 2007 CLASSES XII & XIII (With Hints and Solutions at
the End) Q. 1 to Q.29 are of 6 Marks Problems Q.30 to Q.66 are of 8 Marks Proble
ms Q.67 t o Q.82 are of 10 Marks Problems Q.83 to Q. 100 are Objective type prob
lems. Advise: Do not spend more than 10 minutes for each problem and then read t
he sol ution and then do it. ALL TH BEST FOR JEE - 2 0 0 7
Q.12 Mr. A is a compulsive liar. He lies 2/5 ofthe time. However a clue to his v
alidi ty is that his ears droop 2/3 ofthe time when he is telling a lie. They on
ly dro op 1/10 ofthe time when he is telling the truth. Mr. A tells his friend M
r. B th at "certain event has occured" and his ears were dropping as noticed by
Mr. B. F ind the probability that Mr. A was telling the truth. [6] Q.13 Five per
sons entered the lift cabin on the ground floor of an eightfloorhou se. Suppose
that each of them, independently & with equal probability can leave the cabin at
any floor beginning with the first,findout the probability of all 5 persons lea
ving at different floors. [6] Q.14 Let u and v be non zero vectors o n a plane o
r in 3-space. Show that the vector w =] u | v+1 v | u bisects the ang le between
u and v . Q.15 Find the distance from the line x = 2 + t , y = l + t , z= [6] ~t to the plane x + 2y+6z= 10. [6] Q.16 Q.17 If 9 is the angle between the lines
in which the planes 3x - 7y - 5z = 1 and5x-1 3y + 3z + 2 = 0cuts the plane 8x 11 y + 2z = 0,findsinB. [6] Suppose u, v and w are twice differentiable functio
ns of x that satisfy the relations au + bv + c w = 0 u u' where a, b and c are c
onstants, not all zero. Show that v v' w w' = 0 . [6] Q.18 (A) (B) fc} In any tr
iangle ABC, prove that, cos A sin2 + cosB sin2 + cos C sin2 12 J k2) U J Q.19 If
the normals to the curve y = x2 at the points P, Q and R pass through the poin t
0, - ,findthe radius v 1) of the circle circumscribing the triangle PQR. [6 j f
TN Q.20 Let A = {a e R | the equation (1 + 2/)x3 - 2(3 + i)x2 + (5 - 4i)x + 2a2
= 0 } has at least one real root. Find the value of Y a 2 . aeA [6] Q.21 Q.22 Q
.23 Find the equation of a line passing through (- 4, -2) having equal intercept
s on the coordinate axes. [6] Let S be the set of all x such that x4 - 1 Ox2 + 9
< 0. Find the maximum value o f f (x) = xJ 3x on S. [6] Solve the differential
equation, (x4y2-y)dx + (x2y4-x)dy = 0 (y(l) = l)
Q.24 All the face cards from a pack of 52 playing cards are removed. From the re
maini ng pack half of the cards are randomly removed without looking at them and
then randomly drawn two cards simultaneously P(38C2Q) from the remaining. If th
e prob ability that two cards drawn are both aces is 40 r . 20r ,findp. [6] [ e
N > ^ x 2 y2 Q.25 A circle intersects an ellipse - y + = 1 precisely at three po
ints A, / a b v / B, C as shown in the figure. AB is a diameter of the circle an
d is perpendicular to the major axis of the ellipse. If the eccentricity ofthe e
llip se is 4/5, find the length of the diameter AB in terms of a. [6] Q.26 Suppo
se R is set of reals and C is the set of complex numbers and a function is defin
ed as f: R - C, -ft / f (t) = - where t e R , prove that / is injective. [6] Q. 27
Circles A and B are externally tangent to each other and to line t. The su m of
the radii of the two circles is 12 and the radius of circle A is 3 times th at o
f circle B. The area in between the two circles and its \l brc external tang ent
is a v 3 - ~ thenfindthe value of a + b. [6] 0 0 1 8 6 4 2 3 0 . Find a vert ic
al vector y such that (A + A + A + A +1) y = 11 where I is a unit matrix of or d
er 2. [6] Q. 2 8 Define a matrix A r Q. 29 A circle is inscribed in a triangle w
ith sides of lengths 3,4 and 5. A sec ond circle, interior to the triangle, is t
angent to the first circle and to both sides of the larger acute angle of the tr
iangle. If the radius of teh second ci rcle can be expressed in the form (0,90),
find the value of k + w. sink where k a nd w are in degrees and lie in the inter
val cos w [6] ax2 - 24x + b = x Q.30 If the equation 5 > has exactly two distinc
t real solutio ns and their sum is 12 then find x2-l the value of (a-b). [8] Q.3
1 If a, b, c an d d are positive integers and a < b < c < d such that a, b, c ar
e in A.P. and b, c, d are in G.P. and d - a = 30. Find the four numbers. [8] Q .
32 Let the set A = {a, b, c, d, e} and P and Q are two non empty subsets ofA. Fi
nd the number of ways in which P and Q can be selected so that P n Q has at leas
t one common ele ment. [8] Q. 3 3 If the normals drawn to the curve y = x2 - x +
1 at the points A, B & C on the curve are concurrent at the point P (7/2,9/2) t
hen compute the s um ofthe slopes ofthe three normals. Also find their equations
and the co-ordina tes of the feet of the normals onto the curve. [8] fa B ansaI
Classes Determinant & Matrices [4]
Q. 3 4 A conic passing through the point A (1,4) is such that the segment j oini
ng a point P (x, y) on the conic and the point of intersection of the normal at
P with the abscissa axis is bisected by the y - axis. Find the equation of the
c onic and also the equation of a circle touching the conic,at A (1,4) and passi
ng through i its focus. [8] Q.3 5 y k hyperbola has onefocusat the origin and it
s eccentricity = Find the equation to its asymptotes. Q. 3 6 Let A, B, C be real
n umbers such that ^(i) (sin A, cos B) lies on a unit circle centred at origin,
(i i) tan C and cot C are defined. ' I ^ If the minimum value of (tan C - sinA)
2 (cot C - cos B)2 is a + bV2 where a. b e N, find the value ^ o f a 3 + b3" ' 1
*1 Q.37 For a > 2, if the value of the definite integral f equals " . Find the v
al ue of a. J / ,\2 5050 n 2 7 1 I 0 a <x V x; [8] Q.38 If and one ofits directr
ix is x + y + 1 =0. [8] f (7t 4 6 ) t a n 6 d0 = rc /n k - , find the value of (
kw), where k, w e N. , 1tanO w 71/4 J [8] 1 Q. 3 9 Given a function g, continuous
everywhere such that g( 1) = 5 and j g ( t) dt = 2. 0 1 x If f(x) = - J (x -1)
2 g (t) dt, then compute the value of f"' (1) - f " (1). 20 Q.40 [8] Let f: [0,1
] R is a continuous function such that Jf(x)dx = 0. Prove that there is c e (0,
1) such > that Jf(x)dx =f(c). 0 Q. 41 [Bj Q.42 Consider the equation in x, x j ax + b = 0 in which a and b are constants. Sho w that the equation has only one
solution for x if a < 0, for a=3,findthe values of b for which the equation has
three solutions. f8] Atank consists of 50 litre s offreshwater. Two litres ofbr
ine each litre containing 5 gms of dissolved salt are run into tank per minute;
the mixture is kept uniform by stilting, and runs out at the rate of one litre p
er minute. If'm' grams of salt are present in the tank after t minute, express'm
' in terms of t andfindthe amount of salt present after 10 minutes. [8] Q.43 Urn
-1 contains 3 red balls and 9 black balls. Urn-II contains 8 red balls a nd 4 bl
ack balls. Urn-Ill contains 10 red balls and 2 black balls. A card is dra wnfrom
a well shuffled back of 52 playing cards. If a face card is drawn, a ball is sel
ected from Urn-I. If an ace is drawn, a ball is selected from Urn-II. If a ny ot
her card is drawn, a ball is selected from Urn-Ill. Find (a) the probabilit y th
at a red ball is selected. (b) the conditional probability that Urn-I was on efr
omwhich a ball was selected, given that the ball selected was red. |8] MBansal C
lasses Problems for JEE-2007 fSJ
[7]
Q.69 The normals to the parabola y2 = 4x at the points P, Q & R are concurrent a
t the point (15,12). Find (a) the equation of the circle circumscribing the tri
a ngle PQR (b) the co-ordinates of the centroid of the triangle PQR. [10] Q.70 T
he triangle ABC, right angled at C, has median AD, BE and CF. AD lies along the
li ne y = x + 3, BE lies along the line y = 2x + 4. If the length of the hypoten
use is 60, find the area of the triangle ABC. [10] Q.71 Let W, and W2 denote the
circles x + y + lOx - 24y - 87 = 0 and x + y - lOx - 24 y + 153 = 0 respectivel
y. Let m be the smallest positive value of 'a' for which the line y=ax contains
the centre of a P circle that is externally tangent to W2 and internally tangent
to W,. Given that m1 = ~ wherep and q are relatively pri me integers, find [p +
q). 2 2 2 2 q [10] Q.72 If 3 rdx = a 5j J 6 (l + sinx) n b-j3 where a, b, c e N
and b, c are relatively prime, find the value of c [10] a + b + c + abc. l dX Q
.73 If f . r~= V J Vl + x + Vl x + 2 = Va - Vb --JL where a,b,c e N, find the val
ue a2 + b2 + c2. VC [10] Q. 74 Suppose/(x) and g (x) are differentiable function
s such that xg(/(x))/'fe( x)k'(x) = /(g(x)M/(x))Ax) for all real x. Moreover,/(x
) is nonnegative andg(x) i s positive. Furthermore, J / ( g ( x ) ) d x = 1 o ^
for all reals a. Given that g(f(0)) = 1. If the value of g{ f(4)) = e"k where k
e N. find k. Q.75 [10] Let f (x) be a differentiable function such that f (x) +/
(x) = 4xe~x sin 2x and/ (0) = 0. Find the value ofLim ^f(kTi). k=i [10] (y ^ 0,
f(y) ^ 0) V-x, y e R and [10] f x) f(x) Q. 76 Let f be a differentiable function
satisfying the condition f ^ ^ J =
f ' (1) = 2, then find the area enclosed by y = f(x), x2 + y2 = 2 and x - axis.
Q.77 The equation Z10 + (13 Z - l)10 = 0 has 5 pairs of complex roots a p b,, a2
, b2, a3, b3, a4, b4, a5, b5. Each pair a;, bi are complex conjugate. Find i i
[ 10] Q.78(i) Let Cr's denotes the combinatorial coefficients in the expansion o
f (1 + x)n, n e N. If the integers an = C0 + C3 + C6 + C9 + bn = c, + c4 + c7 +
c10 + and cn = C2 + C5 + Cg + C,, + , then prove that (a) a 3 + b3 + c3 - 3anbnc
n = 2" , (ii) Prove the identity: Bans a/ Classes (C0 - C2 + C4 - C6 + (b) (an bn)2 + (bn - cn)2 + (cn - an)2 = 2. )2 + (Cj - C3 + C5 - C7 + )2 = 2n [81 [10]
Problems for JEE-2007
Q.97 If (j) (x) =/(x 2 ) +/(1 - x2) and/" (x) > 0 for x 6 R then which ofthe fol
lowing are correct? (A) (j) (x) attains its extrema at 0, ^ (C) c (x) attains i
t s local maxima at 0. f > (B) (j) (x) increases in (- l/V2 , o)u (l/V2,00) (D)
(j ) (x) decreases in \/4l, o)u ( l / , 00) . lit (in x \ sm 3 sin x Q.98 If tan
~ = - where 0 < x < n, then the value of x is V 3 , cos 271 cosx 3 it (A)^ 5n (
B)77t ( O 1 Itc (D) MATCH THE COLUMN: Q.99 Column-I (A) The smallest positive in
tegeral value of n f or which the complex number (l + j s i j 1 ' 2 is real, is
(B) (C) Let z be a co mplex number of constant non zero modulus such that z2 is
purely imaginary, then the number of possible values of z is 3 whole numbers are
randomly selected. Tw o events A and B are defined as A: units place in their p
roduct is 5. B : their product is divisible by 5. If p, and p2 are the probabili
ties ofthe events Aand B such that p9 = kpj then 'k' equals For positive integer
s x and k, let the grad ient of the line connecting (1,1) and (x, x3) be k. Numb
er of values of k less t han 31, is Column-I For real a and b ifthe solutions to
the equation Z9 - 1 = 0 are written in the form of a+ib then the number of dist
inct ordered pairs (a, b) such that a and b are positive, is Lim ( e x + l ! * x
-oo Column-II (P) 4 (Q) (R) (S) 6 8 9 (D) Q.l 00 (A) Column-II 0 (P) (Q) (R) (S)
i 2 e (B) (C) (D) Let A, B be two events with P(B) > 0. If B c A then P(A/B) equ
als A real number x is chosen at random such that 0 < x < 100. 1 a The probabili
ty that x - [xl > Sis , where a and b are relatively 3i b b primes and [x] denote
s the greatest int eger then (b - a) equals Bansal Classes Problems for JEE-2007
[U]
HINTS AND SOLUTIONS Let 2 1Ilx = y lo g2y so that ]og2y= 111 X 111 equation beco
mes + 2y = 4y2 + 1 4 y3 - 16y2 + 8y - 4 = 0 sum of the roots of the given equat
i on is iog2 yj + log2 y2 + iog2 y3 _ l o g ^ y ^ y g ) X,+X2 + X3 = ill ill Let
t he 3 consecutive terms are a - d , a, a + d d>0 2 2 ....(1) hence a - 2ad + d
= 36 + K a2 = 300 + K ....(3) a2 + 2ad + d2 = 596 + K now (2)-(1) gives d(2a d) = 264 ....(4) (3)-(2) gives d(2a + d) - 296 ....(5) (5)-(4) gives 2d2 = 32 =>
d2 = 16 Hence from (4) 4(2a - 4) = 264 => => 2a - 4 = 66 => K = 352 - 300 1225300 = 925 Ans.] iog 2 4_ 2 ill i l l Sj + S2 = 113 Ans.] ,3 d = 4 (d = - 4 rejec
ted) 2a = 70 => a = 35 Case-I: When the two identical digits are both unity as s
hown. x[y j 1 | any one place out of 3 block for unity can be taken in 3 ways an
d the remaining two blo cks can be filled in 9 8 ways. Total ways in this case =
3 9 8 = 216 Case-II: Wh en the two identical digit are other than unity. 1 Mx|y
UMy|x|;li|y|x|x| two x's can be taken in 9 ways and filled in three ways and y
can be taken in 8 ways. Total ways in this case = 9- 3- 8 = 216 Total of both ca
se = 432 Ans. ] h = a(t,t2) k = a(t 1 +t 2 ) Equation to the variable chord 2x (tj + t2)y + 2atj t2 = 0 t,+t 2 + A(t,) 2at,t2 t,+t 2 2a 2h V - x + a ....(1) y k
k Since (1) touches y2 = 4bx, using the condition of t angency 2ah _ bk k ~ 2a
Locus is by2 = 4a2x ] fa B ansaIClasses Determinant & Matrices [12]
5. Note that triangles BCM and OCN are similar now let ON = p. N will be mid poi
nt of chord PQ P 1 now = I 2 P= 1 R = 2-\jr2 - p2 for large circle = 2Vl 6 - (1/
4) - V63 Equation of large circle as x2 + y2 = 16 1 now C = (1, 0) with slope PQ
= - ^ (think !) Alternatively: equation of PQ : ^ y + x ^ l 1 P (from origin) =
result ] Taking x2 out of the bracket J( 1 - x ' ) J f 2 \ 5 dx = J ,10 i ,v -d
x - ^ U d x (x-'-l) 1 Put x "2 - 1 = t = r dx = dt X - 2 r dt "2 t5 J 2 - J -1 _1
xz 1 -l J
v||u|+(v-u) ....(2) w from (1) and (2) cos a = cos p a = p] COS P 15. The line i
s 1 =^ 1 A A z' = 2. - t \ 2 ....(1) line passes through 2i + jk and is parallel to
the vector V = i + j - k vector nor mal to the plane x + 2y + 6z = 10, is n = i
+ 2 j + 6k V.n = 1 + 2 - 3 2+2310 d= V l + 4 + 36 16. V41 line (1) is 1 to the pl
ane 1 Ans | A A A J A' (2,1 ,-1/2) / ] Vector v, along the line of intersection
of 3x - 7y - 5z = 1 and 8x - 1 ly + 2z = 0 is given by i v, = nj xn, = 3 8 j -7
-11 k - 5 = -23(3i+ 2 j - k ) 2 |||ly vector v2 along the line of intersection o
f the planes 5x-13y + 3z = 0 and 8x - 11 y + 2z = 0 is i J k v2 = n 3 x n 4 = 5
-13 3 8 -11 2 7 (i + 2j + 7k) ] now v, -v2 = 0 => angle is 90 => sin90 = l 17. Giv
en and au + bv + cw= 0 -...(I) a u' + bv' + cw' = 0 ....(2) au" + bv" + cw" = 0
....(3)
u v w u' v' w' For non trivial solution (non zero) solution of a, b and c . We m
ust have u" v" w" 18. Let y = cos A sin2f A = 0] l + cosB sin2 + cos C sin2 f '
<2, ,2, C = [cos A (1 - cos A) + cosB (1 - cosB) + cos C (1 - cos C)] = [(cosA
- cos2A) + (cosB - cos2B) + (cosC - cos2C)] cosA- ] - I 2J 4 <f cosB 2 0 _ I 2J 4
< < I ( cosC I 0 2y 4 fa B ansaIClasses Determinant & Matrices [16]
4 + 2 C,- 3 6 C 18 40, "20 20 "20 c 36 'C 20 2 1 40 c 20 19' 20, 2' 2' 18' fa B a
nsaIClasses Determinant & Matrices [18]
and => 31. a 2 - 24a + 23 = 0 a = l (rejected) since a = 23; .'. p =11 a = 35 fro
m (4) b = a 2 p = 529 x - l l b =-5819 => a - b = 35-(-5819) = 5854 Ans.] Let th
e numbers be G.P. A - D , A, A + D, ^ D ) 1 A . (a) (b) (c) , (d) Given d - a =
30 => => - ( A - D ) = 30 D2 + 3AD = 30 A D2 = 3A(10-D) => (A + D)2 - A(A-D) = 3
0A D2 A ~ 3(10-D) '" (1) since A' is a + ve integer 0 < D < 10 ....(2) Also since
'3 ' is prime and A is an integer D2 must be divisible 3 ;=> D must beoftheform
of3K possible values of D are 3,6,9 D = 3 => 3 A = - (rejected) D = 6 => A = 3 (
rejected) D = 9 => A = 27 Numbers are 18,27,36.48 Ans. 32. ] Total number of way
s in which P and Q can be chosen simultaneously = (25-l)(25-l ) = 45 - 26 + 1 nu
mber of ways when P and Q have no common element = 5C,(24 - 1) + 5C2 (23 - 1) +
5C3(22 - 1) + 5C4(2' - 1) + 5C5(2 - 1) = 5Cj 24 + 5C2 23 + 5C3 22 + 5C4 2 + 5C5 (5C, + 5C2 + 5C3 + 5C4 + 5C5) = (5C0 25 + 5C, 24 + 5C2 23 + 5 C3 22 + 5C4 2 + 5
C5 - 25) - (25 - 1) = (35 - 25) - (25 - 1) = 35-2fi+ 1 Hence P and Q have atleas
t one common element = (45 - 26 + 1) - (35 - 26 + 1) = 45 - 35 Ans. ] fa B ansaI
Classes Determinant & Matrices [21]
33. 3m2 + 1 Slope of the normal m = Yl 4m 2 ' 2x, 5m2 -2m 3 + 1 equation of the
norm al in terms of slope of the normal is y = mx + 4 m2 3 2 It passes through (
7/2, 9/2) => 12 m - 13 m + 1 = 0 sum = 13/12. Also (m - 1) (3m - 1) (4m + 1) = 0
=> m x = 1 ; m2 = 1/3 ; m3 = -1/4 => the normals are x - y + 1 = 0 ; x - 3y + 1
0 = 0 & 2x + 8y - 43 = 0 Point A(0,1); B ( - 1 ; 3 ) ; C (5/2,19/4)] x = i1 m-1
2m 34. Equation of normal, Y-y = 1 m (X-x) x + m1 y m Y=0 gives X = x + my and H
ence x + x + my 2 X = 0 gives Y= x2 + = -=0 =>2x + y-^-=0 dx dy C ; passes throu
gh (1,4): C-9 1 *2 y2 1 focii are (0, 3) & (0, - 3) conic is + =1 with e 9 18 V2
Equation of t he circles are; (x - 1 )2 + (y - 4)2 + A (x + 2 y - 9) = 0 where
x + 2 y - 9 = 0 is the tangent to the ellipse at (1,4)] Equation to the hyperbol
a where S = (0,0); directrix is x + y + 1 = 0 and e = J 2 is x + y + lN V2 2 2 x
+ y = (x + y + l) 2 2xy + 2x + 2y + 1 = 0 Let the combi ned equation of the asy
mptotes is 2xy + 2x + 2y + c = 0 put D = 0 to get c = 2 h ence combined equation
of the asymptotes are xy + x + y+ l = 0 ^ 7 = ^2' (x+l)(y +l) = 0 36. => x + 1
= 0 and y + 1 = 0 ] cotC) / Note that2pQ = CQ -sin A)22 + (cot C - cos B)2 denot
es the square of the distanc e PQ now d (tan ( - OP) Q(tanC, d2PQ yj (tan2 C + c
ot2 C) - 1 I ^-^(sinA, cosB) d2pQ= [ V ( t o C - c o t C ) 2 + 2 - l d2 =>
39. g(l) = 5and j g(t)dt = 2 o X X X 2f(x)= J (x - 2xt +1 ) g(t) dt = x Jg(t)dt2xJ" tg(t)dt+ Jt 2 g(t)dt 2 2 2 0 x 0 0 0 Differentiating X 2 f'(x) = x2 g(x) +
Jg(t)dt-2x - 2 x / g(x) + Jtg(t)dt A + x2g(x) 2 f'(x) = 2x Jg(t)dt- 2 Jt g(t) dt
0 0 x x f" (x) = xg(x)+ Jg(t)dt-xg(x)= Jg(t)dt hence f " ( l ) = jg(t)dt = 2 o
also f"'(x) = g(x) f"' (1) = g (1) = 5 f ' " ( l ) - f " ( l ) = 5 - 2 = 3 Ans.]
x 40. g (x) = e~ Jf (t)dt in [0,1 ] o obvious continuous and derivable g(0) = 0
and g( l) = 0 (given) hence 3 some c e (0, 1) such that g' (c) = 0 x Consider a
function x now g' (x) = e~ f (x) - e c x _x Jf(t)dt o c g'(c) = e - f ( c ) - e
^ Jf(t)dt =0 41. Jf(t)dt =f(c)] Consider f (x) = x 3 - ax + b f'(x) = 3 x 2 - a
if a < 0 then f' (a) > 0 for all x hence f is strictly increasing hence f (x) =
0 has exactly one root for a = 3
42. Let m gms of salt is present at time t differential equation of the process
is d m T dm "dT I.F = e = 10 / m(l) 50+ t 1 m = 10; v 50 + t dt 50+1 = 50 +1; m(
50 + t)= f(50 + t)dt = 10 J (50+ty + 2 +C m(50 +1) = 5(50 +1)2 + C; t = 0; m = 0
, C = -5.(50) 2 m(50 +1) = 5(50 +1)2 - 5 ( 50)2 2 5(50y m = 5(50 +1) 50 + t m(t=
10) = 5 - 6 0 5(50^ 60 6 25x11 2 m= = 91-=50 43. 250 11 = 50 60 A : red ball is
selected Bj : Face card is drawn B 2 : ace card is drawn B 3 : n either face no
r ace is drawn 12 3 12 B2 A^JJJ / 4 8 36 10 107 Bi iff 83 P(B,/A) = 44. 52 12 15
6 9 Ans, ] 107 ~ 107 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9 x + y = 45 ; x - y = l l = > x = 28
; y = 17 Now to reali se a sum 17 using 4 digits we can have different cases, 9
4 3 1 9 5 2 1 If we us efivedigits then
8 8 5 3 1 8 4 3 2 6 2 1 7 6 3 1 ; 7 5 4 1 7 5 3 2 ; 6 5 4 2] (9 cases) 7,1,2,3,4
6,5,3,2,1 4!x 5 !x 9 + 5!x4!x2 Hence p = 9! [ odd in favour 11 :115] A ={1801,
1802, ,1899, 1900} B = {1901, 1902, ,1999, 2000} 24 leap year B 76 ordi nary (2
cases) 11 x 5 ! x 4 ! 9! U_ 126 45. 25 leap year 75 ordinary [25] fa B ansaIClas
ses Determinant & Matrices
x 1 y-4 z-3 hence the equation of the lines is = = ....(2) Ans. 10 16 1 now any po
on (2) can be taken as 1-10X ; 16X + 4 ; >. + 3 distance of P from Q (1,4,3) (10
X)2 + (16^.)2 + X2 = 357 (100 + 256+l)X 2 = 357 X=l or - 1 Hence Q is (-9, 20 ,
4) or (11,-12, 2) 50. Equation of the line through (0,1,2) x-0 y-1 z-2 z-0 =t An
s.] now given line x 1 y-1 ....(2) feBansal Classes Problems for JEE-2007
[26]
or cos sin + cos-y cos B-C . A B-C sincos+ sinz 2 2 1=0 B+C . A = sin) ( cos; 2 2 BC A . A A . A A coscos sin + cos sin -cos z = 0 2 2 2 2 2 A . A B-C coscos sin COS"
2 2 cos A 2 cos A 2 A 2 . A sin 2 . A sin 2 cos B-C ' 2 COS r if A A cos - sin =0 2
2 COS" - c o s y A tan = 1 2 A = 90 B-C A B = 90 57. B- C =A => B=C+A B - C = - A
=> B + A = C = 90 hence triangle must berightangled. OAMB is a cyclic quadrilater
al using sine law in A OBM and A OAM x sin 90 and d sin 90 r^ w sin(6O-0) y sin ...
.(2) d) B/> 'P (l)and (2) x y 2x
This is maximum when x^ = A l max i7 ' 2 36 1 144' Amax = |2 = 12 Ans. ] ? 67. (i)
Equation of tangentfrompoint (3,-3) to the given circle is y + 3 = m(x - 3) mx
3 m - y - 3 = 0 Problems for JEE-2007 [33] fe Ban sal Classes
and also => -4m-3m+ 2-3 vr+m 2 =5 (1 + 7m)2 = 25(1 +m 2 ) => 1 + 49m2 + 14m = 25
+ 25m2 => 12m2 + 7 m - 1 2 = 0 (4 m - 3)(3m + 4) = 0 m = 3/4 or m = -4/3 equati
on of tangent at point A and B are 4 y+3=--(x-3) and 3 y+3= -(x-3) 4y+12 = 3 x 9 3x-4y = 21 4 y + 2 = - - ( x + 4 ) 3y + 6 = - 4 x - 1 6 4(4x + 3}= - 22) 16x+
12y = 88 9 x - 12y = 63 y: (ii) 3y + 9 = - 4 x + 1 2 4x + 3y = 3 Equation of no
rmals to these 2 tangents are 3 y + 2 = - ( x + 4) 4y + 8 = 3x + 12 3(3x-4y+ 4 =
0) 9 x - 12y = - 12 16x + 12y = 12 x = 0; /. y= 1 and 25x = - 2 5 x = - 1; poin
ts A and B are (0, 1) and (-1,-6) Ans. (iii) angle betw een the 2 tangents = 90 Z
ADB = 90 I AD |max = CD + radius CD = V50 !AD|max=5V2 +5 (iv) IAD | min = 5V2 " 5
Area of quadrilateral ADBC = AC x AD A D = V 7 2 + l 2 - 2 5 =V25 =5 area of qu
adrilateral ABCD = 5 x 5 = 25 sq. units. 1 area of trian gle DAB = x 25 =12.5 sq
. units. (iv) Circle circumscribing A DAB will have point s A and B as its diame
trical extremities x2 + y2 x(1) y(5) 6 = 0 x2 + y2 + x + 5y - 6 = 0 Ans. x-interce
pt = 2-yJg2 - c = 2 ^(1/4) + 6 = 5 y-intercept = 2-s/f 2 c = Ans. 2 -7(25/4)+ 6
= 7 Ans. ] fe Ban sal Classes Problems for JEE-2007 [34]
0 cos TT/ 4 j COS0 + Q ^ j Q 111 71/4 l-2sin 2 0 d0 JQ 1 + COS0 n/4 r 1 2 = J(1Cs8>de n_ m 1 9 = J ' sin" 0 ' ~ 2 l(1-cos9>de jt/4 7/4 1 it/4 = {(cosec2 0 - c o
t 0 cosec 0)d0 - 2 J(l-cos0)d0 = - cot 0 + co sec 0 2[0 sin 0 ] | n ^ 1-COS0 =
til - l ) - Lim Q->o eos0 2^2-17t n 4 1_ = ( V 2 - l ) - - + V2 V2 ' 1 a = 8, b
= l , c = 4 => a2 + b2 + c2 = 81 Ans. ] 74. x g (f(x))f'(g(x))g'(x) = f(g(x))g'(
f(x))f'(x) x g ( / ( * ) ) f(g(x)) = f ( g ( x ) ) g ( / ( x ) ) a*o0) /fe(*)> g(/
(x)) *(/"(*)) x ^Bansal Classes Problems for JEE-2007 [37]
76. f ' ( x ) = Limit f(x + h ) - f ( x ) h^o h f(x) Limit h->0 f(x + h) f(x). '
= f (x)- Limit h-0 x + h^ _ i VX -1 f(X)T . . f(l + t ) - l xj = Limit -i '- h x
t->0 t x x Now putting x = 1, y = 1 in functional rule : f(x) Limit I h->0 J 1+
f f(l) f(x) f'(x)= -f'(l) x 2f(x) = x f(x) _ 2 f(x) ~ X /n (f(x)) = 2/nx + C x =
1; f(l) = 0 => C = 0 Now solving y = x2 and x2 + y2 = 2 y2 + y - 2 = 0 (y + 2) (
y - 1 ) - o y=l A= 2j(V2r7-Vy)dy - |V y dy ; f(x) = x2 = 2 i 2 d 2 = now JVy y =
-y^ n 3 3 i y 2 ^ 7 dy y=V2sin0 0 x/4 JV2 cos Q-Jl cos 0d9 n/4 jr/4 2 J2 cos 9
de = J(1 + cos29) d0 7 1 1 4 2 + 9 + sin 28 2 Hence feBansal Classes A=2 4 I_2 2
~3 fn 1 A = + U " J , sq. units ] [39] Problems for JEE-2007
Ans. 80. a + c^ + log a j ''a + c^ = log2 log 2 fe Ban sal Classes Problems for
JEE-2007 [41]
Select the correct alternatives. (More than one are correct): Q.94 A 3 [Sol. Let
the numbers are a - d, a , a + d ( a - d + 1), a, (a + d) inGP. and (a - d), a,
(a + d + 2) also in G.P. (a - d + l)(a + d) = a2 hence (a2 - d2) + (a + d) = a2
....(1) and (a - d)(a + d + 2) = a2 (a2 - d2) + 2(a - d) = a2 ....(2) (2)-(l) 2
a-2d-a-d =0 a = 3d => 2nd term ofA.P. = 3 times its common difference 2 2 from(
l ) d - d - 3d = 0 => d=4 d=4 A.P. is 8,12,16 a = 12 ] Q.95 B,D [Sol. Let the li
ne is normal to the hyperbola at P(x,, y,) hence 2x 1 + 4y 1 +k = 0 ....(1) dy d
ifferentiate the curve dx slope of normal = _ZL _ ~3x, l ine 2 -9 3Xj yi ZL ; 2
slope of line=- 2x, = 3y( (x j, y j) lies on the hyperbola 3x2 - y 2 =23 3x^ 4x
23 23 xf =23 9 => Xj = 3 or - 3 hence Pis (3,2) or (-3,-2) k = 24 or - 24 = Q.96
A,B,C [Sol. Eq uation ofAB y = 2x - 1 solving it v2 = 4x y2 = 2(y+l) = but y, +
y2 + y3 = 0 but y} + y2 = 2 y3 = - 2 putting in y2 = 4x x3 = 1 B, D Ans. ] y2 - 2
y - 2 = 0 (1,2) \ y 2 =4ax fe Ban sal Classes Problems for JEE-2007 [46]
2x = n7t + 571 r 1 ITC Ans ] 12 1 Y MATCH THE COLUMN: Q.99 Ans. (A) P, (B) Q, (C
) R, (D) P [Sol. (A) T T ' 71 . . 7T 7^ 2 cos + isin 3 3 2n/2 is real n7t . . nTt
cos + zsin is real 6 6 Problems for JEE-2007 [47] fe Ban sal Classes
MATHEMATICS , XII (ALL) QUESTION BANK ON FUNCTION, LIMIT, CONTINUITY & DERimBILI
TY Time Limit: 4 Sitting Each of 75 Minutes duration approx.
Question bank on function limit continuity & derivability There are 105 question
s in this question hank. Select the correct alternative : (Only one is correct)
Q. 1 If both f(x) & g(x) are differentiable functions at x = x0, then the funct
i on defined as, h(x)=Maximum (f(x), g(x)} (A) is always differentiable at x=Xq
(B ) is never differentiable at x = x 0 . (C) is differentiable at x = x0 provid
ed f(x0) * g(x0) (D) cannot be differentiable at x = x0 if f(x0) = g(x 0 ). Q2 I
f L im (x -3 sin 3x + ax -2 + b) exists and is equal to zero then: X> 0 (A) a = 3 & b = 9/2 (B) a = 3 & b = 9/2 (C) a = - 3 & b = - 9 / 2 (D) a = 3 & b = - 9 /
2 x msin-i x # 0 , m e N The least value ofm for which f'(x)is A function f(x)
is de fined as f(x) = 0 if x = 0 continuous at x = 0 is (A)l (B)2 1 Q.3 (C) 3 (D
) none are relatively prime integers Q.4 For x > 0, let h(x) = ifx= where p&q>0 q
q 0 if x is irrational then which one does not hold ) (B) h(x) is continuous fo
r ous for each rational in (0, . O - 3 ,x Q.5 The value of n V (where n e N )is
(C) n In V-V (D) not defined -J For a certain value of c, X>-00 |Yx5 + 7X4 + 2) c
- xl is finite & non zero. The value of c and the value Lim ^ ' ofthe limit is
(A) 1/5,7/5 (B) 0, 1 (C) 1,7/5 ( D)none Q.7 Consider the piecewise defined funct
ion r /(x) L if 0 x-4 x<o x>4 if 0 < x < 4 if choose the answer which best descr
ibes the continuity of this function (A) The f unction is unbounded and therefor
e cannot be continuous. (B) The function is rig good? (A) h(x) is discontinuous
for all x in (0, oo each irrational in (0, Q ) O (C) h(x) is discontinu Q ) O (D
) h(x) is not derivable for all xin (0, Q ) Limit X->0 (A) In (B)0
Q.8 If a, P are the roots of the quadratic equation ax + bx+c = 0 then Lim 2 1 cosjax2 + bx + c) (x-a)2 2 equals (A) 0 Q. 9 (B)^(a-p)2 (C) y (a-P) 2 (D)-^-(aP)2 2 Which one of the following best represents the graph of the function f(x)
= Li m tan (nx) n7t y ( ,(0,1) (0,1) , (0,1) ( fO.l) , (A)' 0 >(0-1) (B) 0 1 - 3x
+ X 1-x3 (B)3 3 x4 (C) 0 (0,-1 > (D) 0 Q.IO Lim 2 x^x" ( -0 1 (Q(D) none (A)i Q.
ll ABC is an isosceles triangle inscribed in a circle of radius r. IfAB = AC & h
is
the altitudefromAto BC and P be the perimeter ofABC then Linl equals (where A is
the area of the triangle) (A) 32r (C) 128r (D)none Q.12 Let the functionj,\ g an
d h be defined as follows x sin 0 x 2 sin 0 m vxj r) for - 1 < x < 1 and x * 0 f
or x0 for - 1 < x < 1 and x * 0 for x =0 h(x) = |x| 3 for - 1 < x < 1 Which of th
ese functions are differentiable at x = 0? (A)/and g only (B)/and/i only (C) g a
nd h only Q.13 If [x] denotes the greate st integer < x, then Limit -L jjy x j +
123 x] + (A) x/2 (B) x/3 (C) x/6 (D)none + [n3 x]j equals (D) x/4 feBansal Class
es Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
Q. 14 Let /(x) = g(x) where g and h are cotinuous functions on the open interval
(a, b). Which of the following statements is true for a < x < b? (A)/ is contin
uous at all x for whic h x is not zero. (B)/ is continuous at all x for which g
(x) = 0 (C) / is contin uous at all x for whichg (x) is not equal to zero. (D) /
is continuous at all x for which h (x) is not equal to zero. I sin x I "I-1 cos
x I Q. 15 The period of the function f (x) = 1 -1 is | sinx-cosx | (A) 7C/2 X (B
) tc/4 (C)TC (D) 27t Q. 16 If f(x) = H GOS 2x ~ , x ^ 0 is continuous at x = 0,
then x2 (B) m ] = - 2 (C) {f(0)} = -0 .5 (D) [f(0)]. {f(0)} =-1.5 (A) f (0) = |
where [x] and {x} denotes greatest integer andfractionalpart function \ Q.17 The
value ofthe limit ^ J n=2 is X (A)l (B)7 x + b, x < 0 (C)^ (DW Q. 18 The functi
on g (x) = r . cosx, x > 0 can be made differentiable atx = 0. (B) if b is not e
qual to zero (D) for no val ue of b (A) if b is equal to zero (C) if b takes any
real value Q. 19 Let / be differentiable at x = 0 and/' (0) = 1. Then L i m (A)
3
/ ( h)-/(-2h)_ h-0 h (B)2 (C)l (D)-l Q.20 If f(x) = sin-1 (sinx) ; x e R thenfis
(A) continuous and differentiable fo r all x Tt (B) continuous for all x but not
differentiable for all x=(2k + 1) , k e I K (C) neither continuous nor differen
tiable for x = (2k - 1) ; k I (D) neither conti nuous nor differentiable for x e R
-[-1,1] feBansal Classes Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
2 x + 2 3-X _ 6 _ i: Q.29 Let f(x): LL-X if x>2 then x2 - 4 x-V3x-2 if x<2 (B) f
(2) = 16 => f is continuous at x = 2 (D) f has a removable discontinui ty at x
= 2 hH] (x*0) (x = 0)(A) f (2) = 8 => f is continuous atx = 2 (C)f(2-)*f(2 + ) f
is discontinuous Q.3 0 e On the interval I = [-2,2], the function f(x) = J . lo
then which one of the f ollowing does not hold good? (A) is continuous for all
values of x e I (B) is co ntinuous for x e I - (0) (C) assumes all intermediate
values from f(- 2) & f(2) (D) has a maximum value equal to 3/e. Q.31 Which ofthe
following function is suijectivebutnotinjective ( A ) f : R - R f(x) =X 4 + 2 X
3 - X 2 + 1 (B) f: R ^ R (C) f: R R+ f(x) = V n V x w Q. 3 2 Co nsider the func
tion f (x): L 1. f(x) = x 3 + x + 1 (D) f : R - R f(x) = x3 + 2 x 2 - x + l if l
< x <2 if x = 2 if 2 < x < 3 where [x] denotes step up function then at x = 2 f
unction (A) has missing point removable discontinuity (B) has isolated point rem
ovable discontinuity (C) has n onremovable discontinuityfinitetype (D) is contin
uous Q. 3 3 Suppose that / is c ontinuous on [a, b] and that/(x) is an integer f
or each x in [a, b]. Then in [a, b] (A) / is injective (B) Range of / may have m
any elements (C) {x} is zero for all x e [a, b] where { } denotes fractional par
t function (D) f (x) is constant Q.34 The graph of function / contains the point
P (1,2) and Q(s, r). The equati on of the secant line through f si r+.2 s - 3 P
and Q is y = s 1 x - 1 - s. The value of / ' (1), is (A) 2 (B)3 (C)4 (D) non ex
istent feBansal Classes Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
Q.51 For the function f (x) = Lhn ^ ^ ^ ^ (A) The range of f is a singleton set
(C) fis discontinuous for allx s i . 2 ^ which of the following holds? (B) f is
continuous on R (D) fis discontinuous f or somexeR Q.52 Domain of the function f
(x) = , is -y/Zncot-1 x (A) (cotl, oo) (B)R- {cotl} r 2x (C) (-oo,0)u(O,cotl) (D
) (-oo, cotl) +l ,xeQ is Q.53 The function f(x)= x2 - 2 x + 5 , x g Q (A) contin
uous no where (B) differentiable no where (C) continuous but not diffe rentiable
exactly at one point (D) differentiable and continuous only at one poi nt and d
iscontinuous elsewhere Q.54 For the function f (x) = , x * 2 which of the followi
ng holds? (B) f (2) ^ 0,1/2 and fis continuous at x = 2 (D) f (2) = 0 an d f is
continuous at x = 2. x+ 2 ^ (A) f (2) = 112 and f is continuous at x =2 (C) f ca
n not be continuous a t x = 2 T. O 55 LIM x-cos(sin _1 x) l-tan(sin x) ^ x->i/V2
(A)^ (B)-"jj (C)V2 (D)-V2 Q.56 Which one of the following is not bounded on the
intervals as indicated -11 (A) f(x) = 2X_1 on (0, 1) (B) g(x) = x c o sX- on (oo, oo) x (C) h(x) = xe~ on (0, oo) (D) I (x) = arc tan2x on (-oo, oo) Q. 57 The
domain of the functionfix) = , ' x,is: (A) R (C) R - jVn : n eI + u {0}j 3T0 COt
X VM J
x rx 2 ' , where [x] denotes the greatest integer not greater than (B) R - {0} (
D)R-{n:neI} feBansal Classes Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
(C) I - i <P)2-ft where [ ] and { } denotes greatest integer and fractional part
function. Q. 62 N umber of points where the function f (x) = (x2 - 1 ) | x2 - x
- 21 + sin( | x |) is not differentiable, is (A) 0 (B) 1 (C)2 (D)3 Q.63 T. . co
r^Vx+T - V x 7 ) Limit \ ' r X->00 ^2x + lV.X sec ,x-l -x 2 . is equal to (A) 1
(B)0 if x < x 0 (C) TC/2 (D) non existent Q.64 I f f ( x ) = - ax + b if x > x 0
derivable V x e R then the values of a and b are respectively (C) - 2x0 , XQ (A
) 2x 0 , - xc 1 + cos (B)-x0,2x0 2llX (P)2xjj , - x 0 1 - sin 7tx x < 2 Q.65 Let
f(x) = J4 + [l2x - 1 - 2 x = 2 If f(x) is discontinuous at x= , then x> 1 (A) p
e R - {4} ( B ) p s R - y (C) p 6 R, (D) p e R feBansal Classes
Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
Q.75 2 + 2x + sin 2x is: (2x + sin 2x)esu! (A) equal to zero (B) equal to 1 Lim
(cos ax ) cosec2bx is 8a" (C) equal to - 1 (D) non existent Q.76 The value of 8b
(A) (B) (C) A2 l 2b J (D) Select the correct alternative : (More than one are c
orrect) Q,77 Lim f(x) does not exist when: x->c (A) f(x) = [ [ x ] ] - [ 2 x - l
] , c = 3 (C) f(x)={x} 2 -{-x} 2 , c = 0 where [x] denotes step up function & {
x}fractiona lpart function. (B) f(x) = [x] x, c = l (D)f(x)=^^,c=0. sgnx tan2 {x
} for x > 0 x2 - [x]2 for x = 0 where [ x ] is the step up function and { x} is
the fractional Q.78 Let f(x) = 1 V{x} cot {x} for x < 0 part function of x, then
: (A) x L l f (x) = 1 \2 (B) =1 s L t f(x) = 1 (C) cot" Limit f(x) V.X H> 0 " (D)
f is continuous at x = 1 Q.79 If f(x)= x . t a (cosx) 2
[0 '"(i + x ) x*0 " ' " then: x=0 (A) fis continuous at x = 0 (C) fis differenti
able at x = 0 (B) fis continuous at x=0 but not differentiable at x=0 (D) fis no
t continuous a t x = 0. Q. 80 Which ofthe following function (s) is/are Transcid
ental? (A) f (x) = 5 sin ^ 2sin3x - ? + 2 x - l (D) f (x) = (x2 + 3).2X , W ( Q
f ( x ) = Vx2 + 2x+ 1 Q. 81 Which ofthe following functions) is/are periodic? (B
) g(x) = sin(l/x) , x ^ 0 & g(0) = 0 (A) f(x) = x - [ x ] (D) w(x) = sin-1 (sinx
) (C) h(x)=xcosx ^Bansal Classes ft B. on FLCD [12]
(C) Limit f ( x ) = 0 (D) Limit does not exist Q.87 Which ofthe following limits
vanish? (A) Lhmt x i sin Vx 1 ( B ) x L ^2 ( l - s i n x ) . t a n x Limit [x]2
- 9 (D) x x -9 2x + 3 sgn(x) x +x- 5 where [ ] denotes greatest integer functio
n (C) Limit 2 Q. 88 If x is a real number in [0,1 ] then the value of Limit Limi
t [l +cos 2m ( n! % x)] is given by (A) 1 or 2 according as x is rational or irr
ational (B) 2 o r 1 according as x is rational or irrational (C) 1 for all x (D)
2 for all x. Q. 89 If f(x) is a polynomial function satisfying the condition f(
x). f(l/x) = f(x) + f(l/x) and f(2) = 9 then: (A) 2 f(4) = 3 f(6) (B) 14f(l) = f
(3) (C) 9f(3) = 2 f(5) (D) f(10) = f(ll) Q. 90 Which of the following function(s
) not defined at x = 0 has/have removable discontinuity at x=0 ? rx n 1 (D) f(x)
= (B) f(x)=cos sinx (C)f(x) = x s i n (A ) f(x) = C in |xi 1+ 2 x feBansal Clas
ses Q.B.onFLCD [13]
Q.91 The function f(x): "|x-3| , x>l (A) continuous at x = 1 (C) continuous at x
= 3 (B) diff. at x = 1 (D) differentiable at x = 3 Q.92 If f(x) cos continuous
at : (A)x = 0 cos ( J ( x ~ OJ ; where [x] is the greatest integerr function of
x, then f(x) i s (B) x = 1 (C) x = 2 (D) none of these Q. 93 Identify the pair(s
) of functions which are identical. jl _ x2 (A) y = tan (cos x); y = ^ x (C) y =
sin (arc tan x); y = , X V1 + x2 1 (B) y = tan ( c o t x ) ; y = x(D) y = cos (
arc tan x); y = sin (arc cot x) Q. 94 The function, f (x) = [ | x | ] - | [x] |
where [ x ] denotes greatest int eger function (A) is continuous for all positiv
e integers (B) is discontinuous f or all non positive integers (C) hasfinitenumb
er of elements in its range (D) is such that its graph does not lie above the x
- axis. Q.95 Let f (x + y) = f (x) + f(y) for all x, y e R. Then: (A) f(x) must
be continuous V x e R (B)f(x) may be continuous V x e R (C) f(x) must be discont
inuous V x e R (D) f(x) may be dis continuous V x e R Q. 96 The functionf(x) = A
/] _ V l - x 2 (A) has its domain 1 < x < 1. (B) hasfiniteone sided derivates at
the point x= 0. (C) is continuous and differentiable at x = 0. (D) is continuou
s but not differentiable atx = 0. Q. 97 Let f(x) be defined in [-2,2] by f(x) =
max(4-x 2 , 1+x 2 ), - 2 < x < 0 = min(4-x 2 , 1 + x2), 0 < x < 2 The fix) (A) i
s continuous at all points (B) has a point of discontinuity (C) is not different
iable only at one point. (D) is no t differentiable at more than one point feBan
sal Classes Q. B. onVector,3D&ComplexNo.&Misc. [2]
[2]
[91] (LYIJ uo a f ) S3SSVIJ jvsuvqlj) Q.l Q.6 Q. 11 Q.16 C A C D Q.2 Q.7 Q.12 Q.
17 Q.22 Q.27 Q.32 Q.37 Q.42 Q.47 Q.52 Q.57 Q.62 Q.67 Q.72 Q.78 Q. 82 Q.86 Q.90 Q
.94 Q.98 A D C D A A B C A B D C C A B A, C B, C, D A, B, C, D B, C, D A, B, C,
D A, B, C Q.3 Q.8 Q.13 Q.18 Q.23 Q.28 Q.33 Q.38 Q.43 Q.48 Q.53 Q.58 Q.63 Q.68 Q.
73 C C D D C D D C A D D B A A D Q.4 Q9 Q.14 A Q.21 A Q.26 C Q.31 D Q.36 A Q.41
B Q.46 A Q.51 C Q.56 B Q.61 D Q.66 A Q.71 Q.76 Q.77 Q.81 Q.85 B C B, C A, D C, D
A. D Q.19 A Q.24 C Q.29 C Q.34 c Q.39 B Q.44 Q.49 Q.54 A B C A Q.5 Q.10 Q.15 B
B C B Q.20 Q.25 A Q.30 A Q.35 A Q.40 B Q.45 D Q.50 A Q.55 B Q.60 D Q.65 A Q.70 Q
.75 C D Q.59 Q.64 A Q.69 Q.74 Q.80 Q.84 Q.88 Q.92 C D A,B,D C, D B,D B, C Q.79 A
, C Q.83 B, C Q.87 A, B, D Q.91 A, B, C Q.95 B, D Q.99 A, C Q.l02 : -At Q.89 B,
C Q.93 A, B, C, D Q.97 B, D Q.96 A, B, D Q.100 A, B, C coskt 2k Q.lOl cosc& sinc
- C COSC Q.103 cos4 a / n cos a - sin4 a / n sin a Q.l05 1 Q.l04 e 6 A 3)1 V3ALSN
V
MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) HOME ASSIGNMENT Objective: Vector, 3D & Complex Subjectiv
e: Misc. Topics NOTE: This assignment w ill be discussed on th<very first day aft
er Deepawali Vacation, hence come prepar ed.
Question bank on Vector, 3D and Complex Number & Misc. Subjective Problem Select
the correct alternative : (Only one is correct) Q.l If jaj = 11, |b| =23, |a-bj
=30,then |a + b| is : (A) 10 Q.2 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 40 The position vector ofa p
oint P moving in space is given by OP = R = (3cost)i+ ( 4cost) j + (5sint)kThe t
ime't' when the point P crosses the plane 4x - 3y + 2z = 5 is (A) sec TC (B) sec
71 (C) sec 71 (D) sec 71 Q. 3 Indicate the correct order sequence in respect of
the following: I. x - 4 y+6 y+ 6 x-1 y-2 z-3 The lines = = and = ^ are orthogona
? II. The planes 3x The function f (x) the inverse of the TFF (B)TFTT (C)FFTT 2
2 2y - 4z = 3 and the plane x - y - z = 3 are orthogonal. III. = /n(e~2 + ex) is
monotonic increasing V x e R . IV. If g is function, /(x) = /n(e-2 + ex) then g
(x) = /n(ex - e~2). (A)F (D)FTTT Q.4 Zj +z 2 rh. If is purely imaginary then ZJ
Z
is equal to : (C) 3 (D) 0 (A) 1 Q.5 (B) 2 In a regular tetrahedron, the centres
of the four faces are the vertices of a sm aller tetrahedron. The ratio of the v
olume of the smaller tetrahedron to that of the larger is , where m and n are rel
atively prime n positive integers. The valu e of (m + n) is (A) 3 (B)4 (C) 27 (D
)28 Q.6 Q. 7 If a, b, c are non-coplanar unit vectors such that a x (b x c) = -4
= (b+c) then the angle between a & b is V2 (A) 3 TT/4 (B) TI/4 (C) 7i/2 (D) n Th
e sine of ang le formed by the lateral face ADC and plane of the base ABC of the
tetrahedron A BCD where A s (3, -2,1); B = (3, 1, 5); C s (4, 0, 3) and D = (1,
0, 0) is 2 5 ^ Q.8 (C) 3^3 v^
(D) -2 7i? Let z be a complex number, then the region represented by the inequal
ity | z + 2 | < | z + 4 | is given by : (A) R e ( z ) > - 3 (B) Im(z)<-3 (C) Re(
z) < - 3 & I m ( z ) > - 3 (D) R e ( z ) < - 4 & I m ( z ) > - 4 The volume of t
he parallel piped whose edges are represented by the vectors a = 2 i - 3j + 4k,
b = 3i - j + 2k , c = i + 2j - k is : (A) 7 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) none Q.9 feBansal Cl
asses Q. B. on Vector, 3D & Complex No. & Misc. [2]
Q.19 Given three vectors a , b , c such that they are non - zero, non - coplanar
vectors, then which of the following are non coplanar. (A) a + b , b + c , c +
a (C) a + b , b - c , c + a 0.20 (B) a - b , b + c , c + a (D) a + b, b + c, c a
The sum / + 2/2 + 313 + + 2002/2002, where i = A/_i is equal to (A)-999+ 1002/
( B)- 1002+ 999/ (C) - 1001 + 1000/ (D) - 1002 + 1001/ Q.21 Locus of the point P
, for which OP represents a vector with direction cosin e cos a = ( ' O' is the
origin) is : (A) A circle parallel to y z plane with cen tre on the x - axis (B)
a cone concentric with positive x - axis having vertex a t the origin and the s
lant height equal to the magnitude of the vector (C) a ray emanating from the or
igin and making an angle of 60 with x - axis (D) a disc par allel to y z plane wi
th centre on x - axis& radius equal to OP sin 60 Q.22 A line with direction ratio
s (2,1,2) intersects the lines f = - j + X(i + j + k) and f = - i + p(2i + j + k
) at A and B, then / (AB) is equal to (A) 3 Q.23 (B)V3 ( Q 2V2 (D)V2 The vertice
s ofa triangle are A (1,1,2),B(4,3,1) & C (2,3,5). The vector represe nting the
internal bisector ofthe angle A is : (A) 1 + j + 2k (B) 2i - 2j + k (C )2i + 2 j
- k (D)2i+2j + k Lowest degree of a polynomial with rational coefficie nts if o
ne of its root is, V2 + 1 is (A) 2 (B)4 (C)6 (D) 8 7T Q.24 Q.25 A plane vector h
as components 3 & 4 w.r.t. the rectangular cartesian system . This system is rot
ated through an angle in anticlockwise sense. Then w.r.t. th e new system the ve
ctor has components : <A)4,3 (B)^.jj (Q-j-.j. (D) none Q.26 Let a =xi+ 12j - k;
b = 2i + 2xj + k & c = i + k. If the ordered set b c a ] is left handed, then: (
A) x e (2,00) Q.27 (B) x e (-00, - 3) (C)xe(-3,2) (D)xe {-3,2} If cosai + j + k
, i + cospj + k & i + j + cosyk (a ^ p * y * 2 n Tt) are coplan ar then the valu
e of cosec t-cosec + cosec equal to 2 2 ot ?p y 2 2 2 (A)l (B)2 (C) 3
(D) none of these Q.28 The straight line (1+2/)z+(2/-l)z = 10/ on the complex pl
ane, has intercept on the imaginary axis equal to (A) 5 Bansal Classes (B)| (C)| (D)-5 [4] Q. B. on Vector, 3D & Complex No. & Misc.
Q.47 If a & b are two non collinear unit vectors & a , b, x a - y b form a trian
gle, then: (A) x = - 1 ; y = 1 & 2 cos a_b v 2 j x = - 1 ; y = 1 & cos a b + 1I
a + b I cos i,-(a + b) k / f A > a b f A I =-2 cot 2 COS (aAb^ v 2 &x = - l , y
= 1 (D)none y Q.48 The lines with vector equations are; r, = -3i + 6j + A (-4 i
+ 3 j + 2 kj a nd , r2 =-2i + 7j + p. [~4i + j + kj are such that: (A) they are
coplanar (C) th ey are skew Q.49 (B) they do not intersect (D) the angle betwee
n them is tan"1 ( 3/7) Given a, b, x, y + ib) (x + iy)-1 = 1 (C) (a + ib) + ix |
a - ib| = e R then which of the following statement(s) hold good? (A) (a = a - i
b =>x2 + y 2 = l (B) (1ix) (1 + ix)"1 = a - ib ^ a2 + b2 (a - ib)-1 = x - iy => |
x + iy| = 1 (D) (y - ix) (a + ib)"1 = y 1
Q.50 The acute angle that the vector 2i - 2j + k makes with the plane contained
by the two vectors 2i + 3 j - k and i - j + 2k is given by: (A) cos"1 Q.51 (B) s
iff (C)tan-'(V2) (D)cot"1(V2) The volume of a right triangular prism ABCA, B ,C
j is equal to 3. If the positio n vectors of the vertices of the base ABC are A(
1,0,1); B(2,0,0) and C(0,1,0) t he position vectors of the vertex Aj can be: (A
) (2,2,2) (B) (0,2,0) (C) (0,-2, 2) (D) (0,-2,0) I f x i= C i S (/ / 1 for 1 < r
< n r, n e N then: V I for I? / R e F K = - 1 1 y / ' n Q.52 (B) Limit Re f" > r
u Vr- 1 ( ^
A /A. ^ Q.53 Ifa line has a vector equation, r = 2i + 6j + X i - 3j) then which
of the f ollowing statements holds good? (A) the line is parallel to 2 i + 6 j (
C) the li ne passes through the point i + 9 j (B) the line passes through the po
int 3 i + 3 j (D) the line is parallel to xy plane Q.54 If a , b, c are non-zero
, non-collinear vectors such that a vector p = ab c os^rc - (a A bjj c and a vec
tor q = ac cos [ft - (a (A) parallel to a (C) coplan ar with b & c A cjj b then
p + q is (B) perpendicular to a (D) coplanar with a and c + z Q. 5 5 The greates
t value ofthe modulus of of the complex number ' z' satisfying the equality z' (
A) SUBJECTIVE: Q.l (B) (C) I ^ H (D) = 1 is Let a = V 3 i - j and b = - i + j an
d x = a + (q 2 -3)b, y = - p a + qb-If x l y , then express;? as a function of q
, say p =f(g), (p^O&q^O) and find the interv als of monotonicity of /(q). /nx ex
- 1 Using only the limit theorems Lim = 1 an d Lim = 1. EvaluateT 6 1 7 x->o x
x->i x - 1 x -x 7 77. /nx-x + 1 Q.2 v Q.3 The three vectors a - 4 i - 2 j + k ;
b - 2i - j - k and c = 2 i + k are all dra wn from the point with p.v. i - j . F
ind the equation of the plane containing th eir end point in scalar dot product
form. Q.4 Q.5 jV(cos 2n-1 x - cos2n+1 x) dx where n e N Let points P, Q & R have
position vect ors, ij = 3i 2j k; r2 = i + 3j + 4k & r3 = 2i+j-2k respectively,
relative to an origin O. Find the distance of Pfromthe plane OQR. 3 Q.6 Evaluate
: f| (x - l)(x - 2)(x - 3) |dx 1 Q.7 Given that vectors A, B,C form a triangle s
uch that A = B + C ,finda,b,c,d such that the area of the triangle is 5-^6 where
A = ai + bj + ck; B = di + 3j + 4k & C =3i + j - 2k. feBansal Classes Q. B. on
Vector, 3D & Complex No. & Misc.
[2]
dx Q.12 Integrate: f- 3 cos x - s i n 3 x Q.13 Find the equation of the line pass
ing through the point (1,4,3) which is perpendicular to both of the lines x-1 y
+ 3 z-2 x+2 y-4 z+1 _ = : = : and - = = 2 1 4 3 2 -2 Alsofindall points on this l
e of whose distance from (1,4,3) is 357. \2 +n-l Q.14 Lim n-co + n -1 n Q.15 If z
-axis be vertical, find the equation of the line of greatest slope thro ugh the
point (2, -1,0) on the plane 2x + 3y - 4z = 1. tc/2 k/2 f cosx f sinx , Q.16 Let
I = J f dx and J = j d x , where a> 0 and b> 0. 0 acosx + bsinx 0 acosx + bsinx
Compute the values of I and J. feBansal Classes Q. B. on Vector, 3D & Complex N
o. & Misc. [2]
[oil Q.l Q.8 Q.15 Q.22 Q.29 Q.36 B A B A D C Q.2 Q.9 Q.16 Q.23 Q.30 Q.37 B A D D
B A jsijtf y 'Otf xajdtuoj y (j Uops/i uo 7/ Q sdssvjj psuvfj^ Select the correct
alternative : (Only one is correct) Q.3 Q.10 Q.17 Q.24 Q.31 Q .38 C B D B D C Q
.4 Q.ll Q.l 8 Q.25 Q.32 Q.39 A A D B A B Q.5 Q.12 Q.19 Q.26 Q.3 3 Q.40 D A A C B
A Q.6 Q.13 Q.20 Q.27 Q.34 A A D B C Q.7 Q.14 Q.21 Q.28 Q.35 B B B A A Select th
e correct alternatives : (More than one are correct) Q.41 A,B,C,D Q.45 Q.49 Q.53
A,C,D A,B,C,D B,C,D Q.42 Q.46 Q.50 Q.54 A,D B,C,D B,D B,C Q.43 A,B Q.4 7 Q.51 Q
.55 A,B A,D B,D Q.44 Q.48 Q.52 A,B,C B,C,D A,D SUBJECTIVE: Q.l Q.2 Q.5 Q.8 _ q(q
3-3) ,decreasing in q e (-1, 1), q 0 * Q.3 Q.6 Q 9 - 2 (2i + 2 j - k ) . r = 3 1
/2 '4 4 4X T P v3'3'3y Q.4 Q.7 3 units n 2n +1 (-8,4, 2,-11) or (8, 4, 2, 5) 8 '
Q.10 (a) 1m V t C i - i (b) s 2 4 ' z where t = corx; Vt + l + l ( 1. i r + 1 1 + -/n + C, where t = tan2x 2 4 Vt +1-4-1 Q.ll r = a+A ( i - b ) - ^ c ' . c.n
In
Q.12 2 [tan_1(sinx + cosx) + x1 y-4 -10 2V2 V2+ si x +cosx sin +C A/2 - sin x - co
s x Q.14 e" 1 bn Q.13 Q.15 16 z-3 , ; (-9, 20, 4); (11, -12,2) 1 z 13 Q.16 2 x-2
y+i 12 1 an + b/n a 2 a +b v /y V3MSNV -a/n v a yy A 3)1
If the number & the base are on one side ofthe unity, then the logarithm is posi
tive; If the number & the base are on different sides of unity, then the logari
t hm is negative. The base of the logarithm 'a' must not equal unity otherwise n
um bers not equal to unity will not have a logarithm & any number will be the lo
gar ithm of unity. y For a non negative number 'a' & n > 2, n e N Va = a1/n. Ban
sal Classes Logarithm [2]
2 / :+log,, 1/2 v 7+V3 10+2V2T ' Show that logic =20, where the base of log is 1
0. If loge log, [v'2x~- 2 + 3] = 0, then find the value of x. Q.l 8 Express log4
a + log s (a) ,/3 + [l/loga8] as a logarithm to the base 2. Q. 19 Find the value
of Q.20 + 5~ logs4 . Given that log23 : a , log35 = b, log72 = c, express the l
ogarithm ofthe number 63 to the base 140 in terms of 3, b & c. QBansal Classes L
ogarithm [3]
Q.21 Prove that log, 24 log., 192 =3. Q.22 Prove that ax - b>' = 0 where x = ^og
^b & y = / l o b a , a > 0 , b > 0 & a , b * 1. log N.log N.log^N Q.23 Prove the
identity : logaN . loghN + logbN . lo gcN + logcN . Iog,IN= ~T7 8 abc Q.24 log ]
0 (x-3) _ 1 (a) S o l v e f o r x , l o g J x 2 _ 2 1 ) - 2 (b) log(logx) + log
(log x 3 -2) = 0 ; where base of log is 10 everywhere. (c) logx2 . log2x2 = log4
x2 (d) 5logx + 5 x'e5 = 3 (a > 0) ; where base of log is a. Q.25 Solve the system
of equations: log a x loga(xyz) = 48 log. y log. (xyz) = 12 , a > 0, a * 1. log
'z loga(xyz) = 84 d EXERCISE-II Note : From Q.l to Q.9, solve the equation for x
: Q.l Q.3 log ]0 [3 + 2.1og10(l +x)] = 0. XIOGX+4 = Q.2 Q.4 (1 /12) (log,0x)2 =
(1 /3)-(1 /4) (log,0x) logx+1 (x2 + x - 6)2 = 4 iogarithm 22, where base of log
arithm is 2. Q.5 Q.6 x+log 10 (l+2 x ) = x.log 10 5 + log106. 5iogx_3iogx-i ^3io
gx+i _5iogx-i; __ l + log 2 (x-4) where the base of is 10 Q 7 ' log (VTTs-^i) =
1 Q.8 Q.9 log5120 + (x-3) - 2. log, (1 -5X"3) = -log5(0.2-5X"4) 1N . + log 3 = l
og ( ^ + 2 7). log 4 + 2x '
Q. 10 Prove that log710 is greater than log, ,13. Q.ll Q.12 Q.14 Q.15 If ^ U ^ g
b . b i i , b-c c-a a-b s h Q w t h a t aa bb Cc=1 If a = log1218 & b = log2454
then find the value of ab + 5(a-b). If p = logabc, q = logbca, r = logeab, then
prove that pqr = p + q + r + 2. If logba. logca + l ogab. logcb + logac. logb c
= 3 (Where a, b, c are different positive real numbe rs * 1), then find the val
ue of abc. Q.13 If x = 1 + logabc, y = 1 + logbca, z = 1 + logcab, then prove th
at xyz = xy + yz + zx. 43Bansal Classes Logarithm [4]
log b Q.23 Q.24 Q.25 Prove that : 2 Solve for x: log 2 (4-x) + log (4-x) . log i
f b>a>l if l<b<a 0. ~J 2 log2! x If P is the number of integers whose logarithms
to the base 10 have the characte ristic p , and Q the number of integers the log
arithms of whose reciprocals to t he base 10 have the characteristic - q, then c
ompute the value of log!0 P - log1 0Q in terms of p and q. EXERCISE-TII Q.l Solv
e the following equations for x & y : log 1 0 y-log 1 0 lxblog 1 0 0 4. Q.2 Find
all real numbers x which satisfy the equation, 21og 2 log 2 x + log ]/2 log 2 (
2V2x)= 1. Q.3 Q.4 log3/4log8 (x2 + 7) + log1/2 log1/4 (v + 7)"1 = - 2. N umber o
f solutions of log 4 (x- 1) = lug 2 (x-3) is (A) 3 (B)l (C) 2 " (D) 0 [ R EE '99
, 6 ] [REE 2000, 5 out of 100] [JEE 2001 (screening)] logi001 x+y | 2 [REE'96,6]
' feBansal Classes Logarithm 1w I [5]
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ALL) LIMIT, CONTINUITY & DIF
FERENTIABILITY W- OF FUNCTION LIMIT KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I.. EXERCISE-II EXERCIS
E-III KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCIS E-II EXERCISE-III . Page -2 Page -3 Page -4
Page -6 Page-7 Page -9 Page -13 Page -16 Page Page Page Page -17 -18 -20 -23 CO
NTINUITY DIFFERENTIABILITY KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I..., EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III A
NSWER KEY Page25 -27
,. (c) If Limit f(x) = 1 and Limit [ f ( X ) f 0 0 = e x a < (x) = oo, then; > |
+(x)[f(x)-i] (d) If Limit L = A > 0 & Limit < ( X ) = B ( a f in i te quantity)
then > | ; (e) m v 2 L !t BlnA j =A B x > [f( x VJ x > x5? I. V )] = e where z =
x->a < (x). ln[f(x) ] = e a x 1 T * ..." j o^ . Limit = In a (a >0). In particula
r Limit _ J = i ~ Limit x-a 4. SQUEEZE PLAY THEOREM : If f(x) < g(x) < h(x) V x
& Lmt f(x) = / = Limit h ( x ) then Ljmit g(x) = /. 5. INDETERMINANT FORMS : - ,
, Oxoo , 0, 00 , oo-oo and l00 0 0 0 Note : (i) We cannot plot oo on the paper . I
nfinity (oo) is a symbol & not a number. It does not obey the laws of element ry
algebra. (ii) oo + oo = oo (iii) o o x o o = oo (iv) (a/00) = 0 if a is finit e
(v) (vi) ^ is not defined, if a 0. ab = 0,if&onlyifa = 0orb = 0 and a & b are f
inite. Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions [5] ^<BansalClasses
6. (a) <b) (c) (d) The following strategies should be born in mind for evaluatin
g the limits: Facto risation Rationalisation or double rationalisation Use of tr
igonometric transfor mation ; appropriate substitution and using standard limits
Expansion offunction like Binomial expansion, exponential & logarithmic expansi
on, expansion of sinx , cosx, tanx should be remembered by heart & are given bel
ow: (i) ax =1 + + w 1! xlna x 2 ln2a 2! x3 ln3a 3! .a >0 (ii) ex =1++++., v ' 1! 2!
3! 3 5 7 (iii) In (1+x) = (V) cosx=l v + 2 for-l<x<l 6 (iv) sinx=x v ' ' 3! + 5!
7! 2x5 15 + / \ ^ X ' 2! + X X
2-v/x + 3x1/3 + 5x1/5 x X 6 ' Lim 1 - 2 cos x 1 +A/tanx Lim tan where a eR ^ Plo
t the graph ofthe function f(x) = Lim tan - r vn t y "100 s * k -100 _K=1 . L im
x-l X1 tanx-sinx as x>0 and whose common ratio is the limit ofthe function sin x 1
-Vx "(cos-1 x)2 as x Find the sum of an infinite geometric series whosefirstter
m is the limit of the function f(x)= g(x) ^10. .^HL >bey the x L (U se f series e
xpansion or L' Hospital's rule is not allowed.) e' + e"1 L^m ( x _ / n cogh x )
w here cosh t : Lim Lim 1 ~ t a n x cos-1 [cot x] where [] denotes greatest inte
ger function ^ Q 12. x_>| ~ ^ s i n x sec 4x-sec 2x sec3x-secx -COSX 1 0 1 x(x-f
) Lim [/n (1 + sin2x). cot In2 (1 + x)] x>0 i 0 - > f Lim V2 - cos 0 - sin 0 (49
7i)2 16. Lim f [2] ^Bansal Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Fun
ctions [31
7tX f\ q Lim ^ x - l + cosx^ t-/V x-0 ^<BansalClasses x ,t Lim a, + a,* +a, + +ar
x->co 1 \nx where aj,83,83, V Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Function
s [5]
L 2 W. Letf(x)= sm " 1(1 . {x}) c S 1(1 {x}) thenfindx x j f(x) and ^ / V2{x} .
(l-{x part function. f(x), where {x} denotes the fractional Find the values of a,
b & c so that Lim x->0 2n ) ))] Lim tan 2 x-x 2 x2tan2x Q p . Lim [1.x ]+ [2.x
]+ [3.x ] + f aeX a 2 +x 2 - 2 sin ax U J ~ b cos x + ce" = 2 ~ x. sin x N ^ TlX
^ sin U J y where a is an odd integer T im X n f ( x ) + g ( x ) n>0 x n +l xsR
integer function. +[n.x] ^ where ^ denotes the greatest Q 16. Without using seri
es expansion or LHospital's rule evaluate, Lim x>1 1 x "f" /n x 1 + COS71X exp(xl
n(l + LimitX->< j -expfxln(l + Q 18. If sn be the sum of n terms of the series, s
in x + sin 2x + sin 3x + Limit s i + s 2 + Q 19. ^ 2 + sin nx then show that n 1
+x \l+x in (1 + x) X + sn = 1 1 X cpt |
NOTE VERY CAREFULLY THAT : (a) If f(x) is continuous & g(x) is discontinuous at
x = a then the product function <j>(x) = f(x) g(x) is not necessarily be discont
inuous at x = a. e.g. V2 sinf x * 0 f(x) = x&g(x) = 0 x= 0 Iff(x) and g(x) both
are discontinuous at x=a then t he product function <|)(x)=f(x)- g(x) is not nec
essarily be discontinuous atx= a . e.g. f(x) = -g(x) = 1 -1 x> 0 x< 0 Limits, co
ntinuity & Differentiability of F unctions [5] (b) ^<BansalClasses
x=f ' <X<7T Determine the values of'a' & 'b', if fis continuous at x=tc/2. J^IO L
et / ( x ) : 2 1 r x sin, i f x , ^ 0 0 if x = 0 Use squeeze play theorem to prov
e that/is continuous at x=0. Q.ll Let f(x)=x + 2, - 4 <x < 0 2 = 2- x . 0<x<4 th
enfind f ( f ( x ) ) , domain of f ( f ( x ) ) and also comment upon the continu
ity of f ( f ( x ) ) . * j ' x>o ; g Q 12. Let f(x) = ^ = {(x + ij,/2 ! x > 0 Di
scuss the continuity of g(f(x)). ^<BansalClasses Limits, continuity & Differentia
bility of Functions [5]
Q.24 (a) Let f(x+y) = f(x) + f(y) for all x, y & ifthe function f(x) is continuo
us at x = 0, then show that f(x) continuous at all x. If f(x- y)=f(x)- f(y) for
all x, y and f(x) is continuous at x = 1. Prove that f(x) is continuous for all
x exce^ a tx=0. Given f ( l ) * 0 . J) Givenf(x)=Z i t a n ( J J s e c ^ J ; r ,
n e N tn |( f ( x ) + t a n | - ) "I (f(x) + t a n ^ (b) ^.25 g(x)= 1 +(f (x) +
tan 7 1 = k for x = r-i n [sin(tanf)] W and the domain of g (x) is (0, tc/2). w
here [ ] denotes the greatest integer function. f Find the value of k, if possi
ble, so that g (x) is continuous at x=nJ4. Also state the points of discontinui!
of g (x) in (0, n/4), if any. , 0 f(x) Let f (x) = x 3 - x2 - 3x - 1 and h (x)
= where h is a function such tha,t (a) it is continuous every where except when
x = - 1 , Find Lim (3h(x) + f(x) - 2g(x>) x-0 (b) Lim h(x) = oo and (c) Lim h(x)
= -p> X>00 X->-L 2 :27 Let f be continuous on the interval [0,1] to R such that f
(0) = f (1). Prove th at there exists a point c i' such that f(c) = f c + v 2y
1 - ax + xa x ^na for x <0 axx2 where a >0. Consider the function g(x) = x x 2 a
- x^n2 - x^na - 1 for x >0 Q.28 9 Without using, L 'Hospital's rule or power se
ries,findthe value of'a' & 'g(O)' s o that the function g(x) i continuous at x =
0. (j ^-sm-l(l-{x}2)).sm-l(\-{x}) L et f(x) n 2 V2({x}-{x}3) for x * 0 for x =
0 where {x} is the fractional part of
Consider another function g(x); such that g(x) = f(x) for x > 0 =2V2 f(x) for x
< 0 Discuss the continuity of the functions f(x) & g(x) at x=0. Discuss the cont
inuity of f in [0,2] where f(x) = |4x-5|[x] for x > l . w here [x] is the great
e s' [cos7tx] for x < l integer not greater than x. Also draw the graph. [14] Ba
nsal Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions [15]
) = 2x cotx + b acos2x-bsinx , - | < x < 7 t . is continuous for 0 < x < n are &
it 4 y (e}r 7 If ffx)= ~^ cosx 1 is continuous at x = 4 thenf v ' cot x ~ l is th
e greatesi [14] Bansal Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functio
ns [15]
Q3, Indicate the correct alternative(s): The function defined as f(x) = Limit C0
S7tX 'f"51"^ l +x -X 2 2n+1 1} rff (A) is discontinuous a t x = 1 becausef(l + )
* f ( l - ) (B) is discontinuous a t x = 1 because f(l) is not defined (C) is d
iscontinuous at x = 1 because f(l + ) = f(l")^f(l) (D) is continuous at x = 1 J&
f Let T be a continuous function on R. If f (l/4 n ) =(sinen)e"n2 + - J - J then
f(0) is : (A) not unique (C) data s ufficient tofindf(0) x (B) 1 (D) data insuf
ficient tofindf(0) Indicate all correct alternatives if, F(x) = - 1 , then on th
e interval [0, T ] C (A) tan (f(x)) & are both continuous (B) tan (f (x)) & -y ar
e both discontinuou s (D) tan (f(x)) is continuous but j isnot t (xj Y (C) tan (f(
x))&f _ 1 (x) are both continuous ' f i s a continuous function on the real line
. Given that X2 + (f(x) - 2) x - V 3 f(x) + 2 V3 - 3 = 0. Then the value off( S
) (A) can not be determined (C) is zero ^J&f (B) is 2 ( i - V s ) (D) is 2(V3 2) v ' 3) If f(x) = sgn (cos 2 x - 2 sin x + 3), where sgn ( ) is the signum fun
ction, the n f(x) (A) is continuous over its domain (B) has a missing point disc
ontinuity ( C) has isolated point discontinuity (D) has irremovable discontinuit
y. Let g(x) = tan-1 |x| - cot -1 |x|, f(x) = J-J JJJ {x}, h(x)=jg(f(x))| where (
x) denotesfr actionalpart and [x] denotes the integral part then which of the fo
llowing holds good? (A) h is continuous at x = 0 (B) h is discontinuous at x = 0
(C)h(0~)=! ( D)h(0 + ) = - | ^ ^/f) J g T x n - sinx 11 Consider f(x) = Limit T
for x > 0, x * 1 m=o then (A) f is continu ous at x = 1 (B) f has a finite disc
ontinuity atx = 1 (C) f has an infinite or o scillatory discontinuity at x = 1.
(D) fhas a removable type of discontinuity at x= 1. [14] Bansal Classes Limits,
continuity & Differentiability of Functions [15]
EXERCISE-III Q.l Letf(x) = [x] sin- , where [] denotes the greatest integer functio
n. The domain of fis &the 1. [x + l] [ JEE '96, 2 ] B points of discontinuity of
f in the dom ain are (i Let f(x) be a continuous function defined for l<x<3. If
f(x) takes ra tional values for all x and f (2)= 10, thenf(l,5) g. = . [JEE'97,
2] The functio n f(x) = [x]2 - [x2] (where [y] is the greatest integer less tha
n or equal to y) , is discontinuous at: (A) all integers (B) all integers except
0 & 1 (C) all in tegers except 0 (D) all integers except 1 [JEE'99, 2 (out of20
0)] (1 + ax)1/x fo r x < 0 Determine the constants a, b & c for which the functi
on f(x): b for x 0 is continuous at (x+c)173 - 1 - * > n X 0 ",1/2 (x+l) - 1 x =
0. Discuss the c ontinuity ofthe function [e 1 / ( x - 1 ) -2 l/(x-l) +2 ' atx=
1. X^l X = 1 % rX2 JT3 [REE'99, 6] [ REE 2001 (Mains), 3 out of 100 ] fe Bansal
Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions [23]
& g(0) = 0 are continuous at (a) Let f '+(a) = p & f ' (a) = q where p & q are f
inite then: (i) p = q => fis deri vable at x = a => fis continuous at x = a. (ii
) p * q => f is not derivable at x = a. It is very important to note that f may
be still continuous at x = a. In s hort, for a function f: Differentiability =>
Continuity ; Continuity = > derivab ility; Non derivibality = discontinuous ; But
discontinuity => Non derivability [14] Bansal Classes Limits, continuity & Diffe
rentiability of Functions [15]
n for continuity & derrivability in the case of the function f defined by f(x) =
xtan _1 (l/x) andf(0) = 0. Let f (0) = 0 and f' (0) = 1. For a positive integer
k, show that c \ 1 1 1 A Lim f(x) + f (-] + f 1. = 1+- +- + 1 + o x-o x V 2 3 k y
-T-L+i] x Let f(x) = xe ^ ; x ^ 0, f(0) = 0, test the continuity & differentiab
ility at x = 0 ^ . 7 [14] Bansal Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability
of Functions [15]
a sharp corner a (ft iterval f(x) is sai(^9 jC If f(x)= I x -11. ([x] - [-x]), t
henfindf'(1 + ) & f'(!") where [x] denotes grea test integer function. Iff(x) =
ax2 - b if Ixl<1 -R if N-1 is derivable at x = 1. Find the values of a & b. -1 x
-1 g/ip Let f(x) be defined in the interval [-2,2] such that f(x): , -2<x<0 0<x<
2 & g(x) = f( IX |) + | f(x) |. Test the differentiability of g(x) in ( - 2,2).
g(x) , f(x).g(x 2[x] ivableatx=a. 1 where sgn (.) denotes the signum fimction& [
.] d enotes the greatest sgn r Givenfix)= cos ctionF(x) = f(x v 9^ V V3x - \x]J)
, in teger function. Discuss the continuity & differentiability of f (x) at x= 1
. J&2 e a differential Examine for continuity & differentiability the points x =
1 & x = 2, the function f defined by f(x) = f(x) = ~x[x] , 0<x<2 where [x] = gr
eatest integer less than or equal to x. ( x - l ) [ x ] , 2<x<3 m , x * 0 & f(0)
= - 1 where [x] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to x. Test the diff
erentiability off(x) at x = 0. x^) containin |2x-3|[x] for x>l >us as x=Xq t h e
^ ^ 4 Discuss the continuity & the derivability in [0,2] of f(x): sin-jfor x<l
where [ ] denote greatest integer function. w a rough sketc If f(x) = - 1 + | x
- 11, - 1 < x 3 ; g(x) = 2 - | x + l | , - 2 < x < 2 , then calcula te (fog) (x)
& (gof)(x). Draw their graph. Discuss the continuity of (fog) (x) a t x = - 1 &
the differentiability of(gof)(x)atx= 1. The function ax(x-l) + b whe nx<l f(x)
= x - 1 px + qx+2 C O (iii) 2 X 16 whenl<x<3 whenx>3 Find the values of the cons
tants a, b, p, q so that f(x) is continuous for all x f ' ( l ) does not exist f
'(x) is continuous at x = 3 l/x _ -l/x , J f f t Examine the function, f(x) =x.
a l/x 0 for continuity and existence of the derivative e continuity on 0 < x < 1
& differentiability at x.sin .sin r wherex*0, x * l / r 7 t & f(0) 2, 3, fl8J ^B
ansal Classes + al/x , x * 0 (a > 0) and f(0) = at the origin. J^A 8 Discuss th x
= 0 for the function. f(x) = = f ( l / r a ) = 0, x x.sin L= r 1,
1-x , (0<x<l) 5; f(x) x+2 , (l<x<2) Discuss the continuity & differentiability o
f 4 - x , (2<x<4) y = f [f(x)] for 0 < x < 4. cos2x 7t if x * 0 if x = 0 Q.20 Co
nsider thefianction,/(x) = Show that/' (0) exists andfindits value yjo) (c) Show
that/' does not exist. For what values of x, / ' (x) fails to exist. ^ J Z f l 1
Discuss the continuity & the derivability of 'f where f (x) = degree of (ux'+ u
2 + 2u - 3) at x = V2. Let/(x) be a function defined on (-a, a) with a > 0. Assu
me that/(x) is continuous at x = 0 am Lim x->0 J f(x)~ w X f(kx) - = a , where k
e (0,1) then compute f' (0+) and f ' (0"), and comment upon tb differentiability
of / a t x= 0. J^23 t A function f : R -> R satisfies the equa tion f(x + y) =
f(x). f(y) for all x, y in R f(x) * o for any x in R. Let the fu nction be diffe
rentiable at x = 0 & f (0) = 2. Show that f (x) = 2f(x) 1 all x i n R. Hence det
ermine f(x). Let f(x) be a real valued function not identically ze ro satisfies
the equation, f(x + yn) - f(x) + (f(y))n for all real x & v and f ' (0) > 0 wher
e n (> 1) is an odd natural number. F f(10). Afunctionf: R->RwhereR isasetofreal
numberssatisfiestheequation f(iiI) = f(x)+f^)+f(0). for a l l x diffe rentiable f
or all x in R. y in R If t he ^"24 Q.25 function is differentiable at x = 0 then
show that EXERCISE-II Fill in the blanks: ^ f Limit f (3+h2) - f((3-h ) If f(x)
is derivable.at x = 3 & f'(3) = 2, then h->o 2h2 Iff(x) = | sinx | & g(x)=x 3 t
henf[g(x)] is & at x= 0. (State continuity and deriv; Let f(x) be a function sat
isfying the condition f(- x) = f(x) for all real x. If
f'(0) exists, then its1 ^QrzT For the function f(x) = 1 + el/x ' from the left,
f(0~)=_ , the derivative from the right, f (0+) = x=0 & the de QCS ^ The number
of points at which the function f(x) = max. {a-x, a+x, b}, * be diffe rentiable
is . CO<X<QC, 0 <a< limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions
Select the correct alternative : (only one is correct) ^ Let f(x) sinx for x 0 &
f(0) = 1 then, (A) f(x) is conti. & diff. at x = 0 (C) f(x) is discont. & not d
iff. at x = O (B) f(x) is conti. & not diff. at x = 0 (D)none 5.7 Givenfix)= lo
ga(a|[x] + [ - x f ,1: W J 3 + aA for xl * 0 ; a > 1 for x = 0 where [ ] represe
nts the integral 3) at x=V2. . _n , us at x u and (^8"" nment upon the 1 x, y in
R & :f (x) = 2f(x )for part function, then: (A) fis continuous but not different
iable at x = 0 (B) fis cont. & diff. at x = 0 (C) the differentiability o f f at
x = 0 depends on the v alue of a (D) f is cont. & diff. at x = 0 and for a = e
only, For what triplets of real numbers (a, b, c) with a * 0 the function "x x<l
is differentiable for a ll real x ? otherwise (B) {(a, l-2a, c) I a, c s R , a
^O } (D) {(a, l-2a,0)| a s R , a * 0 } f(x) =ax2 + bx + c (A) {(a, l-2a, a) I a
s R, a * 0 } (C) {(a, b, c) I a, b, c s R , a + b + c= l } al number. Find A fun
ction f defined as f(x)=x[x] for - 1 < x < 3 where [x] defines the greatest inte
ger < x is: (A) conti. at all points in the domain of f but non-derivable a t af
initenumber of points (B) discontinuous at all points & hence non-derivable at a
ll points in the domain of f (C) discont. at afinitenumber ofpoints but not deri
vable at all points in the domain of f (D) discont. & also non-derivable at afin
itenumber ofpoints of f. (^K) [x] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal
to x. Iffix)= [x] [ sin Ttx] in (-1,1) then f(x) is: n show that it is (A) cont
. at x = 0 (B) cont. in(l, 0) (C) differentiable in (-1,1) (D) none A functionfi
x)= x [ 1 + (1 /3) sin ( lnx2)], x * 0.[ ] = integral part f(0) = 0. Then the fu
nction: (A) is cont. at x = 0 (B) is monotonic v (C) is derivable at x = 0 (D) c
an not be defined for x < -1 -x The function f(x) is defined as follows f(x) =xx
3-x+l .2 and derivability) then its value is T3 & the derivative if x<0 if 0<x<l
thenf(x)is: if x>l (A) derivable & cont. at x = 0 (C) neither derivable nor cont
. at x = 1 Iffix)= (B) derivable at x = 1 but not cont. at x = 1 (D) not derivab
le at x = 0 but con t at x = 1 x + {x} + xsin{x} for x * 0 where (x) denotes the
fractionalpart function, then:
0 for x = 0 (A)'f is cont. & diff. atx = 0 (B) 'f is cont. but not diff. at x =
0 (D) none ofthese (C) 'f is cont. & diff. at x = 2 The set of all points where
the function f(x) = y ^ y is differentiable is: (A) (-00,00) 0 < a < b cannot-Q^
(B) [ 0, 00 ) (C)(-00, 0 ) ^ ( 0 , 00) (D) (0, 00) (E) none [14]BansalClasses L
imits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions [15]
Select the correct alternative: (More than one are correct) If f(x) = 12x+l | +
| X - 21 then f(x) is: (A) cont. at all the points (C) discontinuous at x = - 1
/ 2 & x = 2 * (B) conti. at x = 2 but not differentiable < (D) not derivable at
x = - 1 / 2 & x = 2 f(x) = I [x]x | i n - 1 < x < 2 , where [x] is greatest inte
ger < x then f(x) is : (A) cont. atx = 0 (B) discont. x = 0 (C)notdiff. a t x =
2 (D)diff. atx = 2 1. 7 f(x) = 1 + x. [cosx] in 0 < x < %/2, where [ ] denotes g
reatest integer functi on then, * (A) It is continuous in 0 < x < 7t/2 (B) It is
differentiable in 0 < x < T / C2 (C) Its maximum value is 2 (D) It is not diffe
rentiable in 0 < x< %/2 Q. 18 f(x) = (Sin-'x)2 Cos(1/x)ifx^0;f(0) = 0,f(x)is: (A
) cont. no where in - 1 < x < 1 (B) cont. every where in - 1 < x < 1 (C) differe
ntiable no where in - 1 < x < 1 (D) differentiable everywhere in - 1 < x < JZ.19
7C % f(x) = | x | + |s inx| i n ( ~ . y j . l t i s : (A) Conti. no where (C) D
ifferentiable no where , jrfS) If f(x) = 3(2X+3)2/3 + 2x+3 then, (A) f(x) is con
t. but not diff. at x = -3/2 (C) f(x) is cont. at x = 0 Iff(x) = 2+ | sin^xl ,it
is: (A) continuous no wh ere (C) differentiable no where in its domain (B) Conti
. every where (D) Differe ntiable everywhere except at x : (B) f(x) is diff. at
x = 0 (D) f(x) is diff. bu t not cont. at x = - 3/2 (B) continuous everywhere in
its domain (D) Not differe ntiable at x = 0 ^^21 ^#22 If f(x) = x2 sin (1/x) ,x
*0andf(0) = 0 then, (A) f(x)is continuous a t x = 0 (B) f(x) is derivable atx =
0 (C) f (x) is continuous at x = 0 (D) f'(x) is not deri vable at x = 0 A functi
on which is continuous & not differentiable at x = 0 is: (A) f(x) = x for x < 0
& f(x) = x2 for x > 0 (B) g(x) = x for x < 0 & g(x) = 2x for x > 0 (C)h(x) = x |
x | x s R (D)K(x) = 1 + 1 x | , x e R IfSin"1x+ | y | = 2y then y as a function
of x is: (A) defined for -1 < x < 1 (B) continuous at x = 0 (C) differentiable
for all x (D) such that= & yj^h 9^4 * for-1 < x < 0 3Vl-x* * Let f(x) = Cosx &H(x)
= Min[f(t)/0<t<x] for 0<x<f for f <x<3 ' Lf-x ^ (A) H (x) is cont. & deri. in [0
,3 ] (C) H(x) is neither cont. nor deri. at x = %!2 (B) H(x) is cont. but not de
ri. at x=TC/2 (D) Max. value of H(x) in [0,3 ] is 1 [14] Bansal Classes Limits,
continuity & Differentiability of Functions [15]
EXERCISE-III ^J^st Determine the values of x for which the following function fa
ils to be con tinuous or differentiable fW 1-x , x <1 (1-x) (2-x) , l < x < 2. J
ustify your an swer. 3- x , x> 2 [JEE'97,5] Let h(x)=min {x, x2 }, for every rea
l number ofx. Then: (A) his cont. for all x (B) his diff. for all x (C) h' (x) =
1, for all x > 1 (D) h is not diff. at two values of x. yfi Discuss the continu
ity & differentiability of the function f(x) : [JEE'98,2 ] 2 + ,/(l-x2) _2e(1"x)
2 |x| < 1 ,\x\>l [REE'98, 6] v The function f(x) = (x2 - 1) | x2 - 3x + 21 + cos
(| x |) is NOT differentiable at: (A)-l (B)0 (C)l (D)2 [JEE'99, 2 (out of200)]
Q.5 Let f: R R be any function. Define g: R > (A) onto if fis onto (C) continuou
s iffis continuous R by g (x) = |f(x)| for all x. Then g is (B) one one if f is
one one (D) differentiable iffi s differentiable. [JEE 2000, Screening, 1 out of
3 5 ] ^C^T" Discuss the continuity and differentiability ofthe function, Ixl >
1 f(x) = 1 -ix! ' Q.7 vK |x| < r |x|<1 [REE,2000(3)] [JEE 2001 (Screening)] Let
f : R - R be a function defined by , f (x) = max [ x , x ]. The set of all points
where f (x) is NOT differentiable is: (A) { - 1 , 1 } (B) ( - 1 , 0 } (C) {0,1}
(P) { - 1 , 0 , 1} 3 The left hand derivative of, f (x) = [ x ] sin (TT x) at x
= k, k an integer is: (A) ( - l ) k (k - 1) 71 (B)(-l)*-i(k-l)7t (C)(-l)kk7t (
D ) ( 1 ) k ~ 1 k T T Which ofthe following functions is differentiable at x = 0
? (A) cos (! x | ) + | x | (B) cos ( | x j - x (C)sin(!xi) + |x| Q.8 ( D ) s i n
( | x | ) - |x| Let a e R. Prove that a function / : R R is differentiable at a
if and only if t here is a function g : R -> R which is continuous at a and sat
isfies /(x) - / ( a ) = #(x) (x - a) for all xeR. [JEE 2001, (mains) 5 out of 10
0] fe Bansal Classes Limits, continuity & Differentiability of Functions [23]
Q. 9 The domain of the derivative ofthe function ' tan"1 x f(x) = ' (A)R-{0) |(W
-i) i f |x| < 1 if M > 1 ^ is (B)R-{1} ( C ) R - {-1} f St V /(1) ( D ) R - {-1,
1} [JEE 2002 (Screening), 3] \\ J^TO Let/: R -> R be such that/(1) = 3 and/'(1)
= 6. The Limit (A) 1 . * (B)e 1/2 (C)e 2 ) equals (D)e 3 [JEE 2002 (Screening), 3
] J ^ 1 f Jx + a if x < 0 ^ | | x - l | if x > 0 = ^ Jx + 1 if x < 0 2 g ( ) | (
x - l ) + b if x > 0 x = Where a and b are non negative real numbers. Determine
the composite function go f. If (gof) (x) is continuous for all real x, determi
ne the values of a and b. F urther, for these values of a and b, is gof differen
tiable at x=0? Justify your answer. [JEE 2002,5 out of 60] Q/i2 If a function f:
[ -2a, 2a] - R is an odd fun ction such that f (x) = f (2a - x) for x e [a, 2a]
and the left hand derivative atx= a is 0 thenfindthe left hand derivative at x =
- a. [JEE 2003, Mains-2 out of 60] ^ ^ Q. 1 3 ^ T h e function given by y= | |
x | - l numbers except the points (A) {0,1,-1} (B)l ' ous and differentiable func
tion and f (A) f (x) = f" (0), x e (0, 1] I = 0, V n > 1 and n e l , Q 1 5 (D)-l
Q8 ' (B) f (0) = 0, f ' (0) = 0 (D) f (0) = 0 and f 1 (0) need not to be zero [
JEE 20 | is (C)l = 0, then differentiable for all real fl) (b) If f (x) is a con
tinu x e (0, 1] (C) f ' (0) = 0 Q 11 Q 14
J s BAN SAL CLASSES YJI K 7 k..!^ . MATHEMATICS Daily Practice Problems TIME: 50
Min each DPR DPP. NO.-25 TIME: 50 Mitt 1 8 T a r g e t SIT JEE 2 0 0 7 CLASS :
XII (ABCD) DATE : 28-29/06/2006 DATE: 28 -29/06/2006 Q.l tan 9 = 2+ j 2 + '--oo w
here 0 e (0,2%), find the possible value of 0. [2] Q. 2 Q.3 Find the sum of the
solutions of the equation 2e 2 x ~ 5ex + 4 = 0. [2] Suppose that x and y are pos
itive numbers for which log9x = log12y = log15(x + y ). If the value of - =2 cos
0, where 0 e (0,n/2) find 0. [3] Q. 4 Using L Hospitals rule or otherwise, eval
uate the following limit: Limit Limit + x->0 n->> l2 (sinx)" ] + [22 (sinx)x ] +
I /b-a . . + [n2 (sinx)x ] n3 where [.] denotes the [4] greatest integer functio
n. Q.5 1 Consider f ( x ) = - j = , V~T~ S12x b-a . -j smx 1 \ 2 Vb I Va + b t a n
x , , f o r b > a > 0 & t h e functions g(x)&h(x)
are defined, such that g(x) = [f(x)] - j-^y-j & h(x) = sgn (f(x for x e domain o
f f , otherwise g(x)=0=h(x) for x < domain o f f , where [x] is the greatest int
eger function of x & {x} is the fractional 7 C part of x. Then discuss the cont
i nuity of'g' & 'h' at x= and x = 0 respectively. Q.6 Q.7 J f ^ d x Using substit
ut ion only, evaluate: jcosec 3 xdx. [5] [5] [5] TIME : 50 Mitt. [2] DATE: 30-01
/06-07/2006 Q.l Q.2 12 A If sin A = . Find the value of tan ~ . x y The straight
line - + - = 1 cuts the x-axis & the y-axisinA&Brespectively& a straight line p
erpendicular to AB cuts them in P & Q respectively. Find the loc us of the point
of intersection ofAQ & BP. [2] Q.3 tanO 1 cot0 If -- = , find the value of . tan 0 t a n 30 3 cot0~cot30 1[3] J
Q.4 If a A ABC is formed by the lines 2x + y - 3 = 0 ; x - y + 5 = 0 a n d 3 x y + l = 0 , then obtain a cubic equation whose roots are the tangent of the int
erio r angles of the triangle. |4] r dx Integrate: J / 2 2 x f~r~ 2 (a - t a n x
K/b tan x (a>b) [5] Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 J xsinx cosx dx (a cos^ x + b z sin2 x)2 z [5] d
dy Let (x2y) - x - 1 where x ? 0 and y = 0 when x = 1. Find the set of values o
f x for which dx is positive. IS] S 3 55 s? ^ ^ $ J j C S ^ S j c ^ DATE : 03-04
/07/2006 Q. 1 TIME; 50Min. Let x = (0.15)20. Find the characteristic and mantiss
a in the logarithm of x, to the base 10. Assume log in 2 = 0.301 and Iog103 = 0.
477. K O l o c / 3 f Z P I ^ o -M^ZPI Two circles of radii R & r are externally
tangent. Find the radius of the third circle which is between them and touches t
hose circles and their exter nal common tangent in terms of R & r. [2] Let a mat
rix A be denoted as A=diag. 5 X ,5 p Q.2 Q.3 Q. 4 ,5 then compute the value ofth
e integral J( det A)dx. [3] Using algebraic geometry prove that in an isosceles
triangle the sum ofthe d istancesfromany point of the base to the lateral sides
is constant. (You may ass ume origin to be the middle point ofthe base of the is
osceles triangle) [4] Eval uate: Q.5 J' - x dx Vx + X2 + X3 a2-3 a-1 f / + x [5]
b -3 b-1 ' b-1 U3 ( 3
Q.6 'a3 If the three distinct points, a-1 \ c1 c 1 are collinear then [5] [5] 2 v
AV show that abc + 3 (a + b + c) = ab + be + ca. Q.7 Integrate: j\/tanx dx 3 jVv
^ot d 2{.l 1 4 -t & AX* G
Q.8 If y = sin-1 (A) dy 2x 2 then dx 1+x (B) is x = - 2 Vs (C) ~ 5 (D) none Q.9
The derivative of sec (A) 4 2 1 J_ ' 1 A 2 w.r.t. - j i c2 at x = is v2x -1. (B)
1/4 (C) 1 / (D) none Q.10 If y = P(x), is a polynomial of degree 3, then 2 l^J ^
Q.ll (A) P "' (x) + P ' (x) (B) P " (x). P "' (x) . j j equals : (D) a constant
(t,!v(* i v ^ v * " ^ r ,w (C) P (x). P "' (x) Let f(x) be a quadratic expressio
n which is positive for (x) + f' (x) + f" (x), then for any real x, which one is
B) g(x) > 0 (C) g(x) = 0 (D) g(x) > 0 dy If xP.yi = (x + ndependent of p but de
pendent on q (C) dependent on both p but independent of q (D) independent of p &
q both. Q.12 Q.13 Let f(x) = g(x). cos^ if x jt 0 x " where g(x) is an even fun
ction differentiable at x = 0, passing 0 if x = 0 (C) is equal to 2 + through th
e origin. Then f' (0): (A) is equal to 1 (B) is equal to 0 Q.14 t ^ Q. 15 If y =
(A) e + (D) does not exist all real x. If g(x) = f correct. (A) g(x) < 0 ( y)P+
c! then ^ is: (A) i p & q (B) dependent on
Q.18 x 1 Let fix) = 2 sinx x2 2x . Then Limit0 x -> tanx X 1 (A) 2 (B) then f '
(C) 4 (D) 12 (C) - 1 (D) 1 cosx Q.19 cosx sinx Let fix) = cos2x sin2x cos3x sin3
x (A) 0 (B) - 1 2 Q.20 People living ne a new kind where f 2 (x) ue (A)e (B)2e Q
.21 If f(4) = g(4) = 2 ; f ' (4) = 9 ; g' (4) = 6 then Limit (A) 3V2 (C) 0 Vx 2 VeOO ig q u a l tQ . (D) none Q.22 (H If fix) is a differentiable function of
x thenLimit f(x + 3 h ) - f ( x - 2 h ) = h 0 h (C) 0 (D) none & , (A)f'(x) (B)
5f'(x) If y = x + ex then (A) ex dy2 is : (B) (C) 2 Q.23 M M (D) -1 M Q.24 dy If
x2y + y3 = 2 then the value of ~ z atthepoint(l, l)is: dx (A) - 4 3 (B) (C) 12
at Mars, instead ofthe usual definition of derivative D f(x), defi of derivative
,D*f(x) by the formula f2(x + h)-f2(x) D*f(x)= Limit means [fix)]2. If fix) = x
/nx then h>0 h D*f(x)| x = e has the val (C)4e (D)none
(D) none Limit 8(x).f(a)-g(a).f(x) x- a (D) none Q.25 If f(a) = 2, f ' (a) = 1,
g(a) = - 1 , g' (a) = 2 then the value of (A) - 5 (B) 1/5 (C) 5 i| Bansal Classe
s Q. B. on Method of differentiation [9]
Q.26 ^ ji If fis twice differentiable such that f"(x) =-f(x), f'(x) = g(x) h'(x)
= [f(x)]2 + [g(x)]2 and h(0) - 2, h(l) = 4 then the equation y = h(x) represent
s: A (A) a curve of degree 2 ' (C) a straight line with slope 2 (B) a curve pass
ing throug h the origin (D) a straight line with y intercept equal to - 2. j - ^
L (2cosx + 3sinx)j Tf Q.27 The derivative ofthe Rmction, f ( x ) = c o s " 1 (
2 c o s x - 3sinx)| 3 I 7 w.r.t. yj l + x at x = is : + sin -i (A) Q.28 (B)(C) 1
0 (D) 0 A , , ca J ' X ,< t ^ ^' H q ^ c>| f 1 A,*' i * ^ * ) ' s Let f(x) be a po
lynomial in x. Then the second derivative of f(ex), is: (A) f " (e x) . ex + f '
(ex) ). e(B) f " (e x ). e2x + f ' (e x ). e2x i (D) f " (e x ) . e 2x + f ' (e
x ). ex (C) f " (ex) e 2x Q.29 The solution set of f ' (x) > g' (x), where f(x)
= - (5 2x+1 ) & g(x) = 5X + 4x (In 5) is : 2 Co*H (A) x> 1 (B) 0 < x < 1 (C) x
< 0 (D) x > 0 it you Q.30 s jw (A) If y = sin-1 x2-l + sec x2 + l 1 x2 + 1 l I d
y , 1 , I x | > 1 then is equal to : xL 1 dx 2 " T X X X X (B) x4 - 1 X (C) o (D)
1 Q.31
f fix) then g' (x) equals to : (A) ex (B) ex + x (C) e<* + eX> (D) e(x + /nx) Q.
43 dy The equation y2exy = 9e-3-x2 defines y as a differentiable function of x.
The value of for x = - 1 and y = 3 is (A)-y (B)-| (C)3 (D)15 i| Bansal Classes Q
. B. on Method of differentiation [9]
Q.44 v Let f(x) = (xx)X and g(x) = x ^ ' then: (A) f ' ( l ) = l and g ' ( l ) =
2 (C) f ' ( l ) = l and g ' ( l ) = 0 (B) f ' ( l ) = 2 and g ' ( l ) = 1 (D) f
' ( l ) = 1 and g ' ( l ) = 1 Q.45 rl&xl The function f(x) = ex + x, being diff
erentiable and one to one, has a different iable inverse f '(x). The value of (f
_1) at the point f(Vn2) is dx (A) 1 n2 (B)i (C) (D) none Q.46 I f / ( x ) = JgsinM
CQS 3 ^ lgsin|3x| COS" for l x | < | x ^ 0 v2y for x = 0 / % x % is (D)4 then, th
e number of points of discontinuity of f in (A) 0 Q.47 If y = (A) (B)3 x ) Vx yj
a-x + yjx-b .(B) r ? 3 J (C)2 dy ^en wherever it is defined is equal to : dx (O(
a + b) 2V(a-x)(x-b) ,X + ( a + b ) V(a-x)(x-b) ?X"(a+b) 2V(a-x)(x-b) (D) 2x + (a
+ b) 2A/(a-x) (x-b) Q.48 d2y dy If y is a function of x then 7 + V 7 - = 0. If x
is a function of y then t he equation becomes : dx dx , AX d 2 x dx (A) - r + x
7 = 0 dy dy (C) d2x ^dx^3 =0 Vdy, dx \ dy.
2 (D) dy2 - x vdyy d2x 'dx^ 2 Q.49 A function f (x) satisfies the condition, f (
x) = f ' (x) + f " (x) + f " ' (x) + co where f (x) is a differentiable function
indefinitely and dash denotes the order of derivative. If f (0) = 1, then f (x)
is: 2 (A) e^ (B) ex (C) e2x (D) e4 x cos6x + 6cos4x + 15cos2x+10 cos5x + 5cos3x
+10 cosx (A) 2 sinx + cosx (B)-2sin x dy dx (C) cos2x ,then Q.50 If y = (D) sin
2x i| Bansal Classes Q. B. on Method of differentiation [9]
w.r.t. x is / V (A) 1 (B) 0 (C)-l imn (D)X' Q.55 (x+h) f(x) - 2hf(h) im is equal
to Let f (x) be diffrentiable at x = hthen Lim X h (A) f(h) + 2hf'(h) (B) 2f(h)
+ hf'(h) (C) hf(h) + 2f'(h) (D) hf(h)-2f'(h) Q.56 If y = at2 + 2bt + c and t =
ax2 + 2bx + c, then {; v equals (D) 24 a2 (ax + b) ' ' 1 ' ' (A) 24 a2 (at + b)
f\\vt\V ^e^i^jcnce a arc tan (B) 24 a (ax + b)2 Vx a (C) 24 a (at + b)2 b arc t
a n has the value equal to b ) Vx a-b (A)" (B)0 (a2 - b 2 ) (Q6a 2u2 b (D) a 2 b2 3a 2 b2 i| Bansal Classes Q. B. on Method of differentiation [9]
Q.58 rx \ = / ( x ) - / ( y ) for all x,y& Let f(x) be defined for all x > 0 & b
e con tinuous. Let f(x) satisfy / yj f(e) = 1. Then : (A) f(x) is bounded (C) x.
f(x)-> 1 asx-^0 (B) fQ) -> 0 as x -> 0 (D) f(x) = /nx Q. 5 9 Suppose the functio
n /(x) -/(2x) has the derivative 5 at x = 1 and deriva tive 7 at x = 2. The deri
vative of the function/(x) -/(4x) at x = 1, has the val ue equal to t (A) 19 * (
B) 9 (C) 17 (D) 14 x4-x2+l dy Q.60 If y = ?= and = ax + b then the value of a +
b is equal to x + V3x + 1 dx ., , J>^ ^V ( A ) C O t 571 T 571 (B)cot 571 (C)tan5
T 7 (D)xmj Q.61 Suppose that h (x) =/(x)-g(x) and F(x) = /(g(x)), where/(2) = 3
; g(2) = 5 ; g'( 2) = 4 ; f'(2) = - 2 and f'(5) =11, then (A) F'(2) = 11 h'(2) (
B) F'(2) = 22h'(2 ) (C) F'(2) = 44 h'(2) (D) none Q.62 Let /(x) = x3 + 8x + 3 wh
ich one of the properties of the derivative enable s you to conclude that/(x) ha
s an inverse? (A)/(x) is a polynomial of even degre e. (B)/(x) is self inverse.
(C) domain of / ' (x) is the range of f (x). ( D ) / (x) is always positive. Q.6
3 Which one ofthe following statements is NOT CORREC T ? (A) The derivative of a
diffrentiable periodic function is a periodic functi on with the same period. (
B) If f (x) and g (x) both are defined on the entire n umber line and are apenod
ie then the function = f (x). g (x) can not be periodic . (C) Derivative of an e
ven differentiable function is an odd function and deriv ative of an odd differe
ntiable function is an even function. (D) Every function f (x) can be represente
d as the sum of an even and an odd function Select the correct alternatives : (M
ore than one are correct) Q.64 dy x tan 2x tan 3x then has the value equal to :
dx (A) 3 sec23x tanx x tan2x tan3x + 2 sec22x tan3x tanx (B) 2y (cosec 2x + 2 co
sec 4x + 3 (C) 3 sec2 3x - 2 sec2 2x - sec2 x (D) sec2 x + 2 sec2 2x + 3 sec2 3x
+ e " ^ then equals dx Vx -Vx V^ -V^ i n; 1 p^ Q.65 i| Bansal Classes Q. B. on M
ethod of differentiation [9] s If y = tan tan2x + sec2 cosec 6x) Ify = e ^
1 (B)
I v W
x)) '
asses
if k(x) = f(x). g(x) sin x then k' (0) = 2 (D) none ; If y= x ( ' nx) (A)
^ ( dx is equal to : (B) ^ (In x)ln{lnx^ (2 In (In x) + 1) x x + 2nx in ((n
(C) x lnx ((In x)2 + 2 In (In x)) (D) x tnx (2 In (In x) + 1) i| Bansal Cl
Q. B. on Method of differentiation [9]
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) METHOD OF DIFFRENT1ATI
ON AND L' HOSPITAL'S RULE CONTENTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III EXERCISEIV ANSWER KEY
6. INVERSE FUNCTIONS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES : (a) Theorem: If the inverse functio
ns f & g are defined by y = fix) & x=g(y) & if f'(x) exists & f'(x) * 0 then g'(
y) = 1 . This result can also be written as, if exists & dy (b) Results : (i) D(
sin- 1 x)= . 1 2 , -1<X<1 (ii) D(cos _1 x ) = - ^ L = , - L < x < l VL-X2 VL-X ^
Bansal Classes M.O.D. andL'HospitalRule [2]
(iii) (v) D(tan-1 x)=1+x , xeR (iv) D (sec-1 x) = [x| V ^ l > X>1 D (cosec 1 x)=
-1 , |x|>l (vi) D (cot-1 x) = -1 1+x 2 , xeR Note : In general if y = f(u) then
= f'(u). . dx dx LOGARITHMIC DIFFERENTIATION: Tofindthe derivative of : (i) a fu
nction which is t he product or quotient of a number of functions (ii) s:x) OR a
function ofthe form [f(x)] where f & g are both derivable, it will be found co
nvinient to take the logarithm of the function first & then differentiate. This
is called LOGARITHMIC DIFFERENTIATION . IMPLICIT DIFFERENTIATION: <J>(x,y) = 0 (
i) In order to find dy/dx, in the case o f implicit functions, we differentiate
each term w.r.t. x regarding y as a funct ions of x & then collect terms in dy/d
x together on one side to finallyfinddy/dx . (ii) 9. 10. In answers of dy/dx in
the case of implicit functions, both x & y are present. dyMO PARAMETRIC DIFFEREN
TIATION: If y = f(9) & x = g(0) where 6 is a parameter, then dy dy / dx DERIVATI
VE OF A FUNCTION W.R.T. ANOTHER FUNCTION: Let y = f(x) ; z = g(x) then ^ = f'(x)
dx dx / d9 g'(x)
11. DERIVATIVES OF ORDER TWO & THREE : Let a function y = f(x) be defined on an
open interval (a, b). It's derivative, if it exists on (a, b) is a certain funct
ion f'(x) [or (dy/dx) or y ] & is called the first derivative ofy w.r.t. x. If i
t ha ppens that the first derivative has a derivative on (a, b) then this deriva
tive is called the second derivative ofy w. r. t. x & is denoted by f"(x) or (d2
y/dx2 ) or y". Similarly, the 3 order derivative of y w. r. t. x, if it exists,
is def ined by denoted by f"'(x)ory"'. f(x) g(x) v(x) h(x) w(x) f(x) u(x) g(x) v
(x) h(x) + w(x) f(x) l(x) g(x) m(x) h(x ) n(x) rd d3y d / dy n \ vdx2/ It is als
o 12. If F(x) = l(x) m(x) n(x) , where f, g, h, 1, m, n, u, v, w are differentia
ble fu nctions of x then u(x) f'(x) g'(x) h'(x) F'(x)= l(x) m(x) n(x) u(x) v(x)
w(x) l'(x) m'(x) n'(x) u'(x) v'(x) w'(x) 13. L' HOSPITAL'S RULE: Iff(x) & g(x) a
re functions of x such that : Limit _ n _ Lim it Limit Limit g(x) (0 x-ia f(x) =
0 = g(x) OR 1 m = 00 = _ (ii) (iii) Both f(x) & g(x) are continuous at x = a Bo
th f(x) & g(x) are differentiable at x = a & & and ^Bansal Classes M.O,D.and L '
Hospital Rule m
(iv) Both f'(x) & g '(x) are continuous at x = a, Limit f(x) _ Limit f(x) _ Limi
t f"( x) x^a g ( x ) Then x^a g .(x) x-*a g "(x) & so on till indeterminant form
vanishes. 14. ANALYSIS AND GRAPHS OF SOME USEFUL FUNCTIONS: (i) y = f(x) = sin1 ' 2x 1 + x2 N 2 tan"1 x W<1 1 7t - 2 tan x x>l 1 - (rc + 2 tan" xj x < - 1 HIG
HLIGHTS : (a) Domain is x R & range is % % (b) T'T f is continuous for all x but
not diff. at x = 1 -1 for x < 1 1+X non existe nt for |x| = 1 2-r for Ixl > 1 1
+x 2 1 1 tl/2 > y /1 \D 1 (c) dx =
0 1 A -n/2 ' I Vx in its domain It is bound for all x ^Bansal Classes M.O,D.and
L 'Hospital Rule m
-|<x<I ^<x<l (a) (b) Domain is x e [-1,1] & range is [0, 7t] Continuous everywhe
re in its domain but not derivable at x = - , - 2 2 (c) Iin|-i,IJ& Din U (d) = dx
lf * e (-W)ufc,i) GENERAL NOTE : Concavity in each case is decided by the sign o
f 2nd derivative as : ^ T > 0 => Concave upwards D = DECREASING I = INCREASING d
2y dV dx:2 < 0 => Concave downwards ^Bansal Classes M.O,D.and L 'Hospital Rule m
EXERCISE-I Q.l / Find the derivative of the following functions w.r.t. x from th
efirstprinc iple: cos(Znx), (sinx)cosx, logaC wherea = x x & Cis constant, ^sin
Vx and cos"1 (x2). Vl + x 2 W l - x 2 Q ^ , Differentiate ^ w.r.t. Vl-x 4 . 2 ^
2 Q.3 (a) Let f (x) = x2 - 4x - 3, x > 2 and let g be the inverse of f. Find the
value of g' where f (x) = 2. (b) Let / , g and h are differentiable functions.
If /(0) = 1 ;g(0)=2 ; h (0) = 3 and the derivatives of their pair wise products
at x = 0 are (f g)' (0) = 6 ; (g h)'(0) = 4 and (hf)'(0) = 5 then compute the va
lue of (fgh)'(O). s. rcsin y o 2 2 Q.4 If v . Provethat x>0. dx (x-y) Q.5 Ify =
x + x+ 1 x+ 1 x+. ...... , prove that = dx 2 Z x+ x_ 1 x_l x+. Q.6 Q.7 Q.8 Q.9 c
. \ If x = cosec 9 - sin 9 ; y = cosec" 9 - sin" 9, then show that ( x 2 + 4) dy
- n 2 (y 2 + 4) = 0 vdxy Ify = (cosx) /nx + (lnx)x find If V l - x + V l - y 6
6 3 dy dx' 3 3 = dy = a (x -y ), prove that dx x 2 11 y6 1 y 2 lV l - x 6 Find t
he derivative with respect to x ofthe function : (locosX s i n x ) Oogsinx C0SX )
_I + arcsin at X= j . Q.10 If x = 2cost - cos2t & y = 2sint - sin2t, find the v
alue of (d2y/dx2) when t = (n/2). Q.ll If y=tm'1-7J= & x = sec-1 2 2 2u Vl-u , U
S ' V2 J -1 u f 1 VV 2 '
Q.3 If a be a repeated root of a quadratic equation f(x) = 0 & A(x), B(x), C(x)
be t he polynomials of degree 3, 4 & 5 respectively, then show that denotes the
deriv ative. A(x) B(x) A (a) B(a) A'(a) B'(a) C(x) C(a) C'(a) is divisible by f(
x), where dash Q.4 If y = tan"1 x +x + l + tan"1 x +3x + 3 2 + tan"1 2 x +5x+7 + t
an"1 l2 x +7x + 13 + to n terms. Find dy/dx, expressing your answer in 2 terms. Q.
5 cos3x dy If y = arc cos J . E xpress explicitly and then show that = J c q s 2
x VCSX O V If x = tan - In 2 + cqs4x , sinx>0. si Q.6 (l + tan|)2 tanf Show that
- = - sin y (1 + sin y + cos y). dy dx 1 2 Q.7 Q.8 d2f = 2 z 3 ^ + z4d2y If x =
- and y = f(x), show that : 2 z dx dz dz2 Prove tha t if | aj sinx + ajSin 2x +
+ ansin nx ] < | sinx | for x e R, then \al+2al + 3n3 + + na n | < 1
b+x c+x Q.16 Let f(x) = +x m+x n+x . Showthat f "(x) = 0 and that f(x) = f(0) + k
x where k denotes p+x q+x r+x the sum of all the co-factors of the elements in
f (0). Q.17 If y = logu | cos4x | + | sinx | , where u = sec2x, find 1 ,/a 2 - b
2 - c 2 aG - a 2 + b2 + c 2 e Vb2 + c2 dy dx x=-7t/ 6 a+x Q.18 Ify= cos l< dy 1
&9 = a + bcosx + csinx;provethat = . Q.19 Prove that cosx + cos3x + cos5x + + c o
s ( 2 n - l ) x = : L ,x*K7t,K.eI and deduce from IN /O i\ [(2n+1)sin(2n-1)x-(2n1)sin(2n+l)x] 1 4 sin x sin2nx 2sinx this: sinx +3sin3x+5sin5x +....+ (2n - 1) s
in (2n - 1) x = 1 r . Q.20 Find a polynomial function /(x) such that /(2x) = / '
(x)/M (x). Q.21 IfY=s X and Z=tX, where all the letters denotes the functions o
fx and suffixes denotes the differentiation w.r.t. x then prove that X Y Z X, Y,
Z, Y2 Zj X3 s 2 s, t, t2 f x + y\ Q. 22 Let f: R -> ( - %, n) be a derivable fu
nction such that f (x) + f (y) = f .1 - xyj Iff(l)=^ & LhmtM=2> findf(x)_ Q.23 L
et fix) be a derivable function at x = 0 & f[ is either a zero or an odd l inear
function. Q.24 x + y) f (x) + f (y) (k e R, k * 0,2). Show that fix) If f(x+y)
= fix)-fiy) for x, y e R&fix) is differentiable everywhere then find f ix). f(x
+ y ) - f ( x ) 2 Q.25 Let f(y)-a 2 +xy for all real x and y. Iff (x) is differe
ntiable and f'(0) exists for all Pro ve that f (x) is positive for all real x. r
eal permissible values of'a' and is equal to ^ 5 a - l - a 2
[11]
ANSWER KEY EXERCISE-I Q 2. Q9. lWl-x4 ,lnx Q 3. (a) 1/6; (b) 16 Q 7. Dy = (cosx)
1 ln(cosx) - tanx lnx (Hx lnx + ln(lnx) 32 16 + 7t l +x 8 1n2 2 3 Q 10. - 2 1 1 Q
1 2 . or- Q13. -or 2 2 l-2x Q 15. 3 Q 1 6 . n = 2K2 Q.23 100 Q 18. ( a ) ; (b){
0), range n n 2'2 Q.22 2(1 + 2x). cos 2(x + x2) EXERCISE-II 6 lnx Q 1. = e ^ V +e
X! +exX x e_1 x x6 [l + elnxj+x6 eeX dx l l Q4 Q 5 Q9 'l+(x + n ) 2 T ^ ' >' = s
i n _ 1 ^ t a n x > ' 1 X1 he lnx x y x inx + x Aix Iny + l x" nx (1-x-y^na) i ;f"
(0) = - ~ - + ; n - x if x < 0 / 6 2 Q 11. f(x) = U+x, Q- 1 7 dy -V3(12 + ln2) &
= ln4 if x > 0 4x Q.12 f'(x) = 1 3 r x cos x - sin x . if x Tt 0 if x = 0
Q.20 1 Q 22. f(x) = 2 tan"1 x Q 24. f(x) = 0 or f(x) = ekx EXERCISE-III 5 QL1 Q2
.1 Q3.-? Q 4. a= 1 Q5. 1 Q 6. 1 Q 7. a = 120; b = 60; c = 180 Q 8. 2 Q9-2/5 Q.10
f(0) = 1; differentiable atx= 0 , f(0 + ) = -(1/3); f(0") = -(1/3) Q12. a = 6 ,
b = 6 , c = 0 ; 40 Q 14. fis con t. but not derivable at x = 0 Q.l (a) a = 3, b
= 12, c = 9 Q 11. - 6 Q 13. f is discont. only at x = 0 in (-co, 2) EXERCISE-IV
(b) 2^x + x [/n2(x) (sin x2)/n x (2x2 /nx. cot x2 + In (sin x2)) + 2x2 . /nx (c
o t x2) - In (sin x2)] 'l xln x Q.3 Domain of f (x) = R - ( - 2, 0}; Range off(x
)= R - { - 1/2,1} ; ^ [ f ( x ) ] = Q.5 (a) A; (b) a = 1 (1 Jx)2 Domain of f" 1
(x) = R - { - 1/2, 1} Q.4 (a) B Q.6 (a) C;(b)B; (c)g'(0) = 0 Q.7 C <Bansal Classe
s M.O.D. andL'HospitalRule [12]
| BAN SAL CLASSES ^ TARGET IIT JEE 2007 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY XII & XIII FINAL PRA
CTICE PROBLEMS FOR IIT JEE-2007 (With Answers) ALL THE BEST FOR JEE - 2 0 0 7
Q. 1 Q.2 Wave number of the second line of Paschen series of hydrogen atom is (R
H = 10970 0 cm ! ) (A) 18750 A (B) 3452 A (C) 7801 A (D) 1542656 A Radiation cor
responding to the transition n = 4 to n = 2 in hydrogen atoms falls on a certain
metal (wo rk function = 2.0 eY). The maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectro
ns will be (A) 0.55 eV (B) 2.55 eV (C) 4.45 eY (D) none The maximum number of el
ectrons in a subshell having the same value of spin quantum number is given by (
A) 1 + 2 (B ) 21 + 1 (C) 2(2/+1) (D) None 1 When a graph is plotted with log (Ke
q) v/s , then intercept on log (Keq) axis will be AH ( A )2.303R T^T AH0 v B)-TTT^
r ( 7 2.303R T AS (Q R ASo v(D) ' 2.303R Q.3 Q.4 Q.5 For the synthesis of NH3 from
the Haber process starting with stoichiometric amo unt of N2 and H2, the attain
ment of equilibrium is predicted by which curve: N2( g) + 3H2(g) >2NH,(g) t: (A)
Q.6 I)' Nil, t; ' H n NH3 -NI I, (D)L (C)lN ft 2 -H, N 2 The reaction A(g) + B(
g) ^ C(g) + D(g) is elementry 2nd order reaction opposed b y elementry second or
der reaction. When started with equimolar amounts of A and R, at equilibrium, it
is found that the conc. of Ais twice that of C. Specific r ate for forward reac
tion is 2 x 10"3 mol 1 Lsec ! . The specific rate constant f or backward reactio
n is (A) 5.0 x 10"4 M"1 sec"1 (B) 8 x 10"3 M"1 sec"1 (C) 1.5 x 102 M 1 sec"! (D)
none of these Question No. 7 to 8 ( 2 questions) A 0.5 L rea ction vessel which
is equipped with a movable piston is filled completely with a IM aqueous soluti
on of H 2 0 2 .The H 2 0 2 decomposes to H 2 0 and 0 2 (g) in a first order proc
ess with half life 10 hrs at 300 K. As gas decomposes, the pis ton moves up agai
nst constant external pressure of 750 mm Hg. Q.7 Q.8 What is the net work done b
y the gas from the start of sixth hour till the end o f 10 hrs? (A) 100 J (B) 12
0 J (C) 130 J (D) 150 J If AH for decomposition of H20 2(aq.) is X K J/mole, how
much heat has been exchanged with surrounding to maint
ain temperature at 300 K (in KJ) from the start of 6th hour till the end of 10th
hour. (A) -0.1035 X (B)-0.2070 X (C)-0.052 X (D) 0.026 X During study of a liqu
id phase reaction A (aq) > B (aq) + C (aq) the variation in concentration of B
w ith time is given t/min 0 10 20 30 oo conc. (B) mole/L 0 0.1 0.19 0.271 1 The
in itial rate of reaction was? (A) 1.76 x lo-4 M sec"1 (B) 2.76 x lO^M sec"1 1 (
C) 3.86 x iO^M sec(D) 2 xio^Msec- 1 Q.9 (feBansal Classes Problems for JEE-2007
[7 ]
Q.IO A catalyst increases the (A) rate of forward reaction only (B) free energy
chang e in the reaction (C) rates of both forward and reverse reactions (D) equi
libriu m constant of the reaction The conductance of a salt solution (AB) measur
ed by t wo parallel electrodes of area 100 cm2 separated by 10 cm was found to b
e 0.0001 Q _1 . If volume enclosed between two electrode contain 0.5 mole of sal
t, what is the molar X conductivity(Scm2mol_1) of salt at same conc. (A) 0.01 (B
) 0.02 X 5 10cm (C) 2 x 10" (D) none of these Q.ll Y400cm2 Q.12 Arrange the foll
owing electrolytes in the increasing order of coagulation power for the coagulat
ion of A S 2 S 3 solution. (I) Na 3 P0 4 (II) MgCl2 (III) A1C13 ( A ) I < II < I
II (B) III = II < I ( C ) I <111 < 1 1 (D) III < I < II If Pd v/ s P (where P de
notes pressure in atm and d denotes density in gm/L) is plotted f or H2 gas d (i
deal gas) at a particular temperature. If dP (Pd) (A) 40 K (B) 400 K 10, then th
e temperature will be (D) none Q.13 P=8.21atm (C) 20 K Q.14 A sample of phosphor
us that weighs 12.4 gm exerts a pressure 8 atm in a 0.821 li tre closed vessel a
t 527C. The molecular formula ofthe phosphorus vapour is (A)P 2 (B)P4 (C)P 6 (D)P
g For a gas deviation from ideal behaviour is maximum at (A) 0C and 1.0 atm (B)
100C and 2.0 atm (C) -10C and 1.0 atm (D) - 1 0 c a n d 4 0 a t m An ideal gaseous
mixture of ethane (C2H6) and ethene (C2H4) occupies 28 litre at STP. The mixtur
e reacts completely with 128 gm 0 2 to produce C0 2 and H2Q. Mole fraction at C2
H6 in the mixture is (A) 0.6 (B) 0.4 (C) 0.5 (D) 0.8 100 cm3 of a solution of an
acid (Molar mass = 82) containing 39 gm of the acid per litr e were completely
neutralized by 95.0 cm3 of aq. NaOH containing 20 gm of NaOH p er 500 cm3. The b
asicity of the acid is (D) data insufficient (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 SPM Study the fol
lowing figure and choose the correct options. i (A) There will be no net moment
of any substance across the membrane 0.2 M a q . ;0,15Maq. (B) CaCL will flow to
wards the NaCl solution. NaCl Solution I CaCl-, Solution (C) Na Cl will flow tow
ards the CaCl2 solution. (D) The osmotic pressure of 0.2 M NaCi is lower than th
e osmotic pressure of 0.15 M CaCl2, assuming complete dissociati on of electroly
te. Q.15 Q.16 Q.17 Q.18 ^
0,20 A3B2 is a sparingly soluble salt of molar mass M (g moH) and solubility x g
lit1. The ratio ofthe molar concentration of B3~ to the solubility product of t
he s alt is x5 1 M4 1 M4 Q.21 A 1 litre solution containing NH4C1 and NH4OH has
hydroxide ion concentration of 10~6 mol/lit. Which of the following hydroxides c
ould be precipitated when the solution is added to 1 litre solution of 0.1 M met
al ions i Ag(OH) (K sp = 5 x l Cr3) II Ca(OH)2 (K sp = 8 x l (r 6 ) 11 ffl Mg(OH
)2 (K sp = 3 x 1CT ) IV Fe(OH)2 (K sp = 8 x 10"16) (A) I, II, IV " (B) IV (C) II
I and IV (D) II, III, IV From s eparate solutions of four sodium salts NaW, NaX,
NaY and NaZ had pH 7.0, 9.0, 10 .0 and 11.0 respectively. When each solution wa
s 0.1 M, the strongest acid is: ( A) HW (B) HX (C) HY (D) HZ AG for the conversi
on of 2 mol of C6H6(f) at 80C (norm al boiling point) to vapour at the same tempe
rature and a pressure of 0.2 atm is (A) -9.44 Kcal/mol (B) -2.27 Kcal/nioi (C) 1.135 Kcal/moi (D) zero A certain i deal gas has C v m = a + bT, where a = 25.0
J/(mol. K) and b = 0.03 J (mol.K2), Let 2 mole of this gas go from 300 K and 2.0
litre volume to 600 K and 4.0 litre . AS,,.,. is gdS (A) 32.08 J/K (B)-1-2 08 J
/K (C) 64.17 J/K (D) None What is ArG (KJ/mole) for synthesis of ammonia at 298
K at following sets of partial pressu re: N2(g) + 3H2(g) ^ 2NH 3 (g); ArG = -33 K
J/mole. [Take R = 8.3 J/K mole, log2 = 0.3; log3 = 0.48] Gas Pressure (atm) N2 1
H, 3 NH3 0.02 Q.22 Q.23 Q.24 Q.25 Q.26 (A)+ 6.5 (B) - 6.5 (C) + 60.5 (D)-60.5 G
ive the correct order of initials T (tru e) or F (false) for following statement
s. (I) Two electrons in the same atom can have the same set of three quantum num
bers (II) The lowest energy configuration for an atom with electrons in a set of
degenerate orbital s is that having the maximum number of unpaired electrons wi
th the same spin. (III) (IV) The value of (PV) / (RT) at critical state is 0.325
Tr 8 The ratio of Critical Constants -- is p Rxb r c (A) TTFF (B) FTFT (C)FFTT Q
. 27 (D) TTTF Give the correct order of initials T (true) or F (false) for follo
wing statement s. (i) The ratio of the radii of the first three Bohr orbit of hy
drogen atom is 1 : 8 : 27 (ii) (iii) (iv) A m (molar conductivity) for a strong
electrolyte decreases as the electrolyte con centraton increases. The frequency
of a green light is 6 x io 14 Hz, then its wa velength is 500 nm The mass of an
equivalent of H 3 P0 4 when it combines with NaOH using the equat ion H3PG4 + 2N
aOH > Na2HP04 + 2H 2 0 is 49 g. ( A)FFTT (B) FTFT * (C) TFTF (D)FT TT
Q.28 Give the correct order of initials T (true) or F (false) for following stat
ement s I. An azeotropic solution of two liquids has a boiling point lower then
either of them when it shows negative deviation from Raoult's Law. II. The fract
ion of volume occupied by atoms in a body centered cubic unit cell is 0.74. III.
In th e face-centered cubic unit cell of closest packed atoms, the radius of at
oms in terms V'3a of edge length (a) of unit cell is IV. If the anions (Y) form h
exagona l closest packing and cations (X) occupy only 2/3 octahedral voids in it
, then t he general formula of the compound is X0Y3(present in 2 : 3). (A)FFFT (
B)FFTT (C ) TFFT ' (D) TTFF Q.29 Which of the following statement(s) is/are corr
ect: Statement (a) : For the reac tion Br, + QH~ > B r + BrOT + H2G, The equival
ent weight of 3M Br2 is - y where M = Molecular weight. Statement (b) : For an a
queous solutio n to be neutral it must have pH = 7 Statement (c) : For the react
ion 1 1 N2 + NO equilibrium constant is KL and 2NO ^ N 2 + (X equilibrium consta
nt is K2 then K2. KL = 1 Statement (d) : If the partial orders are equal to corr
esponding coefficients in the balanced reac tion, the reaction must be elementar
y (simple) (A) Statement a (B) Statement b, d (C) Statement a. b, d (D) All Q.30
Give the correct order of initials T (true) or F (false) for following statemen
ts. I. If the equilibrium constants for the reaction Br, ^ 2Br at 500 K and 700
K are 10"10 and 10~5 respectively, then reac tion is exothermic. II. When a solu
tion prepared by mixing 90 ml of HQ solution (pH = 3), 10 mi solution of NaOH (p
H = 11) and 60 ml water will be 3.1. III. IV. In the nuclear reaction p 5 U 7 Pb
. the total number of a and (3 particles lost would bell. An aqueous solution of
an alcohol (B P 56C) in water (B.P. 100C) has vapour pressure more than that of w
ater. (A)TFTT (B)FFFT (C) FFTF (D)FFTT (feBansal Classes Problems for JEE-2007 [
7 ]
Q.12 Sol. Q.13 Sol. As2S3 is negativley charged sol., so coagulation power Al3+
> Mg 2+ > Na+ A PM = dRt f M \ V RT J T = 40 K Q.14 Q.15 Q.16 Sol. d(Pd) _ 2PM d
P ~ RT 10 2x8.21x2 0.0821xT = 10 B D B C2H6 + 3.5 0 2 -> 2C0 2 + 3H 2 0 ; C2H4 +
3 0 , -> 2C0 2 + 21^0 Let vol. o f ethane is x 22.4 x 4 = 3.5 x + 3 ( 2 8 - x )
89.6 = 3.5 x + 84 - 3x x = 11.2 l itrE at const. T & PV a n Mole fraction of C
2 H 6 in mixture 11.2 28 xlOO = 0.4 Q.17 Sol. B meq" + acid = meqn of base Acid:
3.9 gm acid present in 100 cm3 Base: 20 gm Na OH present in 500 cm3 NIV,=N 2 V
2 39 () J In f 20 x 1000 = 95 x I xlOO V40500 n=2 Q.18 Sol. D 7tj = ij x CjRT ; 7
t2 = i2 x C2RT = 2 x 0.2RT; =3xO."l5RT h<n2 D [only solvent (H 2 0) molecules ca
n passed through SPM] Q.19 Sol. Ag 2 Cr0 4 (s) ^ 2Ag+ (aq) + CrO 2 " (aq) 2x + 2
y + x y Ag 2 C 2 0 4 (s) ^ 2Ag (aq) + C 2 0 2 - (aq) 2y + 2x K sp, x 2x10" x = = _ ;t=> - =0.1 K so y 2xl0 y 2 x 10"11 = (2x + 2y)2.y = (2.2y)2.y 2 x 10~n = 4.
84 y3 y = 1.6 x 10"4 x = 0.16 x 10"14 Total (Ag+) = 2x + 2y = (2 x 0.16 + 2 x 1.
6) x 10^ = 3.52 x 10"4
1 Q.> Q.2 S BANSAL CLASSES Target IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS Daily Practice Proble
ms CLASS : XII (ABCD) DPP ON PROBABILITY DPR NO.- 1 st After 1 Lecture 100 cards
are numbered from 1 t o 100. The probability that the randomly chosen card has
a digit 5 is: (A) 0.01 (B) 0.09 (P^0.19 (D) 0.18 A quadratic equation is chosen
from the set of all the quadratic equations which are unchanged by squaring thei
r roots. The chance that the chosen equation has equal roots, is: (A) 1/2 (B) 1/
3 (C) 1/4 (D) 2/3 Q.3 i If the letters ofthe word "MISSISSIPPI" are written down
at random in a row, the probability that no two S's occur together is : (A) 1/3
(B) 7/33 (C) 6/13 (D) 5 /7 A sample space consists of 3 sample points with assoc
iated probabilities give n as 2p, p 2 ,4p - 1 then (A)p=VU-3 (B)VT0-3 (C) 1/4<p
< 1/2 (D)none Q.4 Q.5 A committee of 5 is to be chosen from a group of 9 people.
The probability that a certain married couple will either serve together or not
at all is: (A) 1/2 (B ) 5/9 (C) 4/9 (D) 2/3 Qj) There are only two women among
20 persons taking part in a pleasure trip. The 20 persons are divided into two g
roups, each group consisting of 10 persons. Then the probability that the two wo
men wi 1 be 1 in the same group is: (A) 9/19 (B) 9/38 (C) 9/35 (D) none Q.7 A ba
g contain 5 white, 7 black, and 4 red balls, find the chance that three ball s d
rawn at random are all white. Q. 8 If four coins are tossed, find the chance tha
t there should be two heads and two tails. Q.9 Thirteen persons take their place
s at a round table, show that it is five to one against two particular persons s
itting together. Q.10 In shuffling a pack of cards, four are accidentally droppe
d,findthe chance that the missing cards should be one from each suit.
Q.ll A has 3 shares in a lottery containing 3 prizes and 9 blanks, B has 2 share
s in a lottery containing 2 prizes ancl|6 blanks. Compare their chances of succe
ss. Q.12 There are three works, one consisting of 3 volumes, one of 4 and the ot
lrer of o ne volume. They are placed 3 on a shelf at random, prove that the chan
ce that vo lumes of the same works are all together is l . <ii Q.13 Q.14 The let
ter forming the word Clifton are placed at random in a row. What is the c hance
that the two vowels come together? Three bolts and three nuts are put in a box.
If two parts are chosen at random, find the probability that one is a bolt and o
ne is a nut. Q.15 There are 'm' rupees and 'n ten nP s, placed at random in a li
ne. Find the chanc e of the extreme coins being both ten nP's. Q.16 Q.17 A fair
die is tossed. If the number is odd, find the probability that it is prim e. Thr
ee fair coins are tossed. If both heads and tails appear, determine the pr obabi
lity that exactly one head appears. Q.18 3 boys and 3 girls sit in a row. Find t
he probability that (i) the 3 girls sit t ogether, (ii) the boys are girls sit i
n alternative seats. Q.19 A coin is biased so that heads is three times as likel
y to appear as tails. Find P (H) and P (T). Q.20 In a hand at "whist" what is th
e chance that the 4 kings are held by a specified player? 'f I I
^ Bansal Classes 13 1]
Q.ll 6 married couples are standing in a room. If 4 people are chosen at random,
then the chancc thai exactly one married couple is among the 4 is : (A) 55 16 (
B) 55 8 (C) 55 17 (D) 24 55 Q.12 The chance that a 13 card combination from a pa
ck of 52 playing cards is dealt t o a player in a game of bridge, in which 9 car
ds are of the same suit, is 13 a . i3p ,39 r /ii. 13 r - 3 9 r r -39r (A) 117; (
B) 52^ (C) JT^ (D) none 13 13 13 Q.13 If two of the 64 squares are chosen at ran
dom on a chess board, the probability that they have a side in common is: (A) 1/
9 (B) 1/18 (C) 2/7 * (D) none Two red counters, three green counters and 4 blue
counters are placed in a row in random order. The probability that no two blue c
ounters are adjacent is 1 7 5 ' (A) (B ) (C) (D) none The probabilities that a stu
dent will receive A, B, C or D grade ar e 0.40,0.35,0.15 and 0.10 respectively.
Find the probability that a student will receive (ilj not an A grade (ii) B or C
grade (iii) at most C grade In a single throw of three dice, determine the prob
ability ofgetting (i) a total of 5 (ii)a totalofatmost5 (iii) a total ofat least
5. A die is thrown once. If E is the eve nt "the number appearing is a multiple
of 3" and F is the event "the number appe aring is even",findthe probability of
the event "E and F". Are the events E and F independent? In the two dice experi
ment, if E is the event of getting the sum of number on dice as 11 and F is the
event Qj|"getting a number other than 5 on the first die, find P (E and F). Are
E and F independent events? A natural numbe r x is randomly selected from the se
t of first 100 natural numbers. Find the pro bability 100 that it satisfies the
inequality. x+ >50 x Q.14 tnf P^" ' Q.15 Q.16 Q.17 Q.18 Q.19 Q.20 Q.21 ^ Q.22 Q.
23 3 students A and B and C are in a swimming race. A and B have the same probab
ili ty of winning and each is twice as likely to win as C. Find the probability
that B or C wins. Assume no two reach the winning point simultaneously. A box co
ntai ns 7 tickets, numbered from 1 to 7 inclusive. If 3 tickets are drawn from t
he bo
x, one at a time, determine the probability that they are alternatively either o
dd-even-odd or even-odd-even. 5 different marbles are placed in 5 different box
e s randomly. Find the probability that exactly two boxes remain empty. Given ea
ch box can hold any number of marbles. South African cricket captain lost the to
ss of a coin 13 times out of 14. The chance of this happening was 7 (A)^I 1 (B)^
]j 13 (C)^4 13 (D)^y Q.24 There are ten prizes, five A's, three B's and two C's,
placed in identical seale d envelopes for the top ten contestants in a mathemat
ics contest. The prizes are awarded by allowing winners to select an envelope at
randomfromthose remaining. ; When the 8th contestant goes to select the prize,
the probability that the rem aining three prizes are one A, one B and one C, is
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/3 (C) 1/12 (D) 1/10 (i Bansal Classes [4]
I5 BAN SAL CLASSES t a r g e t IIT JEE 2 0 0 7 CLASS: XII (ABCD) Q.l rd MATHEMAT
ICS Daily Practice Problems DPR NO.- 3 DPP ON PROBABILITY After 3 Lecture Whenev
er horses a, b, c race together, their respective probabil ities of winning the
race are 0.3,0.5 and 0.2 respectively. If they race three t imes the probability
that "the same horse wins all the three races" and the prob ablity that a, b, c
each wins one race, are respectively (A) 9_ 50 50 (B) 16 100' 100 (C) 12 15 50
' 50 (D) 10 _8_ 50 50 Q.2 Let A & B be two events. Suppose P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = p
& P(A u B) = 0.7. The valu e of p for which A & B are independent is : (A) 1/3 (
B) 1/4 (C) 1/2 (D) 1/5 A & B are two independent events such that P (A ) = 0.7,
P (B ) = a & P(A u B ) = 0. 8, then, a = (A) 5/7 (B) 2/7 (C) 1 (D) none A pair o
f numbers is picked up rando mly (without replacement) from the set {1,2,3,5,7,1
1.12,13,17,19}. The probabili ty that the number 11 was picked given that the su
m of the numbers was even, is nearly: T2"/?^ (A) 0.1 (B) 0.125 (C) 0.24 f (D) 0.
18 A 3 For a biased die the pr obabilities for the diffferent faces to turn up a
re given below: Faces: 1 2 3 4 5 6 Probabilities: 0.10 0.32 0.21 j 0.15 0.05 0.1
7 The die is tossed & you are t old that either face one or face two has turned
up. Then the probability that it is face one is: (A) 1/6 (B) 1/10 (C) 5/49 (D) 5
/21 A determinant is chosen at r andom from the set of all determinants of order
2 with elements 0 or 1 only. The probability that the determinant chosen has th
e value non negative is : (A) 3/1 6 (B) 6/16 (C) 10/16 (D) 13/16 Q.3 Q.4 Q.5
Q.7 r 15 coupons are numbered 1,2,3, ,15 respectively. 7 coupons are selected at
rando m one at atime with replacement. The probability that the largest number
appeari ng on a selected coupon is 9 is: f9y (A) 16., (B) V15y (C) (D) 97-87 15'
Q.8 Q.9 A card is drawn & replaced in an ordinary pack of 52 playing cards. Min
imum numb er of times must a card be drawn so that there is atleast an even chan
ce of draw ing a heart, is (A) 2 , (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) more than four ^s. r An elect
rical syste m has open-closed switches S,, S2 and S3 as shown. S 3 The switches
operate independently of one another and the current will flow from A to B eithe
r if S, is 1 closed or if both S, and S3 are closed. If P(S,) = P(S 2) = P(S3) =
, find the probability that the circuit will work. (i Bansal Classes [5]
Q.IO (i) (ii) Q.ll Q.12 A certain team wins with probability 0.7, loses with pro
bability 0.2 and ties wi th probability 0.1. The team plays three games. Find th
e probability V 3 ( ( o 1 ) l C o * 0 / ' c t^ "S that the team wins at least tw
o of the games, but los e none, that the team wins at least one game. ! 0') j V
An integer is chosen at randomfromthe first 200 positive integers. Find the prob
ability that the integer is divisible by 6 or 8. A clerk was asked to mail four
report cards to four stu dents. He addresses four envelops that unfortunately pa
id no attention to which report card be put in which envelope. What is the proba
bility that exactly one o fthe students received his (or her) own card? What is
the probability that in a group of (i) 2 people, both will have the same date of
birth. (ii) 3 people, at least 2 will have the same date of birth. Assume the y
ear to be ordinarry consis ting of365 days. 11 Q 13 Find the probability of at m
ost two tails or at least two heads in a toss o f three coins. Q.14 Ql 15 The pr
obability that a person will get an electric contract is and the pro bability th
at he will not get 4 2 plumbing contract is . If the probability of ge tting at l
east one contract is , what is the probability that he will get both ? ive horses
compete in a race. John picks two horses at random and bets on them. Find the p
robability that John picked the winner. Assume dead heal. Q.17 Two cub es have t
heir faces painted either red or blue. The first cube has five red face s and on
e blue face. When the two cubes are rolled simultaneously, the probabili ty that
the two top faces show the same colour is 1/2. Number of red faces on th e seco
nd cube, is (A)l (B)2 (C) 3 (D)4 AH and W appear for an interview for two vaccan
cies for the same post. P(H)= 1/7; P(W) = 1/5. Find the probability ofthe events
(a) Both are selected (b) only one of them is selected (c) none is select ed. A
bag contains 6R, 4W and 8B balls. If 3 balls are drawn at random determine the
probability of the event (a) all 3 are red; (b) all 3 are black; (c) 2 are white
and 1 is red; (d) at least 1 is red; (e) 1 of each colour are drawn (f) th e ba
lls are drawn in the order of red, white, blue. The'l^dds that a book will b e f
avourably reviewed by three independent critics are 5 to 2,4 to 3, and 3 to 4 re
spectively. What is the probability that of the three reviews a majority will be
favourable? In a purse are 10 coins, all five nP's except one which is a rup ee
, in another are ten coins all five nP's. Nine coins are takenfromthe former p u
rse and put into the latter, and then nine coins are takenfromthe latter and pu
t into the former. Find the chance that the rupee is still in the first purse. Q
.22 Q.23 \ Q.18 Q.19 A, B, C in order cut a pack of cards, replacing them after
each cut, on conditio n that the first who cuts a spade shall win a prize. Find
their respective chanc es, 'if A and B in order drawfroma purse containing 3 ru
pees and 4 nP's, find th eir respective chances of first drawing a rupee, the co
ins once drawn not being replaced. | ' ^ Bansal Classes 113]
Q.7 An unbaised cubic die marked with 1,2,2,3,3,3 is rolled 3 times. The probabi
lity of getting a total score of 4 or 6 is 50 60 16 (D)none (C) (B) (A) 216 216
216 lA bag contains 3 R & 3 G balls and a person draws out 3 at random. He then
drop s 3 blue balls into the bag & again draws out 3 at random. The chance that
the 3 later balls being all of different colours is (A) 15% (B) 20% (C) 27% (D)4
0% A biased coin with probability P, 0 < P < 1, of heads is tossed until a head
appea rs for thefirsttime. Ifthe probability that the number of tosses required
is eve n is 2/5 then the value of P is (A) 1/4 (B) 1/6 (C) 1/3 (D) 1/2 % If a, b
e N th en the probability that a2 + b2 is divisible by 5 is (A) 25 (B) Q.8 Q.9
Q.10 7 18 11 17 Q.ll In an examination, one hundred candidates took paper in Phy
sics and Chemistry. T wentyfivecandidates I failed in Physics only. Twenty candi
dates failed in chemis try only. Fifteen failed in both Physics and Chemistry. A
candidate is selected at random. The probability that he failed either in Physi
cs or in Chemistry but not in both is (A) 20 3 (B)7 (Q2 (D) U_ 20 Q.12 Q.13 In a
certain game A's skill is to be B's as 3 to 2,findthe chance of A winning 3 gam
es at least out of 5. In each ofa set of games it is 2 to 1 in favour of the win
ner of the previous game.What is the chance that the player who wins thefirs tga
me shall wins three at least of the next four? K W Q.14 A coin is tossed n times
, what is the chance that the head will present its elf an odd number of times'?
hn') f Q.15 Afairdieistossedrepeatidly.Awinsifitis 1 or 2 on two consecutive to
sses and B wins ifit is 3, 4, 5 or 6 on two consecut ive tosses. The probability
that A wins if the die is tossed indefinitely, is (A
) Q.16 Q.17 (a) (b) 1 <B> <c>i 2 CD) 5 Counters marked 1,2,3 are placed in a bag,
and one is withdrawn and replaced. Th e operation being repeated three times, w
hat is the chance of obtaining a total of 6? A normal coin is continued tossing
unless a head is obtained for thefirstt ime. Find the probability that number of
tosses needed are at most 3. number of tosses are even. < Bansal Classes 18] mm
M R i
Q.18 A purse contains 2 six sided dice. One is a normal fair die, while the othe
r has 2 ones, 2 threes, and 2 fives. Adie is picked up and rolled. Because of so
me se cret magnetic attraction ofthe unfair die, there is 75% chance of picking
the un fair die and a 25% chance of picking a fair die. The die is rolled and sh
ows up the face 3. The probability that a fair die was picked up, 1 (D) (A) 7 (B
) \ (C) -6 24 Before a race the chance of three runners, A, B, C were estimated
to be p roportional to 5,3,2, but during the race A meets with an accident which
reduces nis chance to 1/3. What are the respective chance of B and C now? Q.19
^ Q.20 A fair coin is tossed a large number of times. Assuming the tosses are in
de pendent which one ofthe following statement, is True? (A) Once the number of
fli ps is large enough, the number of heads will always be exactly half of the t
otal number of tosses. For example, after 10,000 tosses one should have exactly
5,00 0 heads. (B) The proportion of heads will be about 1/2 and this proportion
will tend to get closer to 1/2 as the number of tosses inreases (C) As the numbe
r of tosses increases, any long run of heads will be balanced by a corresponding
run of tails so that the overall proportion of heads is exactly 1/2 (D) All oft
he ab ove Q.21 A and B each throw simultaneously a pair of dice. Find the probab
ility that they obtain the same score. Q.22 A is one of the 6 horses entered for
a race, and is to be ridden by one of two jockeys B or C. It is 2 to 1 that B r
ides A, in which case all the horses ar e equally likely to win; if C rides A, h
is chance is trebled, what are the odds against his winning? i Direction for Q.2
3 to Q.25 Let S and T are two events def ined on a sample space with probabiliti
es P(S) = 0.5, P(T) = 0.69, P(S/T) = 0.5 Q.23 Events S and T are: (A) mutually e
xclusive (C) mutually exclusive and indep endent The value of P(S and T) (A) 0.3
450 (B) 0.2500 (B) independent (D) neither mutually exclusive nor independent (C
) 0.6900 (D) 0.350 Q.24 Qr25 The value of P(S or T) (A) 0.6900 (B) 1.19 I ' f I (
C) 0.8450 (D)0 ^ Bansal Classes 113]
J a BANSAL CLASJSES Target IIT J E 2007 E CLASS: XII (ABCD) Q. 1 MATHEMATICS Dai
ly Practice Problems DPP ON PROBABILITY DPP. NO.- 5 th After 5 Lecture The first
12 letters ofthe eng lish alphabets are written down at random. The probability
that there are 4 lett ers between A & B is : (A) 7/33 (B) 12/33 (C) 14/33 (D) 7
/66 Events A and C are independent. If the probabilities relating A, B and C are
P (A) = 1/5; P (B) = 1 /6 ; P (A n C) = 1/20 ; P (B u|C) = 3/8 then (A) events
B and C are independent (B) events B and C are mutually exclusive (C) events B a
nd C are neither indepen dent nor mutually exclusive (D) events B and C are equi
probable Assume that the birth of a boy or girl to a couple to be equally likely
, mutually exclusive, exh austive and independent of the other children in the f
amily. For a couple having 6 children, the probability that their "three oldest
are boys" is 20 Q.2 Q. 3 *>64 Q.4 (B) 64 (C) 2 64 (D) 64 A and B play a game. A
is to throw a die first, and is to win if he throws 6, If he fails B is to throw
, and to win if he throws 6 or 5. If he fails, A is to th row again and to win w
ith 6 or 5 or 4, and so on,findthe chance of each player. Box A contains 3 red a
nd 2 blue marbles while box B contains 2 red and 8 blue ma rbles. A fair coin is
tessed. If the coin turns up heads, a marble is drawnfromA , if it turns up tai
ls, a marble is drawn from bag B. The probability that a red marble is chosen, i
s (A) (B)Q. 5 2 (C)3 (D) 1 Q.6 A examination consists of 8 questions in each of
which one of the 5 alternatives
is die correct one. On the assumption that a candidate who has done no preparat
ory work chooses for each question any one of thefivealternatives with equal pro
bability, the probability that he gets more than one correct answer is equal to
: (A) (0.8)8 (B) 3 (0.8)8 (C) 1 - (0.8)8 (D) 1 - 3 (0.8)8 The germination of see
d s is estimated by a probability of 0.6. The probability that out of 11 sown se
ed s exactly 5 or 6 will spring is: (A) C5. 6 510 (B) Q. 7 'C 6 (3 5 2 5 ) (C) n
c 5 V6 (D) none of these Q. 8 The probability of obtaining more tails than head
s in 6 tosses of a fair coins i s: (A) 2/64 (B) 22/64 (C) 21/64 . (D) none ^ Ban
sal Classes 113]
Q.9 An instrument consists of two units. Each unit must function for the instrum
ent to operate. The reliability of thefirstunit is 0.9 & that of the second unit
is 0.8. The instrument is tested & fails. The probability that "only thefirstun
it f ailed & the second unit is sound" is: j (A) 1/7 (B) 2/7 (C) 3/7 (D) 4/7 Lot
Aeons istsof3G and 2D articles. Lot B consists of4G and ID article. A new lot C
is for med by taking 3 articles from A and 2 from B. The probability that an art
icle ch osen at random from C is defective, is (A) 1 (B) 1 Q.10 (C) 25 (D)none Q
.ll A die is weighted so that the probability of different faces to turn up is a
s gi ven: Number Probability 1 0.2 2 0.1 3 0.1 4 0.3 5 0.1 . 6 0.2 If P (A / B)
= pj and P (B / C) = p2 and P (C / A) = p3 then the values of pj, p 2, p3 respec
tively are Take the events A, B & C as A= {1,2, 3}, B = {2, 3, 5} an d C = {2,4,
6} (A) Q.12 3 4 3' 6 (C) 3' 6 (D) 2 M 3' 6' 4 If mn coins have been distributed
into m purses, n into each find (1) the' chanc e that two specified coins will
be found in the same purse, and (2) what the cha nce becomes when r purses have
been examined and found not to contain either of the specified coins. Q.13 A box
has four dice in it. Three of them are fair dice but the fourth one h as the nu
mberfiveon all of its faces. A die is chosen at random from the box and is rolle
d three times and shows up the facefiveon all the three occassions. The chance t
hat the die chosen was a rigged die, is (A) 216 217 (B) 215 219
(C) 216 219 (D)none Q.14 On a Saturday night 20% of all drivers in U.S.A. are un
der the influence of alco hol. The probability that a driver under the influence
of alcohol will have an a ccident is 0.001. The probability that a sober driver
will have an accident is 0 .0001. If a car on a Saturday night smashed into a t
ree, the probability that th e driver was under the influence of alcohol, is (A)
3/7 (B)4/7 (C) 5/7 (D) 6/7 ; J Direction for Q.15 to Q.17 (3 Questions) A JEE a
spirant estimates that she will be successful with an 80 percent chance i f she
studies 10 hours per day, with a 60 percent cTiance if she studies 7 hours per d
ay and with a 40 percent chance if she studies 4 hours per day. She furthe r bel
ieves that she will study 10 hours, 7 hours and 4 hours per day with probab ilit
ies 0.1,0.2 and 0.7, respectively Q.15 The chance she will be successful, is (A)
0.28 (B) 0.38 (C) 0.48 (D) 0.58 (! Bansal Classes
Q.16 Given that she is successful, the chance she studied for 4 hours, is (A)6 (
C) 12 (D) 12 Q.17 Given that she does not achieve success, the chance she studie
d for 4 hour, is 2 1_ 20 19 (D) (A) ii (C) (B) 26 26 26 26 There are four balls
in a bag, but it is not known of what colour they are; one ball is drawn at rand
om and found to be white. Find the charlce that all the balls are white. Assume
all number of white ball in the bag to be equally likely. Q.18 Q.19 A letter is
known to have come eitherfromLondon or Clifton. On the postmark only the two con
secutive letters ON are legible. What is the chance that it camefrom London? -fu
pp Ajt^e / too *** qH Q.20 A purse contains n coins of unknown value, a coin dra
wn at random is found to be a rupee, what is the chance that is it th e only rup
ee hi the purse? Assume all numbers of rupee coins in the purse is equ ally like
ly. Q.21 One of a pack of 52 cards has been lost, from the remainder of the pack
two cards are drawn and are 'found to be spades, find the chance that the missi
ng card is a spade. Q. 2 2 A, B are two inaccurate arithmeticians whose chance o
f solving a given qu estion correctly are (1/8) and (1/12) respectively. They so
lve a problem and obt ained the same result. If it is 1000 to 1 against their ma
king the same mistake, find the chance that the result is correct. Q.23 (a) (b)
(c) (d) (e) (f) We con duct an experiment where we roll a die 5 times. The order
in which the number re ad out is important. What is the total number of possibl
e outcomes of this exper iment? What is the probability that exactly 3 times a "
2" appears in the sequenc e (say event E)? What is the probability that the face
2 appears at least twice (say event F)? Which of the following are true : E c F
, F c E ? Compute the pro babilities : P(E n F), P(E/F), P(F/E) |( Are the even
ts E and F independent? 7> (! Bansal Classes [121
BANSAL CLASSES T a r g e t I1T JEE 2 0 0 7 CLASS: XII (ABCD) Q.l MATHEMATICS Dai
ly Practice Problems DPP. NO.- 6 DPP O N PROBABILITY A f t e r 6th L e c t u r e
A bowl has 6 red marbles and 3 green marbles. The pr obability that a blind fol
ded person will draw a red marble on the second draw f rom the bowl without repl
acing the marblefromthefirstdraw, is (A) (B) i (C) 1 (D) 8 Q.2 5 out of 6 person
s who usually work in an office prefer coffee in the mid mornin g, the other alw
ays drink tea. This morning of the usual 6, only 3 are present. The probability
that one of them drinks tea is: (A) 1/2 (B) 1/12 (C) 25/72 (D) 5 /72 Pal's gardn
er is not dependable, the probability that he will forget to wate r therosebushi
s2/3.The rose bush is in questionable condition. Any how if watere d, the probab
ility of its withering is 1/2 & if not watered then the probability of its withe
ring is 3/4. Pal went out of station & after returning he finds tha t rose bush
has withered. What is the probability that the gardner did not water the rose bu
sh. The probability that a radar will detect an object in one cycle is p. The pr
obability that the object will be detected in n cycles is: (A) 1 - p " (B) 1 - (
1 - p)" (C) p" (D) p(l - p)""1 Nine cards are labelled 0,1,2,3,4, 5,6 ,7,8. Two
cards are drawn at random and put on atable in a successive order, and then the
resulting number is read, say, 07 (seven), 14 (fourteen) and so on. Th e probabi
lity that the number is even, is (A) (B) Q.3 Q.4 Q.5 (C)j (D) Q. 6 Two A: rst )=
^ cards are drawn from a well shuffled pack of 52 playihg cards one by one. If t
he event that the second card drawn is an ace and B : the event that the fi card
drawn is an ace card, then which of the following is true? (A)P(A)=~P(B (C) P (
A) = ; P (B) = ~ (l-2p)
& (B) P (A) (D) P (A); ; P (B) = ^ 16 221 _ 4 "?I ; P ( B ) (l + 3p) (1-p) Q.7 I
f > ~ are the probabilities of three mutually exclusive events defined on a samp
le space S, then the true set of all values of p is 1 I (A) 3' 2 (B) (C) 4 ' 3 ,
1 (D) 4' 2 <!Bansal Classes Probability [43
Q.8 A lot contains 5 0 defective & 50 non defective bulbs. Two bulbs are drawn a
t ra ndom, one at a time, _ It with replacement. The events A, B, C are defined
as : jp 1 A= {the first bulb is defective}; B = { the second bulb is non defecti
ve} C = {the two bulbs are both defective or both non defective} Determine wheth
er (i ) A,B,C are pair wise independent (ii) A,B,C are independent An Urn contai
ns'm' white and 'n' black balls. All the balls except for one ball, are drawn fr
om it. The probability that the last ball remaining in the Urn is white, is < f
i (A) m m+ n (B) n m+n 1 (C) (m + n)! mn (D) (m + n)! Q Q.9 Q, 10 A Urn contains
'm' white and 'n' black balls. Balls are drawn one by one ti ll all the balls ar
e drawn. Probability that the second drawn ball is white, is (A) m m+ n n(m + n
- l ) (B) (m + n)(m + n -1) mn (D) (m + n)(m + n -1) m(m-l) (C) (m + n)(m + n l ) Q.ll Mr. Dupont is a professional wine taster. When given a French wine, he
will iden tify it with probability 0.9 correctly as French, and will mistake it
for a Cali fornian wine with probability 0.1. When given a Californian wine, he
will identi fy it with probability 0.8 correctly as Californian, and will mistak
e it for a F rench wine with probability 0.2. Suppose that Mr. Dupont is given t
en unlabelled glasses of wine, three with French and seven with Californian wine
s. He randoml y picks a glass, tries the wine, and solemnly says: "French". The
probability th at the wine he tasted was Californian, is nearly equal to (A) 0.1
4 (B) 0.24 (C) 0.34 (D)0.44 Q.12 Let A, B & C be 3 arbitrary events defined on a
sample space'S' and if, P(A ) + P(B) + P(C) = p,, P(A n B) + P(B n C) + P(C n A
) = p2 & P(A n B n C) = p3, t hen the probability that exactly one of the three
events occurs is given by: (A) p, - p2 + p3 (B) P l - p2 + 2p3 (C) p, - 2p2 + p3
(D) p, - 2p2 + 3p3 Q.13 Three numbers are chosen at random without replacement
from {1,2,3, the minimum ofthe chosen numbers is 3 or their maximum is 7 is (A)(
B) 1 (C) (D) ,10}. The probabi lity that _n 40 Q.14 A biased coin which comes up
heads three times as often as tails is tossed. If it shows heads, a chip is dra
wn from urn-I which contains 2 white chips and 5 red chips. If the coin comes up
tails, a chip is drawn from urn-II which conta ins 7 white and 4 red chips. Giv
en that a red chip was drawn, what is the probab ility that the coin came up hea
ds? Q.15 In a college, four percent of the men an d one percent of the women are
taller than 6 feet. Further 60 percent of the stu dents are women. If a randoml
y selected person is taller than 6 feet, find the p robability that the student
is a women. <!Bansal Classes Probability [1
Q.16 If at least one child in a family with 3 children is a boy then the probabi
lity that 2 ofthe children are boys, is 3 1 1 (D)? (C) (A) (B) The probabilities
of e vents, A n B, A, B & A u B are respectively in A.P. with probability of se
cond t erm equal to the common difference. Therefore the events Aand B are (A) c
ompatib le (B) independent (C) such that one of them must occur (D) such that on
e is twi ce as likely as the other From an urn containing six balls, 3 white and
3 black ones, a p erson selects at random an even number of balls (all the diff
erent way s of drawing an even number of balls are considered equally probable,
irrespecti ve of their number). Then the probability that there will be the same
number of black and white balls among them (A) (B) 11 Q.17 Q.18 15 (C) U_ 30 (D
) Q. 19 One purse contains 6 copper coins and 1 silver coin; a second purse cont
ai ns 4 copper coins. Five coins are drawn from thefirstpurse and put into the s
eco nd, and then 2 coins are drawnfromthe second and put into thefirst.The proba
bili ty that the silver coin is in the second purse is (A) Q.20 1 (B) (C) 5 9 (D
) 7 persons are stopped on the road at random and asked about their birthdays. I
ft he probability that 3 of K them are born on Wednesday, 2 on Thursday and the
rem aining 2 on Sunday is ^ , then K is equal to (A) 15 (B) 30 (C) 105 (D)210 Q.
21 Two buses A and B are scheduled to arrive at a town central bus station at no
on. The probability that bus A will be late is 1/5. The probability that bus B w
ill be late is 7/25. The probability that the bus B is late given that bus A is
lat e is 9/10. Then the probabilities (i) neither bus will be late on a particul
ar d ay and (ii) bus A is late given that bus B is late, are respectively (A) 2/
25 an d 12/28 (B) 18/25 and 22/28 (C) 7/10 and 18/28 (D) 12/25 and 2/28 A box co
ntains a normal coin and a doubly headed coin. A coin selected at random and tos
sed tw ice, fell headwise on both the occasions. The probability that the drawn
coin is a doubly headed coin is (A) (B) 8 Q.22 (C) 4 (D)? Q.23
Abox contains 5 red and 4 white marbles. Two marbles are drawn successively from
the box without replacement and the second drawn marble drawn is found to be wh
ite. Probability that thefirstmarble is also while is (A) (B)| (C) 1 Bansal Cla
sses [15]
r Q.24 A and s with the me. Marble ve chances B 3 & 2 2 3 < >5 5 1 1 <D)~&5
B in order draw a marble from bag containing 5 white and 1 red marble condition
that ' Q. whosoever draws the red marble first, wins the ga once drawn by them a
re not replaced into the bag. Then their respecti of winning are 2 1
In a maths paper there are 3 sections A, B & C. Section A is compulsory. Out of
sections B & C a student has to attempt any one. Passing in the paper means pass
ing in A & passing in B or C. The probability ofthe student passing in A, B & C
are p, q & 1/2 respectively. If the probability that the student is successful
i s 1/2 then: (A) p = q = l (B) p = q = 1 (C) p = l , q = 0 (D) p = l , q 1 Q.26
Abox contains 100 tickets numbered 1,2,3,.... ,100. Two tickets are chosen at r
andom. It is given that the maximum number on the two chosen tickets is not more
than 10. The minimum number on them is 5, 1 with probability (A) Q.27 1 (B) 2 1
1 (C) 3 19 (D)none Sixteen players Sj, s 2 , , s16 play in a tournament. They ar
e divided into eigh t pairs at random. From each pair a winner is decided on the
basis of a game pla yed between the two players of the pair. Assume l 'ir that
all the players are o f equal strength. The probability that "exactly one of the
two players s, & s2 i s among the eight winners" is (A)4 7 (B)(C) 8_ 15 (D)
15 Q.28 The number 'a' is randomly selected from the set {0,1,2,3, 98,99}. The n
umber 'b ' is selected a b from the same set. Probability that the number 3 + 7
has a dig it equal to 8 at the units place, is (A) 16 (C) 16 (D) 16 Q.29 We are
given two urns as follows: Urn Acontains 5 red marbles, 3 white marbles a nd 8 b
lue marbles. Urn B contains 3 red marbles and 5 white marbles A fair dice is tos
sed if 3 or 6 appears, a marble is chosenfromB, otherwise a marble is chos enfro
mA. Find the probability that (i) a red marble is chosen, (ii) a white marb le i
s chosen, (iii) a blue marble is chosen. (Use Tree Diagram) We are given two Urn
s as follows: Urn Acontains 5 red marbles, 3 white marbles. Urn B contains 1 red
marbles and 2 white marbles. A fair die is tossed, if a 3 or 6 appears, a m arb
le is drawn from B and put into A and then a marble is drawn from A; otherwis e,
a marble is drawnfromA and put into B and then a marble is drawn from B. (Use T
ree Diagram) (i) What is the probability that both marbles are red? (ii) What is
the probability that both marbles are white? Q.30 <!Bansal Classes Probability [
on that ed into Q.31 Two boys Aand B find the jumble of n ropes lying on thefloo
r.Each takes hold of one loose end. Ifthe 1 ] . probability that they are both h
olding the same rope is then the number of ropes is equal to 1u1 (B) 100 (D) 50
(A) 101 (C) 51 Direct ion for Q.32 to Q.35 (4 Questions) Read the passage given
below carefully before attempting these questions. A standard deck of playing ca
rds has 52 cards. Ther e are four suit (clubs, diamonds, hearts and spades), eac
h of which has thirteen numbered cards (2, ,9,10, Jack, Queen, King, Ace) In a g
ame of card, each card is worth an amount of points. Each numbered card is worth
its number (e.g. a 5 i s worth 5 points); the Jack, Queen and King are each wor
th 10 points; and the Ac e is either worth your choice of either 1 point or 11 p
oints. The object of the game is to have more points in your set of cards than y
our opponent without goin g over 21. Any set of cards with sum greater than 21 a
utomatically loses. Here's how the game played. You and your opponent are each d
ealt two cards. Usually th e first card for each player is dealt face down, and
the second.card for each pl ayer is dealt face up. After the initial cards are d
ealt, the first player has t he option of asking for another card or not taking
any cards. The first player c an keep asking for more cards until either he or s
he goes over 21, in which case the player loses, or stops at some number less th
an or equal to 21. When the fi rst player stops at some number less than or equa
l to 21, the second player then can take more cards until matching or exceeding
the first player's number witho ut going over 21, in which case the second playe
r wins, or until going over 21, in which case the first player wins. We are goin
g to simplify the game a little and assume that all cards are dealt face up, so
that all cards are visible. Assu me your opponent is dealt cards and plays first
. & Ca C. The tat the that m is 5. From sume s2 is Q.32 The chance that the seco
nd card will be a heart and a Jack, is (A) 52 (B) .-cted 13 52 (C) 17 52 (D) 52
Q. 3 3 The chance that the first card will be a heart or a Jack, is 13 (A) ^ Q.3
4 16 (B) n 17 CO 52 (D)none Given that the first card is a Jack, the chance tha
t it will be the heart, is (B) 4 li
:
a
e
,
o 5 Q.35 Your opponent is dealt a King and a 10, and you are dealt a Queen and
9. Being smart, your opponent does not take any more cards and stays at 20. Th
chance t hat you will win if you are allowed to take as many cards as you need
is ^ 97 5 64 ,(B) 25 282 (C) 15 188 (D)i i f>i > Bansal Classes [17]
Atari .awrv More than one alternative are correct: Q.3 6 If A& Bare two events s
uch that P(B)* 1,BC denotes the event complementry to B, then v > \ I j _ p(B)
Q> (B) P (A n B) > P(A) + P(B) - 1 (C) P(A)> <P(A/B) according as p(a/b c ) > <P
(A) (D) P(A/BC) +P(A C /B C ) = 1 > Q.8 Q.3 7 A bag initially contains one red &
two blue balls. An experiment consistin g of selecting a ball at random, Q.16 n
oting its colour & replacing it together with an additional ball of the"feame co
lour. If three such trials are made, then : (A) probability that atleast one blu
e ball is drawn is 0.9 (B) probability tha t exactly one blue ball is drawn is 0
.2 Q.l (C) probability that all the drawn b alls are red given that all the draw
n balls are of same colour is 0.2 (D) probab ility that atleast one red ball is
drawn is 0.6. Q.3 Q.38 Two real numbers, x & y are selected at random. Given tha
t 0 < x < 1 ; 0 < y < 1. Let A be the event Q .7 that y2 < x ; B be the event th
at x2 < y, then : 1 Q.l (A) P (A n B) = (B) A & B are exhaustive events (C) A &
B are mutually exclusive (D) A & B are indepen dent events. Q.l Q.l QQ. 3 9 For
any two events A & B defined on a sample space , (A) P (A/B) > P(A) p ^ B ) ~ 1
, P ( B ) ^ 0 is always true (B)P (AKB) = P (A) - P ( A n B ) (C) P (A u B) = 1
- P (Ac). P (Bc), if A& B are independent lj(D) P (A u B) = 1 - P (Ac). P (Bc),
if A & B are disjoint Q.40 If E, and E2 are two events such that P(E,) = 1/4, P(
E2/E,) =1/2 and P(E,/ E2) = 1 /4 (A) then E, and E2 are independent (B) E, and E
2 are exhaustive (C) E2 is twi ce as likely to occur as E, (D) Probabilities of
the events Ej n E 2 , E, and E2 are in G.P. Q Q Q Q.41 Let 0 < P(A) < 1 , 0 < P(
B) <1 & P(A u B) = P(A) + P(B) - P(A). P(B), then : (A) P(B/A) = P(B) - P(A) (B)
P(AC u B c ) = P(AC) + P(BC) c C C (C) P((A u B) ) = P(A ). P(B ) (D) P(A/B) =
P(A) Q .42 If M & N are independent events such th at 0 < P(M) < 1 & 0 < P(N) <
1, then : (A) M & N are mutually exclusive (B) M & N are independent (C) M & N a
re independent (D) P(M/N) +P(M/N) = 1 <!Bansal Classes Probability [18
(a) 1/18, (b) 43/90, (c) 5/18, (d) NO Q.5 Q.9 D Q.10 A Q.16 Q.14 C (i) 0.6, (ii)
0.5, (iii) 0.25 Q.ll A Q.12 A 1 5 53 (i) , (ii) , (in) Q.17P(E) = -j , P ( F )
4 , P(E and F) = g;Yes Q 1 9 55 loo " = 11 20 Q.2 Q.9 C Q.20 3 30 Q.18P(E)=^,P(F
)== - , P ( E n F ) = ; Not independent 36 12 2 Q.24 A . Q.23 A Q.21 Q.22 25 D I
4 Q.17 Q.6 Q.12 C 4 2 Q.20 17' 51 ( Q.l Q.8 Q.14 Q.18 Q-2' A B (0 3 6 5 ^ 10 Q.
3 B D P P r ' 3 Q.4 C Q.5 Q.ll 4 D 1 3 Q.7 Q.13 D 7 8 5 Q.10 8 364x363 , ( i i )
l - (365)2 (a) (i) 0.49; (ii) 0.973 15 Q17 105 To 2 24 Q.19 7 ' 35 Q.22
I> Q.l Q.7 D A Q.2 Q.8 A B Q.3 Q.9 n-1 D B Q.4 I ' P - 5 155 169 ;B: 324 ' " ' 3
24 C Q.ll D A: Q.5 B Q.6 D Q.10 Q.13 Q-12 ( 1 ) ^ 7 . ( 2 ) mn - rn - 1 . mn-1 Q
.18 65 C 2 Q.14 C Q.21 (d) (f) Q.15 n_ 50 EcF No C Q.16 Q.22 B 13 14 Q.17 D Q.23
(a) 2 Q.19 n 17 Q.20 n(n + l) (b) 10-5 (c) 1-2 ; P(F/E) = 1 (e)
D D (i) Q.27 Q.31 C C Q.28 D Q.32 D Q.29 (i)-;(ii)-;(iii)' 61 371 (U) 216 ' 1296
Q.33 B Q.34 C Q.35 D More than one alternative are correct: Q.36 A, B, C, D Q.3
7 A, B, C, D Q.39 A, B , C Q.40 A, C, D Q.38 Q.41 A, B C,D Q.42 B, C, D <3 Bansa
l Classes 1 \ [20]
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) PROBABILITY CONTENTS K
EY CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER KEY
KEY THINGS T O REMEMBER : RESULT - 1 CONCEPTS (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) SAMPLE-SPA
CE EVENT : The set of all possible outcomes of an experiment is called the OF AN
EVENT A SAMPLE-SPACE(S). : A sub set of sample-space is called an EVENT. : The
set of all out comes which are in S but not in A is called COMPOUND EVENT COMPLE
MENT t h e COMPLEMENT O F T H E EVENT A DENOTED BY A OR A C . : If A & B are two
given events then AnB is called is denoted by AnB or AB or A & B . COMPOUND EVE
NT MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE EVENTS and : Two events are said to be MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE
(or disjoint or incompatible) if the occurence of one precludes (niles out) the
simultaneous occurence ofthe othe r. If A & B are two mutually exclusive events
then P (A & B) = 0. : Events are s aid to be EQUALLY LIKELY when each event is a
s likely to occur as any other even t. (vi) (vii) EQUALLY LIKELY EVENTS EXIIA US
TIVE EVENTS : Events A,B,C L are said to be EXHAUSTIVE EVENTS if no event outsid
e this set c an result as an outcome of an experiment. For example, if A & B are
two events d efined on a sample space S, then A & B are exhaustive A u B = S=>
P (Au B) = 1 . CLASSICAL DEF. OF PROBABILITY : If n represents the total number
of equally likely, mutually exclusive and exh austive outcomes of an experiment
and m of them are favourable to the happening of the event A, then the probabili
ty of happening of the event A is given by P(A ) = m/n . Note : (1) 0 < P(A) < 1
(2) (3) P(A) + P( A) = 1, Where A = Not A . X If x cases are favourable to A &
y cases are favourable to A then P(A) = - and ( x + y) P( A) = - We say that O D D
S I N FAVOUR O F A are x: y & odds against A ar e y: x (viii) Comparative study
of Equally likely, Mutually Exclusive and Exhaustive events. E xperiment 1. Thr
owing ofa die 2. A ball is drawn from an urn containing 2W, 3Ran d 4G balls 3. T
hrowing a pair of dice
4. From a well shuffled pack of cards a card is drawn 5. From a well shuffled pa
ck of cards a card is drawn Events A : throwing an odd face {1, 3, 5} B : throw
ing a composite face {4,. 6} E, : getting a W ball E,: getting a R ball E3: gett
ing a G ball A : throwing a d oublet {11,22,33,44,55,66} B : throwing a total of
10 or more {46,64,55,56,65,66 } E, : getting a heart E, : getting a spade E,: g
etting a diamond E4: getting a club A = getting a heart B = getting a face card
E/L No M/E Yes Exhaustive No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No No No ^Bansal C
lasses Probability [2]
RESULT 4 INDEPENDENT EVENTS (i) (ii) (iii) : Two events A& Bare said to be indep
endent if occurence or non occurence of one does not effect the probability ofth
e occurence or non occurence of other. If t he occurence of one event affects th
e probability ofthe occurence ofthe other ev ent then the events are said to be
DEPENDENT or CONTINGENT . For two independent events A and B : P(AnB) = P(A). P(
B). Often this is taken as the definition of independent events. Three events A,
B & C are independent if & only if all the f ollowing conditions hold; P(AnB) =
P(A). P(B) ; P(BnC) = P(B). P(C) P(CnA) = P(C ). P(A) & P(AnBnC) = P(A). P(B).
P(C) i.e. they must be pairwise as well as mutu ally independent . Similarly for
n events A t , A^, A^, An to be independent, th e number of these conditions is
equal to nc02+ "c,. + + ncn = 2n - n - 1. 5 The probability of getting exactly
r success in n independent trials is given by P(r ) = nCr pr qn"r where : p = pr
obabi lity of success in a single trial . q = prob ability of failure in a singl
e trial, note : p + q = 1. Note : Independent event s are not in general mutuall
y exclusive & vice versa Mutually exclusiveness can be used when the events are
taken from the same experiment & independence can be used when the events are ta
ken from different experiments. BAYE'S THEOREM OR T O T A L PROBABILITY T H E O
R E M : RESULT - 5 : If an event A can occur only with one of the nmutually excl
usive and exhaustive events B,, B2,.... Bn & the probabilities P(A/B.|), P(A/B,)
....... P(A/Bn) are k nown then, P(B/A)= PROOF: '':""'tA " ' P(B,).P(A/B,) i=l T
he events A occurs with one of the n mutually exclusive & exhaustive events B ,
, B 2 , B 3 , A = AB, + AB., + AB, + + AB 1 2 3 n P(A) = P(AB,) + P(AB2) +.....
..+ P(ABn) = X P(AB.) N O T E : A = event what we have ; B. = event what we want
; B2' B3' B are alternative event. ,, , n Now, P(AB.) = P(A) . P(B/A) = P(B.) .
P(A/B.) P(B,/A) _ P(Bi).P(A/Bi) = P(Bi).P(A/Bi) P(A) ~ " I P(ABi) P(B|) . P(A/B
i) XP(B i ).P(A/B j ) Fig. 3 \ \ \B\ B " / n BN / //Bn-l, / / WflL /B P(Bi/A) =
<!Bansal Classes Probability
[447]
RESULT 6 If p, and p, are the probabilities of speaking the truth of two indenpe
ndent wit nesses A and B then P (their combined statement is true) = JVP2 Pi P 2
+ ( 1 - P i ) G - P 2 ) In this case it has been assumed that we have no knowle
dge ofthe event except th e statement made by AandB. However if p is the probabi
lity of the happening of t he event before their statement then P (their combine
d statement is true) = PP]_ P2 PPiP2+0-P)(1-Pi)(1-P2) Here it has been assumed t
hat the statement given by all the independent witness es can be given in two wa
ys only, so that if all the witnesses tell falsehoods t hey agree in telling the
same falsehood. If this is not the case and c is the ch ance of their coinciden
ce testimony then the Pr. that the statement is true = Pp ! p ? Pr. that the sta
tement is false = (l-p).c (1p|)(lp2) However chance of coin cidence testimony is t
aken only if the joint statement is not contradicted by an y witness. RESULT 7 (
i) (ii) A PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION spells out how a total probability of 1 is di
stribute d over several values of a random variable. Mean of any probability dis
tribution of a random variable is given by : n = y p " ' = Z Pi xi \ p. X(since2
P; = l) (iii) Variance of a random variable is given by, a 2 = X (x - p)2. p I p
. x2. - (i2 (N ote that SD = ) (iv) The probability distribution for a binomial
variate 'X' is given by ; P (X= r)=n C p1 qn~r where all symbols have the same m
eaning as given in result 4. The recu rrence formula p ( r + 1) = n - r H , is v
ery helpful for quickly computing P(r) r+1 q P(l), P(2). P(3) etc. if P(0) is kn
own BPD = npq . If p represents a persons the sum of money which he will receive
or probable value = pM expectations = RESULT-8 : GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS : (i)
(ii) The following statements are axiomatic : If a point is taken at random on
a give n staright line AB, the chance that it falls on a particular segment PQ o
f the l ine is PQ/AB . If a point is taken at random on the area S which include
s an are a cr, the chance that the point falls on a is a/S . <!Bansal Classes . (
v) (vi) Mean of BPD = np ; variance of chance of success in any venture and 'M'
in case of success, then his expectations pM
Probability [5]
Q.l EXERCISE-I Let a die be weighted so that the probability of a number appeari
ng w hen the die is tossed is proportional to that number. Find the probability
that, (i) An even or a prime number appears (ii) An odd prime number appears (ii
i) An even composite number appears (iv) An odd composite number appears. Number
s are selected at random, one at a time,fromthe two digit numbers 00,01, 02, ,99
with replacement. An event E occurs if & only if the product ofthe two digits o
f a s elected number is 18. If four numbers are selected, find the probability t
hat th e event E occurs at least 3 times. In a box, there are 8 alphabets cards
with th e letters : S, S, A, A,A, H, H, H. Find the probability that the word 'A
SH' will form if: the three cards are drawn one by one & placed on the table in
the same order that they are drawn. the three cards are drawn simultaneously. Th
ere are 2 groups of subjects one of which consists of 5 science subjects & 3 eng
g. subje cts & other consists of 3 science & 5 engg. subjects. An unbiased die i
s cast. I f the number 3 or 5 turns up a subject is selected at random from firs
t group, o therwise the subject is selected from 2nd group . Find the probabilit
y that an e ngg. subject is selected. A pair of fair dice is tossed. Find the pr
obability th at the maximum of the two numbers is greater than 4. In a bui Iding
programme th e event that all the materials will be delivered at the correct ti
me is M, and t he event that the building programme will be completed on time is
F . Given that P (M) = 0.8 and P (M n F) = 0.65, find P (F/M). If P (F) = 0.7,f
indthe probabil ity that the building programme will be completed on time if all
the materials a re not delivered at the correct time. In a given race, the odds
in favour of fou r horses A, B, C & D are 1 : 3,1 :4,1: 5 and 1 : 6 respectivel
y. Assuming that a dead heat is impossible,findthe chance that one of them wins
the race. A covere d basket of flowers has some lilies and roses. In search of r
ose, Sweety and Shw eta alternately pick up a flowerfromthe basket but puts it b
ack if it is not a r ose. Sweety is 3 times more likely to be the first one to p
ick a rose. If sweety begin this 'rose hunt' and if there are 60 lilies in the b
asket,findthe number of roses in the basket. Least number of times must a fair d
ie be tossed in order to have a probability of at least 91/216, of getting atlea
st one six. Suppose t he probability for A to win a game against B is 0.4. If A
has an option of playi ng either a "BEST OF THREE GAMES" or a "BEST OF 5 GAMES"
match against B, which option should A choose so that the probability of his win
ning the match is highe r? (No game ends in a draw). A room has three electric l
amps . From a collection of 10 electric bulbs of which 6 are good 3 are selected
at random & put in the lamps. Find the probability that the room is lighted. A
bomber wants to destroy a bridge. Two bombs are sufficient to destroy it. If fou
r bombs are dropped, wha t is the probability that it is destroyed, if the chanc
e of a bomb hitting the t arget is 0.4. Q. 2 Q.3 (i) (ii) Q.4 Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 Q.8 Q.
9 Q.10 ^ ^ Q.ll Q.12 ^Bansal Classes Probability
[6]
Q.13 The chance of one event happening is the square ofthe chance of a 2nd event
, but odds against the first are the cubes of the odds against the 2 nd . Find
t he chances of each, (assume that both events are neither sure nor impossible).
Q .14 A box contains 5 radio tubes of which 2 are defective. The tubes are test
ed one after the other until the 2 defective tubes are discovered. Find the prob
abi lity that the process stopped on the (i) Second test; (ii) Third test. If th
e pr ocess stopped on the third test, find the probability that the first tube i
s non defective. Q.15 Anand plays with Karpov 3 games of chess. The probability
that he wins a game is 0.5, looses with probability 0.3 and ties with probabilit
y 0.2 . If he plays 3 games then find the probability that he wins atleast two g
ames. Q.16 An aircraft gun can take a maximum of four shots at an enemy's plane
moving awayfromit. The probability of hitting the plane at first, second, third
& four th shots are 0.4, 0.3,0.2 & 0.1 respectively. What is the probability tha
t the g un hits the plane. Q.17 In a batch of 10 articles, 4 articles are defect
ive. 6 a rticles are taken from the batch for inspection. If more than 2 article
s in this batch are defective, the whole batch is rejected Find the probability
that the batch will be rejected. Q. 18 Given P(AuB) = 5/6 ; P(AB) = 1/3 ; P( B)
= 1/2. De termine P(A) & P(B). Hence show that the events A & B are independent.
Q.19 One hundred management students who read at least one of the three busines
s magazine s are surveyed to.study the readership pattern. It is found that 80 r
ead Busines s India, 50 read Business world and 30 read Business Today. Five stu
dents read a ll the three magazines. A student was selected randomly. Find the p
robability th at he reads exactly two magazines. Q.20 An author writes a good bo
ok with a prob ability of 112. If it is good it is published with a probability
of 2/3. If it i s not, it is published with a probability of 1 /4. Fi nd the pro
bability that he will get atleast one book published if he writes two. Q.23 3 st
udents {A,B,C} t ackle a puzzle together and offers a solution upon which majori
ty ofthe 3 agrees . Probability ofA solving the puzzle correctlyisp. Probability
of B solving the puzzle correctly is also p. C is a dumb student who randomly s
upports the soluti on of either A or B. There is one more student D, whose proba
bility of solving t he puzzle correctly is once again, p. Out of the 3 member te
am {A, B, C} and one member team {D}, Which one is more likely to solve the puzz
le correctly. Q.22 A uniform unbised die is constructed in the shape of a regula
r tetrahedron with faces numbered 2,2,3 and 4 and the score is takenfromthe face
on which the die lands. If two such dice are thrown together, find the probabil
ity of scoring . (i) exactly 6 on each of 3 successive throws. (ii) more than 4
on at least one of the three successive throws. Q.23 Two cards are drawn from a
well shuffled p ack of 52 cards. Find the probability that one of them is a red
card & the other is a queen. <!Bansal Classes Probability [450]
Q.24 A cube with all six faces coloured is cut into 64 cubical blocks of the sam
e size which are thoroughly mixed. Find the probability that the 2 randomly cho
s en blocks have 2 coloured faces each. Q. 2 5 Consider the following events for
a fami ly with children A = {of both sexes} ; B = {at most one boy} In which of
t he following (are/is) the events A and B are independent, (a) if a family has
3 children (b)ifa family has 2 children v ' A s s u m e that the birth of a boy
or a girl is equally likely mutually exclusive and exhaustive. Q.26 A player to
sse s an unbiased coin and is to score two points for every head turned up and o
ne p oint for f every tail turned up. If Pn denotes the probability that his sco
re is exactly n points, prove that V ^ i P P n- n-. = 2 (Pn-2-Pn-l) ^>3 Also com
pute P, and P2 and hence deduce the pr that he scores exactly 4. Q.27 Each of th
e 'n' passengers sitting in a bus may get down from it at the next stop with pro
babil ity p. Moreover, at the next stop either no passenger or exactly one passe
nger b oards the bus. The probability of no passenger boarding the bus at the ne
xt stop being pQ. Find the probability that when the bus continues on its way af
ter the stop, there will again be 'n' passengers in the bus. Q . 2 8 The differe
nce bet ween the mean & variance of a Binomial Variate1X' is unity & the differe
nce of t heir square is 11. Find the proba^'ity distribution of'X'. Q.29 An exam
ination c onsists of 8 questions in each of which the candidate must say which o
ne of the 5 alternatives is correct one. Assuming that the student has not prepa
red earlie r chooses for each of the question any one of 5 answers with equal pr
obability. (i) prove that the probability that he gets more than one correct ans
wer is (58 - 3 x 48) / 5 8 . (ii) find the probability that he gets correct answ
ers to six or more questions. (iii) find the standard deviation ofthis distribut
ion. Q.30 T wo bad eggs are accidently mixed with ten good ones. Three eggs are
drawn at ran dom without replacement, from this lot. Compute mean & S.D. for the
number of ba d eggs drawn. EXERCISE-II Q. 1 The probabilities that three men hi
t a target are. respectively, 0.3,0.5 an d 0.4. Each fires once at the target. (
As usual, assume that the three events th at each hits the target are independen
t) (a) Find the probability that they all: (i) hit the target; (ii) miss the tar
get (b) Find the probability' that the tar get is hit: (i) at least once, (ii) e
xactly once. (c) If only one hits the targe t, what is the probability' that it
was thefirstman? Let A & B be two events def ined on a sample space . Given P(A)
= 0.4 ; P(B) = 0.80 and P (A/B) =0.10. Then find ; Q. 3 (i)P(AuB) & -p[(AnB) u
(AnB)]. Q.2 Three shots arefiredindependently at a target in succession. The pro
babilities t hat the target is hit in the first shot is 1/2, in the second 2/3 a
nd in the thi rd shot is 3/4. In case of exactly one hit, the probability of des
troying the ta rget is 1/3 and in the case of exactly two hits, 7/1.1 and in the
case of three hits is 1.0. Find the probability of destroying the target in thr
ee shots. Class es Probability [8] <!Bansal
Q.4 In a game of chance each player throws two unbiased dice and scores the diff
eren ce between the larger and smaller number which arise. Two players compete a
nd on e or the other wins if and only if he scores atleast 4 more than his oppon
ent. F ind the probability that neither player wins. A certain drug, manufacture
d by a Company is tested chemically for its toxic nature. Let the event "THE DRU
G IS TO XIC" be denoted byH & the event " T H E CHEMICAL TEST REVEALS THAT THE D
RUG IS T OXIC" be denoted by S. Let P(H) = a, P(S / H) = P(S / H) = l - a . Then
show tha t the probability that the drug is not toxic given that the chemical t
est reveal s that it is toxic, is freefrom'a'. A plane is landing. If the weathe
r is favour able, the pilot landing the plane can see the runway. In this case t
he probabili ty of a safe landing isp r Ifthere is a low cloud ceiling, the pilo
t has to make a blind landing by instalments. The reliability (the probability o
f failurefree functioning) of the instruments needed for a blind landing is P. I
fthe blind lan ding instruments function normally, the plane makes a safe landin
g with the same probability P] as in the case of a visual landing. Ifthe blind l
anding instrume nts fail, then the pilot may make a safe landing with probabilit
y p 2 < p 1 - Co mpute the probability of a safe landing if it is known that in
K percent of the cases there is a low cloud ceiling. Also find the probability t
hat the pilot use d the blind landing instrument, if the plane landed safely. A
train consists of n carriages, each of which may have a defect with probability
p. All the carriag es are inspected, independently of one another, by two inspec
tors; the first det ects defects (if any) with probability Pj, & the second with
probability p 2 . I f none of the carriages is found to have a defect, the trai
n departs . Find the probability of the event; " THE TRAIN DEPARTS WITH ATLEAST
ONE DEFECTIVE CARRIAGE " . Q.5 Q.6 Q.7 Q.8 A is a set containing n distinct elem
ents. A non-zero subset P ofA is chosen at random. The set A is reconstructed by
replacing the elements of P. A non-zero su bset Qof A is again chosen at random
. Find the probability that P & Q have no co mmon elements. In a multiple choice
question there are five alternative answers of which one or more than one is co
rrect. A candidate will get marks on the ques tion only if he ticks the correct
answers. The candidate ticks the answers at ra ndom. If the probability of the c
andidate getting marks on the question is to be greater than or equal to 1 /3 fi
nd the least number of chances he should be all owed. Q.9 Q.10 n people are aske
d a question successively in a random order & exactly 2 of the n people know the
answer: (a) If n > 5, find the probability that thefirstf our of those asked do
not know the answer. (b) Show that the probability that th e rUl person asked i
s the first person to know the answer is : 2(n-r) n(n-l) Q.l l (i) (ii) (iii) if
1 < r < n A box contains three coins two of them are fair and one two - headed.
A coin i s selected at random and tossed. If the head appears the coin is tosse
d again, if a tail appears, then another coin is selected from the remaining coi
ns and toss ed. Find the probability that head appears twice. If the same coin i
s tossed twi ce,findthe probability that it is two headed coin. Find the probabi
lity that tai l appears twice.
Q.12 The ratio of the number of trucks along a highway, on which a petrol pump i
s located, to the number of cars running along the same highway is 3 :2. It is
k nown that an average of one truck in thirty trucks and two cars in fifty cars
st op at the petrol pump to be filled up with the fuel. If a vehicle stops at th
e p etrol pump to be filled up with the fuel, find the probability that it is a
car. Q.13 Abatch of fifty radio sets was purchased from three different companie
s A, B and C. Eighteen of them were manufactured by A, twenty of them by B and t
he r est were manufactured by C. The companies Aand C produce excellent quality
radio sets with probability equal to 0.9; B produces the same with the probabili
ty eq ual to 0.6. What is the probability of the event that the excellent qualit
y radi o set chosen at random is manufactured by the company B? Q.14 The content
s of th ree urns 1,2 & 3 are as follows : 1 W, 2 R, 3B balls 2 W, 3 R. IB balls
3 W, 1R, 2B balls An urn is chosen at random & from it two balls are drawn at ra
ndom & a re found to be " 1 R D E nd & 1 WHITE ". Find the probability that they
came fro m the 2 urn. Q.15 A slip of paper is given to a person "A" who marks i
t with eit her a (+)ve or a (-)ve sign, the probability of his writing a(+)ve si
gn being 1/ 3. "A" passes the slip to "B" who may leave it alone or change the s
ign before p assing it to "C", Similarly "C" passes on the slip to "D" & "D" pas
ses on the sl ip to Refree, who finds a plus sign on the slip. If it is known th
at B, C & D ea ch change the sign with a probability of 2/3, then find the proba
bility that "A" originally wrote a (+)ve sign. Q.16 There are 6 red balls & 8 gr
een balls in a bag. 5 balls are drawn out at random & placed hi a red box; the r
emaining 9 ball s are put in a green box. What is the probability that the numbe
r ofred balls in the green box plus the number of green balls in the red box is
not a prime numb er? Q.17 Two cards are randomly drawnfroma well shuffled pack o
f 52 playing card s, without replacement. Let x be the first number and y be the
second number. Su ppose that Ace is denoted by the number 1; Jack is denoted by
the number 11; Que en is denoted by the number 12; King is denoted by the numbe
r 13. Find the proba bility that x and y satisfy log3(x + y) - log3x - log3y +1=
0. Q. 18(a) Two natur al numbers x & y are chosen at random. Find the probabilit
y that x2 + y2 is divi sible by 10. (b) Two numbers x&y are chosen at random fro
m the set {1,2,3,4,.... 3n}. Find the probability that x2 - y2 is divisible by 3
. (c) If two whole numb ers x and y are randomly selected, then find the probab
ility that x 3 +y 3 is di visible by 8. a2 Q.19 A hunter's chance of shooting an
animal at a distance r is (r>a). He fir es when r = 2a & if he misses he reload
s & fires when r = 3a, 4a escapes. Find the odds against t he hunter. If he miss
es at a distance 'na', the animal Q.20 An unbiased normal coin is tossed ' n' ti
mes. Let : E, : event that both He ads and Tails are present in ' n' tosses. E2
: event that the coin shows up Head s atmost once. Find the value o f ' n' for w
hich Ej & E2 are independent. <!Bansa l Classes Probability [10]
n+2 Q.21 A coin is tossed (m+n) times (m>n). Show that the probability of at lea
st m consecutive heads is Q.22 There are two lots of identical articles with di
f ferent amount of standard and defective articles. There are N articles in the
fi rst lot, n of which are defective and M articles in the second lot, m of whic
h a re defective. K articles are selectedfromthefirstlot and L articles from the
sec ond and a new lot results. Find the probability that an article selected at
rand omfromthe new lot is defective. Q.23 An instrument is being tested, upon e
ach tr ial the instrument fails with probability p. After thefirstfailure the in
strumen t is repaired and after the second failure it is considered to be unfit
for oper ation. Find the probability that the instrument is rejected exactly in
the kth t rial. Q.24(a) Prove that if A, B & C are random events in a sample spa
ce & A, B, Carepairwise independent and Ais independent of (BuC) then A, B&C are
mutually independent. (b) An event A is known to be independent of the events B
, BuC & Bn C . Showthat it is also independent of C. Q.25 In a knockout tourname
nt 2n equal ly skilled players; S,, S2, S n are participating. In each round pla
yers are divided in pairs at random & winnerfromeach pair moves in the next roun
d. If S2 reaches the semifinal thenfindthe probability that S, wins the tourname
nt. EXERCISE-III Q.l Q. 2 Ifp&q are chosen randomly from the set {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,
8,9,10} with rep lacement. Determine the probability that the roots of the equa
tion x2 + px + q = 0 are real. [ JEE '97, 5 ] There is 3 0% chance that it rains
on any particular day. What is the probability that there is at least one rainy
day within a peri od of 7 - days ? Given that there is at least one rainy day,
what is the probabi lity that there are at least two rainy days ? [ REE '97,6 ]
Select the correct a lternative(s). [ JEE '98,6 x 2= 12 ] 7 white balls & 3 blac
k balls are randomly placed in a row. The probability that no two black balls ar
e placed adjacently e quals: (A) 1/2 ' (B) 7/15 (C) 2/15 (D) 1/3 If from each of
the 3 boxes containin g 3 white & 1 black, 2 white & 2 black, 1 white & 3 black
balls, one ball is dra wn at random, then the probability that 2 white & 1 blac
k ball will be drawn is: (A) 13/32 (B) 1/4 (C) 1/32 (D) 3/16 If E & F are the co
mplementary events of ev ents E & F respectively & if 0 < P (F) < 1, then: (A) P
(E | F) + P(E |F) = 1 (C ) P(E |F) + P(E| F ) = l (B) P(E|F) + P(E| F ) = l (D)
P(E| F) + P ( E I F ) = l Q.3 (i) (ii) (iii) <!Bansal Classes Probability [11]
(iv) There are 4 machines & it is known that exactly 2 of them are faulty. They
are t ested, one by one, in a random order till both the faulty machines are ide
ntifie d . Then the probability that only 2 tests are needed is: (A) 1/3 (B) 1/6
(C) 1/ 2 (D) 1/4 If E & F are events with P(E) < P(F) & P(E n F) > 0, then : (A
) occurr ence of E => occurrence of F (B) occurrence of F => occurrence of E (C)
non-occu rrence of E => non-occurrence of F (D) none of the above implications
holds. A f air coin is tossed repeatedly. If tail appears on first four tosses,
then the pr obability of head appearing on fifth toss equals : (A) 1/2 (B) 1/32
(C) 31/32 (D ) 1/5 3 players A, B&Ctossacoin cyclically in that order (that is A
, B, C,A, B, C, A, B, ) till a head shows . Let p be the probability that the co
in shows a he ad. Let a, p & y be respectively the probabilities that A, B and C
gets the firs t head. Prove that (3 = (1 - p)a. Determine a, (3 & y (in terms o
f p). [ JEE '98 , 8 ] Each co-efficient in the equation ax2+bx + c = 0 is determ
ined by throwing an ordinary die. Find the probability that the equation will ha
ve equal roots. [ REE '98,6 ] (v) (vi) Q.4 Q. 5 Q.6(a) If the integers m and n a
re chosen at random between 1 and 100, then the probability that a number of the
form 7m + 7" is divisible by 5 equals K b <> 7 < C >I (b) The probability that
a student passes in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry are m, p and c respective
ly. Of these subjects, the student has a 75% chance of passing in at least one,
a 50% chance of passing in at least two, and a 40% chan ce of passing in exactly
two, which of the following relations are true? (A) p + m + c = 19 (B) p + m +
c = 27 (C)pmc= 1 (D)pmc=1 (c) Eight players P,, P7, P3, Pg play a knock-out tourn
ament. It is known that w henever the players P; and P play, the player P; will
win if i < j. Assuming tha
t the players are paired at random in each round, what is the probability that t
he player P4 reaches the final. [ JEE '99, 2 + 3 + 10 (out of 200)] Q.7 Q.8 Fou
r cards are drawn from a pack of 5 2 playing cards. Find the probability (correc
t upto two places of decimals) of drawing exactly one pair. [REE'99,6] A coin ha
s probability ' p' of showing head when tossed. It is tossed 'n' times. Let pn d
e note the probability that no two (or more) consecutive heads occur. Prove that
, p, = 1 , p2 = 1 - p2 & pn = (1 - p) p n _! + p (1 - p) p n _ 2 , for all n > 3
. [ JEE' 2000 (Mains), 5 ] <!Bansal Classes Probability [12]
Q.9 A and B are two independent events. The probability that both occur simultan
eous ly is 1 /6 and the probability that neither occurs is 1/3. Find the probabi
litie s of occurance ofthe events A and B separately. [REE'2000(Mains), 3] Q.10
Two cards are drawn at random from a pack of playing cards. Find the probab ilit
y that one card is a heart and the other is an ace. [ REE' 2001 (Mains), 3 ] Q.
11 (a) An urn contains'm' white and 'n' black balls. Aball is drawn at rando m a
nd is put back into the urn along with K additional balls of the same colour as
that of the ball drawn. A ball is again drawn at random. What is the probabil it
y that the ball drawn now is white. (b) An unbiased die, with faces numbered 1 ,
2,3,4,5,6 is thrown n times and the list of n numbers showing up is noted. What
is the probability that among the numbers 1,2,3,4,5,6, only three numbers appea
r in the list. [JEE' 2001 (Mains), 5 + 5 ] Q.12 A box contains N coins, m of whi
ch are fair and the rest are biased. The probability of getting a head when a f
a ir coin is tossed is 1/2, while it is 2/3 when a biased coin is tossed. A coin
i s drawnfromthe box at random and is tossed twice. Thefirsttime it shows head
and the second time it shows tail. What is the probability that the coin drawn i
s f air? [ JEE' 2002 (mains)] Q. 13(a) Aperson takes three tests in succession.
The probability of his passing the first test is p, that of his passing each suc
cess ive test is p or p/2 according as he passes or fails in the preceding one.
He ge ts selected provided he passes at least two tests. Determine the probabili
ty tha t the person is selected. (b) In a combat, A targets B, and both B and C
target A. The probabilities ofA, B, C hitting their targets are 2/3,1/2 and 1/3
respect ively. They shoot simultaneously and Ais hit. Find the probability that
B hits h is target whereas C does not. [JEE' 2003, Mains-2 + 2 out of 60] Q. 14(
a) Three distinct numbers are selectedfromfirst100 natural numbers. The probabil
ity that all the three numbers are divisible by 2 and 3 is (A)5 4 (B ) 5 5 4 (Q4
C) D 4 (b) If A and B are independent events, prove that P (A u B) P (A' n B')
< P (C), where C is an event defined that exactly one of A or B occurs. (c) A ba
g contai ns 12 red balls and 6 white balls. Six balls are drawn one by one witho
ut replac ement of which atleast 4 balls are white. Find the probability that in
the next two draws exactly one white ball is drawn (leave the answer in terms o
fnCr). [JE E 2004,3 + 2 + 4] <!Bansal Classes Probability [13]
Q. 15(a) A six faced fair dice is thrown until 1 comes, then the probability tha
t 1 comes in even number of trials is (A) 5/11 (B) 5/6 (C) 6/11 (D) 1/6 [JEE 20
0 5 (Scr)] 13 2 1 (b) A person goes to office either by car, scooter, bus or tra
in probability of which being ,, and 2 14 1 respectively. Probability that he reach
es office late, if he takes car, scooter, bus or train is , , and respectively. Gi
ve n that he reached office in time, then what is the probability that he travel
led by a car. [JEE 2005 (Mains), 2] Comprehension (3 questions) There are n urns
ea ch containing n +1 balls such that the Ith urn contains i white balls and (n
+1 - i) red balls. Let u, be the event of selecting r111 urn, i= 1,2,3, ,n and
w de notes the event of getting a white ball. Q. 16(a) If P(Uj) oc i where i = 1
,2,3, (A) 1 (B) 2/3 , n then Lim P(w) is equal to n-oo (C) 3/4 (D) 1/4 (b) If P(U
j) = c, where c is a constant then P(un/w) is equal to 2 (A) v ' n+1 1 (B) v ' n
+1 (C) v n t ' n+1 (D) v 1 2 (c) If n is even and E denotes the event of choosin
g even numbered urn (P(u.) = ) , then the value of ' n P(w/E), is n+2 n+2 n 1 [JE
E 2006,5 marks each] <!Bansal Classes Probability [14]
Q 16. 213/1001 Q 19. n+1: n-1 KnM+LmN ' MN(K + L) Q.17 ~ Q 20.n=3 Q 18. (a) 9/50
(b) (c) ^ 3 Q 23 Q 22 P d-P)" 2 2 Q 25 ' EXERCISE-III Q.l 31/50 Q.2 [1 - (7/10)
7 - 7Cj (3/10) (7/10)6]/1 - (7/10)7 (iv) A(v) D (vi) A Q.5 Q.3 (i) B (ii) A (iii
) - A, D Q.4 a = ^j , l-(l-p)3 P = - l t J > ) ! L , y = i h P ) ! P _3 l-(l-p)3
l-(l-p) 5/216 Q.6 (a) A (b) B, C (c) 4/35 Q.7 0.31 Q.9 | & | or J& Q.10 1 26
Q.ll " (a);(b) m+n m 6 C 3 (3"-3.2 n +3) Z 6" Q.12 ^ 9m m + 8N Q.13 (a)p (2-p) ;
(b) 1/2 2 1 Q.14 ( a ) D , ( c ) 12/-i 3 4 6p 112 2V 2 12C 6q 10c 2Q +12 Q 6Q 11
c 1 4 + 12 p 6p H 1 + 12 p 6p 6 5 , 1 Q.15 (a) A, (b) ^ Q.16 (a) B, (b)A, (c)B <
!Bansal Classes Probability [16]
BANSAL CLASSES IMATHEMATICS I TARGET IIT JEE 2007 XI (PQRS & J) ^ffteAiny oj/ou
QI/ouv Q&/ QUESTION BANK ON STRAIGHT LINE COMPLEX NUMBER SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLE S
EQUENCE & PROGRESSION Time Limit: 5 Sitting Each of 75 Minutes duration approx.
This Question Bank will be discussed just after the Deepawali vacation.
Question bank on Straight line, Sequence & Progression, Solutions of Triangle &X
ompIex Number. There are 125 questions in this question bank. Select the correc
t alternative : (Only one is correct) ' r Q. 1 If in a triangle ABC, b cos2 + a
cos2 = - c then a, b, c are : (A) in A.P. (B) i n GP. (C) in H.P. (D) None A B 1
Q.2 ^ On the portion ofthe straight line, x + 2y = 4 intercepted between the ax
e s, a square is constnicted on the side ofthe line away from the origin. Then t
ir e point ofintersection of its diagonals has co-ordinates (A) ( 2 . 3 ) (B) (3
,2) (C) (3.3) (D) (2,2) 3.3 If A is the area and 2s the sum ofthe 3 sides of a t
ria ngle, then ! (A) A < , W3 (B) A 2W (a + ib), then a2 + b2 is equal to : (B)
2 (C ) 3 (D) 4 (D) None 3-4 If (73 4 i)' (A) 1 <wveifthe (ami ly of lines, a (2x
+ y + 4) + b (x - 2y - 3) = 0. Among the lines of the family, the number of lin
es situated at a distance of (A) 0 (B) 1 ).6 Th e sum of n terms ofthe series. (
A) 2 n i n ).7 2 2 from the point M (2, - 3) is : (C) 2 2n + in 1 (D) oo (B)n +
2n f 2n + 1 i 2n + .v 1 +3 +5 + is: 2n - I v 2n - 1 / i i (C) m + n (D) none of
the se II ' A (3, 4). B (5, - 2) & C are 3 points such th^t AC = BC & the area o
f A ABC = 10, then the co-ordinates ofC are : (A) ( 7 , - 2 ) or ( 1 , 0 ) (B) (
-7.2) o r (0,1) ( C ) ( - 7 . - 2 ) or (-1.0) (D) (7,2) or (1,0) If is purely ima
ginary t hen (A) (B) 2 ).8 z, + z, is equal to : Z, - z , (C) 3 (D) 0 ).9 c c In
any triangle ABC, (a + b)2 sin2 + (a - b)2cos2 (A) c (a + b) (B) b (c + a)
(C) a (b + c) (D) c2 i.IO I f the point B is symmetric to the point A (4, -1) wi
th respect to the bisector of thefirstquadrant, then 1 the lenuth AB is : (A) 3
^2 (B) 4^2 (C) 5 h (D) non e '.11 In a triangle ABC, CM and CM are the lengths o
f the altitude and median to the b ase AB. If a = 10, b = 26, c = 32 then length
(HM) (A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D) none Q. B. on St. line, sequence & progression,compl
ex No. <j>-III, [2] (S? Bansal Classes
Q.12 Number of points denoting the complex number Z on the complex plane and sat
isfying simultaneously 7 the system of equations 0 < argZ <7t/4 and | Z - 6 i |
= 5is /yy/ (A) 0 (B) 1! (C) 2 (D) more than 2 Q.13 A stick of length 10 units r
e sts against the tloor & a wall ofa room . If the stick begins to slide on the
fl oor then the locus of its middle point is : (A) x2 + y2 = 2.5 (B) x2 + y2 = 2
5 ( C) x2 + y2 = 100 (D) none Q. 14 If a, b, c are in 1 LP., then a. a - c. a b ar e in : (A) A.P. (B) G.P. (C)H.P. (D) none of these Q. 15 Through a given po
int P (a, b) a straight line is drawn to meet the axes a t Q & R. If the paralle
logram Sy-yf OQSR is completed then the equation ofthe lo cus of S is (given'O'
is the origin): a b a ib h . (B) ^ = (A) - + -i (C) t + = 2 (I)) 2 x y y x x V!
v x 1 iz ll Q. 16 1 z = x+ iy & to = 1 then | to | = 1 i mplies that, in the com
plex plane : z- i (B) z lies on the real axis (A) z lies on the imaginary axis (
D) none (C) z lies on the unit circle Q. 17 In a triangle ABC. CD is the bisecto
r ol the angle C. 1 cos has the value ~ and /(CD) - 6, th en 1 2 j i + j has the
value equal to (A) C I (B) (C) (I)) none Q. 1JL Two mutually perpendicular strai
ght lines through the origin from an isos celes triangle with the line 2x + y =
5 . Then the area of the triangle is : > ( A) 5 (B) 3 (C) 5/2 (D) 1 Q. 19 If the
median ofa triangle ABC through A is perpe ndicular to AB then --- has the valu
e equal to tan Ii n- > A 5 (A) (B) 2 (C) - 2 (D) Q.20 The region represented by
inequalities Arg Z < ; | Z | < 2; lm(z) > 1 in the Argand diagram is given by: 2
1 7 > V0 \ a \ 1 \ , 2 (D) T 1' V" 1 2 (S? Bansal Classes Q. B. on St. line, seq
uence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [462]
Q.21 Distance between the two lines represented by the line pair, x2 - 4xy + 4y2
+.x - 2y - 6 = 0 is : "(A) V5 (B) V5 (C) 2 4 (D) none Q.22 Q.23 If three positi
ve numbers a. b, c are in H.P. thene'n + u-2b+c) simplifies to 2 (A) (a - c) (B)
zero (C) ( a - c) (D) 1 The distance between the two parallel li nes is 1 unit.
A point 'A' is chosen to lie between the lines at a distance'd' f rom one of th
em . TriangleABC is equilateral with B on one line and C on the oth er parallel
line. The length ofthe side ofthe equilateral triangle is (A) | V d 2 + d + l (B
) ~ 3 d+ ' (C) 2 V d 2 - d + l (D) V d 2 _ d + i Q.24 Let /. be a complex number
, then the fey ion represented by the inequality |z + 2| < | z 4 4 [ is given '
by: (A) Re(z)>-3 (B) Im(z) < - 3 (C) Re (z) < - 3 & Im (z) > - 3 (D) Re (z) < 4 & Im (z) > - 4 Q.25 .With usual notations, in a triangle ABC, a cos(B - C) + b
cos(C - A) + c c os( A - B) is equal to (A) abc F" abc 4abc i 1 abc Q.26 The co
-ordinates ofthe points A, B, C are (- 4. 0), (0, 2) & (-13, 2) respective ly .
The point of intersection ofthe line which bisects the angle CAB internally and
the line joining C to the middle point of AB is: ( A ) (_|,i) m [_!.!!) m
( l , J i ) 1 (D) Q.27 Q.28 , With usual notations in a triangle ABC, (11, ) (112
) (113) has the value equal to (A) R2r (B) 2R2r (C)4R2r (D) 16R2r If co be a com
plex cube root of unity, then the value of (A) 0 (B) 1 (C) - 1 1+2 1 + co + -- is :
2 +co (D) none Q.29 The points A(a, 0), B(0, b), C(c, 0) & D(0, d) are such tha
t ac = bd & a, b, c, d are all non-zero. The the points: (A) form a parallelogra
m (B) do not lie on a circle (C) form a trapezium (D) areconcyclic Ifthe roots o
f the cubic x3 - px2 + qx - r = 0 arc in G.P. then (A) q3 = p3r (B)p3 = q3r (C)
pq = r (D)pr = q Q.30 Q.31 If A, is the area ofthe triangle with the vertices (0
,0); (atanO, bcotO); (asinO , bcosO); A2isthe area of the triangle with the vert
ices (a, b); (a sec2 0 , b c osec2 0); (a + a sin2 0 , b + b cos2 0) and A3 is t
he area ofthe triangle with t he vertices (0,0); (atanO, -bcotO); (asinO, bcosO)
then the values of 0 for whic h A,,A2, A3 areinGP. is: (A) 0 (B) tt/2 (C) 0 , 0
e R (D) none Q. B. on St. line , sequence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [4
] (S? Bansal Classes
(C)7 _ R CD) 2r Q.39 Ifthe straight lines joining the origin and the points of i
ntersection ofth e curve 5x2 + 12xy - 6y2 + 4x - 2y + 3 = 0 and x + ky - 1 = 0 a
re equally inclin ed to the co-ordinate axes then the value of k : (A) is equal
to 1 (B) is equal to - 1 (C) is equal to 2 (D) does not exist in the set of real
numbers , (S? Ban sal Classes Q. B. on St. line, sequence & progression,complex
No. <j>-III, [5]
Q .40 If co is one ofthe imaginary cube root of unity then the value of tire exp
ressio n, (1 + 2co + 2or)lt) + (2 + co + 2co2)10 + (2 + 2co + to2)10 is: (A) 0 (B) 1 ' (C) co (D) co2 (r, +r,)(r, + r,)(r, + r,) w dth u s u a l n o t a t b n
in a A A BC, if R = k where k has the value equal to r, r2 + r2 r3 + r3 r, (A) 1
(B) 2 ' (C) 1/4 (D) 4 Q.41 Q.42 Q.43 I fa, b, c are in CP., then the equations,
ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 & dx2 + 2ex + f = 0 have a common root, i f d c r - -,-arcin:
, .. a bb c c ' > (A) A.P. (B) G.P. ( C) HP. (D) none i j I In a triangle ABC,
AI) is the altitude from A. Given b > c , angle C = 23 & ! AD = ? h c ; 1 Iv - c'
then angle B = (A)157 Q.44 (B)113 (C)147 (D)nonc If ot& [5 are imaginary cube root
s of unity then a n +P" is equal to : n it (A) 2cos-2 (B) cos + (C)2isin (D) isin
3 3 3 A pair of perpendicular straight lines is drawn through the origin forming
with the line 2x t 3y 6 an isosceles triangle right angled at the origin. The e
quation to the line pair is: (A) 5x2 - 24xy - 5 y2 0 I (B) 5x2 - 26xy - 5y2 = 0
(C) 5x2 i 24xy - 5y2 0 ' (D) 5x2 + 26xy - 5y2 = 0 In a A ABC, cos 3A eos 3B + co
s 3C = 1 then : (A) A ABC is right angled (B) A ABC is acute angled (C) A ABC is
obtuse angled (D) nothing definite can be said about the nature of the A. If th
e sum ofthe roots ofthe quadratic equation, ax2 + bx + c = 0 is equal to sum oft
he squares of their , . a b c reciprocals, then , , are in : c a b (A) A.P. (B) GP
. Q.45 Q.46 Q.47 (C)H.P. (D) none 7 1 Q.48. The locus of z, for arg z = - is 2n
(A) same as the locus of z for arg z = , 7 i (B) same as the locus ofz for arg z
= ~ (C) the part ofthe straight line V3 x + y =0 with (y < 0, x > 0) (D) the pa
rt of the straight line V3x + y =0with(y>0,x<0) (S? Bansal Classes Q. B. on St.
line, sequence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [6]
Q.49 If the incirclc ofthe A ABC touches its sides respectively at L. M and N an
d if x. v, z be the circumradii of the triangles MIN. NIL and LIM where I is the
ince ntre then the product xy/, is equal to : (A) R r (B) rR2 (C) - Rr2 (D) - r
R2 If the line y = mx bisects the angle between the lines ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 t
hen m is a root of the quadratic equation: (A) hx2 + ( a - b ) x - h = 0 (B) x2
+ h (a - b) x - 1 = 0 (C) (a - b) x2 + hx - (a - b) = 0 (D) (a - b) x2 - hx - (a
b) = 0 I Q.5 1 AD, BE and CF are the perpendiculars from the angular points of
a A ABC upon the opposite sides. The perimeters ofthe A DEF and A ABC are in the
ratio : Q.50 (A) B <> i <c> i . <D) i i ! where r is the in radius and R is the
circum radius ofthe A ABC > f j Q.52 (COS0 - isinO)4 (sinQ + icosO)5 (A) cosO-i
sinO (B) cos 90 - i sin 90 (C) sin 90 - i cos 90 (D) sin 0 - i cos 0 Q.53 Letan,
n e N is an A.P. with common'difference 'd'&all whose terms are non-zero. If n
approaches infinity, then the sum + + ! a,a-> aT< ^ i 2 i 1 will approach i+i (D)a
.d (A);a jd Q.54 (B) ajd Points A & B are in the first quadrant; point'O'is the
origin . If the slope of OA is 1. slope of OB is 7 and OA = OB, then the slope o
f AB is : (A) - 1/5 (B) 1/4 (C) - 1/3 (D) - 1/2 B C In a A ABC if b + c = 3a the
n cot cot has the value e qual to : (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1 Q.55 Q.56 Expressed in
the form r(cos0 + isin0), - 2 + 2i becomes : (A) 2x/2 cos] + i sin - 4; V4 (C) ?
V2 cos| 3ti ) . . f. 3K + 1 sin 4/ V 4 rcosf3ni4+ ismf3*!] (B) 2V2 V 4J V
Q.58 Let f g, h be the lengths ofthe perpendiculars from the circumcentre ofthe A
ABC on the sides a. b and c respectively .If + + .= X - then the value of X is : f
g h tgh (A) 1/4 (B) 1/2 (C) 1 (D) 2 oo = 4 + 371 Q.59 The sum to infinite numbe
r of terms of series (A/2 + l| + 1 +(V2 - l) + ~ yj 2 > <B)(V2 + I)' v . ( O - U
. 3-2V2 (D) ^ : 3 -l- 21sinx . . . . Q.60 1 1 is purely imaginary then x = 1 - 2
isinx (A) nn ! Q.61 1 6 . I II the orthocentre anjd circumcentre of a triangle A
BC be at equal distances from the side BC and lie on the same side of BC then ta
nB lanC has the value eq ual to: (A) 3 (B)j (C)-3 (D)- ~ 1 I (B) nu -7 3 (C) 2nn
~ 3 (D) 2n n ~ 6 Q.62 P is a point inside the triangl? ABC. Lines arc drawn thr
ough P, parallel to the sides of the triangle. The three resulting triangles wit
h the vertex at P have areas 4,9 and 49 sq. units. The area ofthe triangleABC is
(A) 2^3 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 144 Q.63 The product ofthe distances ofthe incentre f
rom the angular points ofa AABC is : (A) 4 R2 r (B) 4 Rr2 (C) (a b c) R (D) (abc
)s R Q.64 Q.65 The number of solutions ofthe equation z2 + z = 0 where z is a co
mplex number, i s: (A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1 If Sn denotes the sum ofthefirstn ten
ns of a GP., wit h thefirstterm and the common ratio both positive, then (A) S ,
S 2 n , S3n form a G.P. ( B ) Sn ' S2n " Sn , S 3n , -S 2n form a G.P. (C) S2n Sn , S3n - S2n , S3n - Sn form a GP. (D) S2n-Sn , S 3 -S 2 n , S 3 -S n form a
GP. In a AABC if b = a (V3 1) (A) 15 (B) 45
ar, Q.66 ; Q.67 d ZC = 30 then the measure of the angle A is (C) 75 (D) 105 4 VII A
is a point on either of two lines y + V3 I x I = 2 at a distance of j j units f
rom their point of intersection. The co-ordinates of the foot of perpendicular f
rom A on the bisector of the angl e between them are (D) (0,4) (A) (B) (0,0) (C)
.S (S? Bansal Classes Q. B. on St . line, sequence & progression,complex No. <j
>-III, [8]
Q.68 If s n = 1 + i"2 + T[ + H> + (A) zero lorn odd (C) positive for n even + i
-2" ; n e N and i =V^T then 'Sn is (B) zero ofneven - (D) negative for n odd 5P
. 1 P Q.69 In a AABC, a = a, = 2 , b = a-,, c = a3 such that ap+, = where p = (A
) r, = r2 1 ,2 then (B)r, = 2r, ' (C) r2 = 2r, ap v 5P (D) r2.= 3r Q.70 In a tri
angle AI3C. side AB has the equation 2 x + 3 y = 29 and the side AC has the equa
tion . x + 2y = 16. If the mid-point of BC is (5,6) then the equation of BC is :
(A) x - y = - 1 (B)5x-2y=*13 (C) x + y = 11 (D)3x-4y = - 9 Consider an A.P. a,
, a-, a, a, + a6 + a 7 is (A)-8 (B)5 such that a3 + a- + a8 = 11 and a^ + an = 2. then the value of j j (C)7 (D) 9 Q.71 Q.72 The solution set ofthe equation, z
2 + (3 + 2i)z - 7 + 17i = 0 where z is a complex number expressed in the form of
a + bi is (A) 2 - 3i; - 5 + i (B)2 + 3 i ; - 5 + i (C) 2 - 3i; 5 - i (D)none Q.
73 Three lines x + 2y + 3 = 0 ; x + 2y 7,= 0 and 2x - y - 4 = 0 form the three s
ides of two squares. The equation to th e fourth side of each square is ( A ) 2
x - y + 14 = 0 & 2x - y + 6 = 0 ( B ) 2 x - y + 14 = 0 & 2 x - y - 6 = 0 (C) 2x
- y - 14 = 0 & 2x - y - 6 = 0 (D) 2x - y - 14 = 0 & 2x - y + 6 = 0 ' 1 1 1 Q.74
If'()' is the circumcentre ofthe A ABCj" and R,, R, and R3 are the radii ofthe c
ircumcircles of triangles OBC, OCA and O AB respectively then + + has the value
equal to: j R, R2 R3 (A) abc 2R , (B) v R1 abc (C) T R 4A (D) K J A ^7 4R2
Q.75 nd x 2 ) z = " J ar
The circumcentre ofthe triangle formed by the + y + 2 = 0 is: (A) ( - 2 , - 2 )
(B) ( - 1 , Q.76 The principal value ofthe arg(z) and | z 1 + cos 11 t ' , ' T T
T c o s Isn 2n In (C) ~
lines, xy + 2x + 2y + 4 - 1 ) (C) (0,0) (D) ( | of the complex number , 2 cos .
. flliO + 1
= 0 a 1 , flljO sin ^ ^
e respectively : , < B -In? - 2 c o s l In l ? .71 n (D)- - , - 2 c o s Q.77 The
medians ofa A ABC are 9 cm, 12 cm and 15 cm respectively. Then the area of the
triangle is (A) 96 sq cm (B)84sqcm (C)72sqcm (D)60sqcm Bansal Classes Q. B. on S
t. line, sequence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [9]
Q.78 ABC is an isosceles triangle'.*Ifthe co-ordinates ofthe base are (1.3) and
(- 2. 7), then co-ordinates of vertex A can be : t (A) ( 4 . 5 ) <B)(-i,5) (C)(f
.-5) <D)(-7;i) Q.79 A circle of radius r is inscribed in a square. The mid point
s ofsides of th e square have been connected by line segment and a new square re
sulted. The side s ofthe resulting square were also connected by segments so tha
t a new square wa s obtained and so on, then the radius ofthe circle inscribed i
n the nlh square i s 1-11" 21 r (A) 3.80 3-3n " (B) 2 r (C) 2 2 n (D) _ 5-3 n O"
2 Let z = 1 -,sin a + i cos a where a e (0, n/2), then the modulus and the prin
cip al value ofthe argument ofz are respectively: j (A) ^ ( l - s i n a ) (C) (l
+ s ina) n + f a + (B) (l-sina) , n 4 a 2 4 2 (D) 72 (l + sina) , 3.81 The equa
tiohs ofthe straight line PL, PM are 13x + 4y = 8 and 19x - 3y = 17 resp ectivel
y, then the length ofthe perpendiculars from any point on the line PQ to the lin
es PL, PM arc in the ratio [where coordinates of Q s(5,3)] t (A)1:V2 : (B) 1 :2
(C) 2 : 1
Q.95 Ifthe sum of the first 11 terms ofan arithmetical progression equals that o
fthe first 19 terms, then the sum of itsfirst30 terms, is (A) equal to 0 (B) equ
al to - 1 (C) equal to 1 (D) non unique If z = (3 + 7i) (p + iq) where p.qe I {0}, is purely imaginary then minimum value of |zp is 3364 (C) (D) 3364 j Two rays
eman ate from the point Aand form an angle of 43 with one another. Lines L,,L, a
nd L, (no two of which are parallel) each form an isosceles triangle witli the o
rigina l rays. The largest angle ofthe triangle formed by lines L,, L-, and L, i
s : (A) 127 ~ " (B) 129 (C) 133 (D) 137 (A) 0 (B) 58 If in a A ABC.cosAcosB -t sinA
sinB' , sin2C 1 then, the statement which isiincorrect, is (A) A ABC is isoscele
s but no t right angled (B) AABC is acute angled (C) A ABC is right angled (D) l
east angl e ofthe triangle is Q 96 Q.97 Q.98 Q.99 The co-ordinates ofthree point
s A(-4,0); B(2,1) and C(3,1) determine the vertice s of an equilateral trapezium
ABCD . The co-ordinates ofthe vertex D are : (A) ( 6,0) (B) (- 3, 0) (C) (-5,0)
(D) (9, 0) Q 100 If in a triangle ABC p. q, r are the altitudes from the vcrtic
cs A, B, C t o the opposite sides, then which ofthe following does not hold good
? , (A) (EP) ( v i j =(XA) [ v i j (C) (Z p) (Z pq) ( n a) = (Z a) (Z ab) (fl p)
(B) ( I p ) ( E a ) = | J z ^ ^ V (D) 0 (1 1 s i n :- + - - V p q rJ V p) ( whe
re R is the circum-radius of A ABC Q.101 The image ofthe pair of lines repres en
ted by ax2 + 2h xy + by2 = 0 by the linemirrory = 0 is (A) ax2 - 2h xy - by2 = 0
(B) bx2 - 2h xy + ay2 = 0 2 2 (C) bx + 2h xy + ay = 0 (D) ax2 - 2h xy + by2 = 0
Q.l 02 Let C be a circle with centre P() and AB be a diameter of C. Suppose P ,
is the mid point ofthe line segment P()B, P, is the mid point ofthe line segme
nt P,B and soon. Let C,, C-,, C3, be circles with diameters P()Pp P,P2, P2P3 res
pectively. Suppose the circles C p C2, C3, are all shaded. The ratio of the are
a ofthe unshaded portion of C to that ofthe original circle C is (A)8:9 (B)9:10
( C)10:11 (O) 11:12 Q. 103 The set of values of 'b' for which the origin and the
p oint (1,1) lie on the same side ofthe straight line, a2x + a by + 1 = 0 V a G
R, b > 0 are : (A) b 6 (2, 4) (B) b e (0, 2) (C) b g [0, 2] (D) (2, 00) Q. 104
The product of the arithmetic mean of the lengths ofthe sides of a triangle and
har monic mean ofthe lengths of the altitudes ofthe triangle is equal to: (A) A
(B) 2 A (C) 3 A (D) 4 A [ where A is the area of the triangle ABC ] (S? Bansal C
lass es Q. B. on St. line, sequence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [12]
Q.l 13 GivenA = (1, 1) and AB is any line through it cutting the x-axis in B. If
AC is perpendicular to AR and meets the y-axis in C, then the equation of locus
of mid- point P of BC is (A) x + y =j 1 (B) x + y = 2 (C)x + y = 2xy (t>)2x + 2
y =l Q. 114 Area ofa triangle inscribed in a circle of radius 4 if the measures
of its angles are in the ratio 5 : 4 : 3 is (A) 4 (V3-V2) (B) 4(73 + 72) (C) 4(3
-7 5") (0)4(3 + 73) ^.l 15 ABCD is a rhombus. Its diagonals AC & BD intersect at
th e point M&satisfy BD = 2AC. Ifthe points D & M represent the complex numbers
1 + i and 2 - i respectively, then A represents the complex numbers are (A) w 1
(C) r 3 1 2 , v 1 (B) 3 + 1 , (D)none v 3. 1 2 , 3i 1 + i ). 116 The number of pos
sible straight lines. passing through (2,3) and forming a triangle with coordina
te axes, whose area is 12 sq. units, is (A) one (B) two (C) three (D)four elect t
he correct alternative : (More than one are correct) ). 117 All the points lying
inside the triangle formed by the points (1. 3), (5. 6) & (- 1.2) satisfy (A) 3
x + 2y > 0 (B) 2x + y + I > 0 (C) 2x + 3y - 12 > 0 (D) - 2x + 11 > 0 .). 118 Two
vertices ofthe AABC are at the points A(- 1. - 1) and B(4, 5) and the third ver
tex lines on the straight line y 5(x - 3). Ifthe area ofthe A is 19/2 then the p
ossible co-ordinates ofthe vertex C are: 1 (A) (5. 10) ..(B) (3.0) (C) (2,-5) (D
) (5.4) ) 119 Which ofthe following expressions are no t the trigonometric forms
ofany complex number? (A) - 3 cos 4 , < 1 sm-. 4 (B) 2 I V [ 7t 4 - ism 4 . .
2 in 2 m' Q.l 22 ' The bisectors of angle between the st. lines. v-b= (x-a)& v b
= -^-(x-a)are I-nr " I - m'" (A) (y - b) (m + m') + (x - a) (1 - m m') = 0 (B) (y
- b) (m + m') - (x - a) (1 - m m') = 0 (C) (y - b) (1 - mm') + (x - a) (m + m '
) = 0 (D) (y - b) (1 - m m') - (x - a) (m + m') = 0 Q. 123 In the quadratic equ
ation x2 + (p + iq) x + 3i = 0. p & q are real. If the sum ofthe squares ofthe r
oots is 8 then : (A) p = 3. q = - 1 (B) p = 3. q = 1 (C) p = 43, q = - 1 (D)p 3
, q = l Q.l24 The x - co-ordinates of the vertices of a square of unit area ar
e the roots of the equation x2 - 3 | x | + 2 = 0 and the y - co-ordinates of the
vertices are the roots of the equation y2 - 3y + 2 = 0 then the possible vertic
es ofthe square is/are : (A) (1. 1). (2. 1). (2. 2). (1.2) (B) (-1. 1), (- 2. 1
) . (-2. 2). (-1. 2) (C) (2, 1), (1, - 1). (1. 2), (2, 2) (D) (-2, 1). (- 1,-1).
( - 1, 2|. (-2. 2) Q. 125 Consider the equation y - y, = m (x - x,). If m & x,
are fixedand different lines are drawn for different values of y,, then: (A) the
lin es will pass through afixedpoint (B) there will be a set of parallel lines
(C) a ll the lines intersect die line x = x, (D) all the lines will be parallel
to the line y = x,. I i 1 t ' i i I i I i (S? Bansal Classes Q. B. on St. line,
sequence & progression,complex No. <j>-III, [15]
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IITJEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) APPLICATION OF DERIVATI
VE i KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISEIII KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCI
SE-II EXERCISE-III N P E X Page-2 Page -3 Page -5 Page -6 Page Page Page Page Pa
ge Page Page Page 1 -7 -8 10 -11 -13 -16 -18 -20 TANGENT & NORMAL : ! MONOTQNQCI
TY MAXIMA - MINIMA KEY CONCEPT EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III ANSWER KEY .
Page-22
TANGENT & NORMAL THINGS TO REMEMBER: I The value of the derivative at P (Xj, y{)
gives the slope of the tangent to the curve at P. Symbolically = Slope of tange
nt at iyi P(x1y1) = m(say). Jx n Equation of tangent at (x p y^ is; dy H I *iyi
Equation of normal at(x1,y1) is; dy dx x y ii (X-XJ). Length of I Subnormal NOTE
: 1. The point P (Xj, y,) will satisfy the equation of the curve & the equat ion
of tangent & normal line. 2. If the tangent at any point P on the curve is p ar
allel to the axis of x then dy/dx = 0 at the point P. If the tangent at any po i
nt on the curve is parallel to the axis of y, then dy/dx = oo or dx/dy=0. 3. If
the tangent at any point on the curve is equally inclined to both the axes then
dy/dx= 1. 4. If the tangent at any point makes equal intercept on the coordinate
axes then dy/dx=-1. 5. Tangent to a curve at the point P (Xj, y^ can be drawn e
ven through dy/dx at P does not exist, 6. e.g. x = 0 is a tangent to y = x2/3 at
(0,0). 7. If a curve passing through the origin be given by a rational integral
algebraic equation, the equation ofthe tangent (or tangents) at the origin is o
btained by equating to zero the terms ofthe lowest degree in the equation, e.g.
If the equation of a curve be x2 - y2 + x3 + 3 x2 y - y3 = 0, the tangents at t
h e origin are given by x2 - y2 = 0 i.e. x + y = 0 and x - y = 0. IV Angle of in
te rsection between two curves is defined as the angle between the 2 tangents dr
awn to the 2 curves at their point of intersection. If the angle between two cur
ves is 90 eveiy where then they are called ORTHOGONAL curves. yr ^ (a) Length of
the tangent (PT) = Vi+[fW ^ (b) Length of Subtangent (MT) = - p f(Xj) (c) Length
of Normal (FN) = y, ^l + [f'(x,)f VI DIFFERENTIALS: (d) Length of Subnormal (MN
) = y, f11 (x^ The differential of a function is equal to its derivative multipl
ied by the diff erential of the independent variable. Thus if, y=tan x then dy =
sec2 x dx. In g eneral dy = f ' (x) d x. Note that: d (c) = 0 where 'c' is a co
nstant. d(u + v w) = du + d v - d w d(uv) = udv + v d u Note 1. 2. For the indep
endent variable 'x', increment A x and differential d x are equal b ut this is n
ot the case with the dependent variable 'y' i.e. Ay * dy. dy The rel
ation dy = f' (x) d x can be written as = f1' (x); thus the quotient of the diff
erentials of'y' and 'x' is equal to the derivative of'y' w.r.t. 'x'. d x %Bansa
IClasses Application of Derivative [81
Q. 15 If Pj & p2 be the lengths of the perpendiculars from the origin on the tan
gent & normal respectively at any ypoint v Jy) on a curve, then show that (x, J
J . ', p 2 =|xcos F + ysin v F| p^lxsinT-ycos^l v ,T, dy where tan = . If in th
e dx above case, the curve be x2/3 + y2/3 = a2/3 then show that: 4 p } 2 + p22 =
a2. Q. 16 The curve y=ax 3 + bx 2 +cx + 5, touches the x - axis at P ( - 2,0) &
cuts the y-axis at a point Q where its gradient is 3. Find a, b, c. Q. 17 The t
angen t at a variable point P ofthe curve y=x 2 - x3 meets it again at Q. Show t
hat th e locus of the middle point of PQ is y = 1 - 9x + 28x2 - 28x3. Q.18 Show
that th e distance from the origin of the normal at any point of the curve x = a
e e sin+ 2cos &y = ae e c o s 2 sin is twice the distance of the tangent at the poi
nt 2 2. 2 2 from the origin. Q. 19 Show that the condition that the curves x273
+ y2/3 = c2/3 & (x2/a2) + (y2/b2) = 1 may touch if c = a + b. Q.20 The graph of
a certai n function/contains the point (0,2) and has the property that for each
number 'p ' the line tangent to y = / (x) at (p, /(p)) intersect the x-axis at p
+ 2. Find /(x). Q.21 A curve is given by the equations x = at2 & y = at3. A var
iable pair of perpendicular lines through the origin 'O' meet the curve at P & Q
. Show that the locus of the point of intersection of the tangents at P & Q is 4
y2 = 3ax a2. 2 x2 y = Q.22(a) Show that the curves ~2TT + T i a +Kj b +Kj 2 2 X v
0 9 0 0 " 1& x2 + y2 = ~ i 1 1 intersect orthogonally. a + K2 b + &2 2 x v2 (b)
Find the condition that the curves + = 1 & - + = 1 may cut orthogonally. a b a b
Q.23 Show that the angle between the tangent at any point A' of the curve /n (x
2 + y2) = C tan 1x and the x line joining A to the origin is independent of t he
position ofAon the curve. Q.24 For the curve x2/3 + y2/3 = a2/3, show that | z
| + 3p2 = a2 where z = x + i y & p is the length of the perpendicular from (0, 0
) to the tangent at (x, y) on the curve. Q.25 Aand B are points of the parabola
y=x2. The tangents at Aand B meet at C. The median of the triangle ABC from C ha
s length'm' units. Find the area of the triangle in terms of'm'. i i 2 %BansaIC
lasses Application of Derivative [81
(b) (i) (ii) (iii) LMVT THEOREM: Let f(x) be a function of x subject to the foll
owing conditions: f (x) is a continuous function of x in the closed interval of
a < x < b. f' (x) ex ists for every point in the open interval a < x < b, f(a)*f
(b). '^ b- a Geometrica lly, the slope of the secant line joining the curve at x =
a & x = b is equal to the slope of the tangent line drawn to the curve atx = c.
Note the following: T hen there exists at least one point x = c such that a < c
< b where f' (c) = "a. Rolles theorem is a special case of LMVT since b- a Note
: Now [f (b) - f (a)] is the change in the function f as x changes fro m a to b
so that [f (b) - f (a)] / (b - a) is the average rate ofchange of the f unction
over the interval [a, b]. Also f'(c) is the actual rate of change of the functi
on for x = c. Thus, the theorem states that the average rate of change of a func
tion over an interval is also the actual rate of change ofthe function at some p
oint of the interval. In particular, for instance, the average velocity o f a pa
rticle over an interval of time is equal to the velocity at some instant b elong
ing to the interval. This interpretation of the theorem justifies the name "Mean
Value" for the theorem. (c) APPLICATION O F ROLLES THEOREM FOR ISOLATING T H E
R E A L ROOTS O F A N EQU ATION f ( x ) = 0 (i) (ii) (iii) Suppose a & b are two
real numbers such that; f(x) & its first derivative f' (x) are continuous for a
< x < b. f(a) & f(b) have opposite signs. f' (x) is differ ent from zero for al
l values of x between a & b. Then there is one & only one re al root of the equa
tion f(x) = 0 between a & b. EXER CISE-I Q. 1 Find the intervals ofmonotonocity
for the following functions & represent y our solution set on the number line. (
a) f(x) = 2. e x2 "4x (b) f(x) = ex/x Also plot the graphs in each case. Q.2 Q.
3 Q.4 (c) f(x) = x2 e~x (d) f (x) = 2x2 In \ x | Find the intervals in which f (
x) = cosx-;, cos3x is a decreasing function. Find the intervals of monotonocity
ofthe function (a) f(x) = sinx-cosx inx e[0,27i] (b) 1 g(x) = 2 sinx + cos2x in(
0<x<27t). Show that, x3 - 3x2 - 9 x + 20 is positive for all values of x > 4. r
max{f(t):0 <t<x} ,0<x<l ,1 < x < 2 Q.5 Let f (x) = x - x + x + 1 and g(x) = 3 2
3-x Discuss the conti. & differentiability of g(x) in the interval (0,2). Q.6, ^
Find the set of all values of the parameter 'a' forwhich the function, f(x) = s
i
n 2x - 8(a +1 )sin x + (4a2 + 8a -14)x increases for all x e R and has no critic
al points for all x e R. Application of Derivative % Bans aI Classes [81
Q.7 Find the greatest & the least values of the following functions in the given
int erval ifthey exist. (a)/(x) = sin 1 V + * l / - / n x i n 2 (b) y = xx in (0,
oo) (c) y = x5 - 5x4+ 5x3 +1 in [-1,2] o b A> r J \ V\ Q.8 Find the values of'a'
for which the function f(x)=sinx - a sin2x - sin3x+2ax inc reases throughout th
e number line. e Prove that f (x) = j(9cos 2 (2/nt)-25cos(2/ nt) + 17)dt is alwa
ys an increasing function of x,VxeR Q.9 Q.IO Iff(x) = V-0 y x3 + (a -1) x2 + 2x
+1 is monotonic increasing for every x e R then find the ran ge of \ values of'a
'. Q. 11 Find the set of values of 'a' for which the function, f(x) = { V 2 1 4a - a2 a+1 x3 + 5x + V7 is increasing at every point of its domain. Q.12 Find t
he intervals in which the function f (x) = 3 cos4 x + 10 cos3 x + 6 c os2 x - 3
, 0 < x < 7 i ; i s monotonically increasing or decreasing. Q.13 Find the range
of values of'a'for which the function f(x)=x 3 + (2a+3)x2 + 3(2a+ l)x+ 5 is mono
tonic in R. Hence find the set of values of'a' for which f (x) in inver tible. Q
.14 Find the value of x> 1 for which the function crn O F(x)- J f-/n I / ^ 2 ^ t
I 32 J dt is increasing and decreasing. 1 Q.15 \
Find all the values of the parameter 'a' for which the function; f(x) = Sax - a
sin 6x - 7x - sin 5x increases & has no critical points for all x R. Q.16 Iff(x)
= 2ex - ae~x+(2a +1 )x - 3 monotonically increases for every x e R t hen find t
he range of values x2 - 9 and comment upon the following --x+x+3 x1 Q.17 Construc
t the graph of the function f (x) = (a) Range ofthe function, (b) Intervals of m
onotonocity, (c) Point(s) where f is continuous but not dififrentiable, (d) Poin
t(s) where f fails to be continuous and nature of discontinuity. (e) Gradient of
the curve where f crosses the axis of y. Q.18 Prove that, x2 - 1 > 2x In x > 4(
x - 1 ) - 2 In x for x > 1. , * f 3n } ) CUP Q.19 Prove that tan2x + 6 In secx +
2cos x + 4 > 6 sec x for x e , 2 n \ . ' ~ * U' J Y^tesU^Q.20 If ax2 + (b/x) >
c for all positive x where a > 0 & b > 0 then show that 27ab2 > 4c3. fa^ Q.21 fr
'\ :: . >1 If 0 < x < 1 prove that y = x In x - (x2/2) + (1/2) is a function su
ch that d2y/ dx2 > 0. Deduce that x/nx>(x 2 /2)-(l/2). Application of Derivative
* 0 4Bansal Classes [9]
Q.22 Prove that 0 < x. sirix - (1/2) sin2x < (1/2) (71 - 1 ) for 0 < x < tc/2. Q
.23 Show that x2 > (1 + x) [/n(l + x)]2 Vx>0. Q.24 Find the setofvalues of x fo
r which the inequality /n(l +x)> x/(l +x) is valid. Q.2^ If b> a,findthe minimum
value of |(x-a) 3 |+ | ( x - b ) 3 | , x R. EXERCISE-II Q. 1 .2 Q.3 Q. 4 Verify
Rolles throrem for f(x) = (x - a)m (x - b)n on [a, b]; m , n being positive int
eger. Let f: [a, b] R be continuous on [a, b] and differen tiable on (a, b). Iff
(a) < f (b), then show that f ' (c) > 0 for some c e (a, b ). Let f (x) = 4x3 3x2 - 2x +1, use Rolle's theorem to prove that there exist c, 0< c <1 such that
f(c) = 0. Using LMVT prove that: (a) tan x > x in V i sin x < x for x > 0 Q.5 P
rove that if / i s differentiable on [a, b] and if f (a) = f (b) = 0 then f or a
ny real a there is an x e (a, b) X ^ N such that a f ( x ) + f'(x).= 0. 3 x= 0 r
2 +3x + a 0 < x < l Q.6 For what value of a, m and b does the function f (x) =
L - x mx+b l<x<2 satisfy the hypothesis of the mean value theorem for the int er
val [0,2]. Suppose that on the interval [-2,4] the function/is differentiable, /
(-2) = 1 and \f (x) | < 5. Find the bounding functions offon [-2,4], using LMVT
. Q.8 Q.9 Let f, g be differentiable on R and suppose that f(0) = g (0) and f '
(x) < g' (x) for all x > 0. Show that f (x) < g (x) for all x > 0. Let f be cont
inuous on [a, b] and differentiable on (a, b). If f (a) = a and f (b) = b. show
that there exist distinct c p c2 in (a, b) such that f ' (Cj) + f'(c 2 ) = 2. Q
. 10. Let f (x) and g (x) be differentiable functions such that f' (x) g (x) * f
(x) g' (x) for any real x. Showthat between any two real solutions of f (x) = 0
, there is at least one real solution of g (x) = 0. Q. 11 Let f defined on [0,1
] be a twice differentiable function such that, | f" (x) | < 1 for all x e [0,1
] If f (0) = f (1), then showthat, | f' (x) | < 1 for all x e [0,1] Q. 12 f (x)
and g (x) are differentiable functions for 0 < x < 2 such that f (0) = 5, g (0)
= 0, f (2) = 8, g (2) = 1. Show that there exists a number c satisfying 0 < c <
2 and f ' (c) - 3 g' (c). Q.13 If f, <> i|/ are continuous in [a, b] and deriva
ble in ]a, b[ then show that there is a value of c lying between J, a&b such tha
t, f(a) f(b) <j>(a) b) (a) (b) f'(c) *'(c) = 0 ^'(c) Q.14 Show that exactly two re
al values of x satisfy the equation x 2 =x sinx + c os x. Q.15 Let a > 0 and/ be
continuous in [-a, a]. Suppose that / (x) exists a n d / (x) < 1 for all x (-a,
a). If /(a) = a and/(- a) = - a, show that f (0) = 0. Q. 16 Let a, b, c be thre
e real number such that a < b < c, f (x) is continuo us in [a, c] and differenti
able in (a, c). Also f 1 (x) is strictly increasing i n (a, c). Prove that (c b) f (a) + (b - a) f (c) > (c - a) f (b) % Bans aIClas ses Application of Deriva
tive [81
Q.17 Use the mean value theorem to prove, X1 </nx<x-l, Vx>l X Q.18 Use mean value
theorem to evaluate, Lhn (Vx + l -Vx)_ Q.19 Using L.M. V.T. or otherwise1 prove
that difference of square root of two consecutive natural nu mbers greater than
N2 is less than . Q.20 Prove the inequality ex > (1 + x) usin g LMVT for all x
e Rq and use it to determine which of the two numbers e" and ne is greater. EXER
CISE-III Q.l Letf(x) = increasing. Q.2 Iff(x)= X x* e x<0 , , ' ; where 'a' is a
positive constant. Find the interval in which f' (x) is x+ a - x , x> 0 x [ JEE
'96,3 ] &g(x)= X 3 sin x tan x , where 0 < x < 1, then in this interval: Q.3 (A
) both f(x) & g (x) are increasing functions (B) both f(x) & g (x) are decreas i
ng functions (C) f (x) is an increasing function (D) g (x) is an increasing fun
ction [ JEE '97 (Scr), 2 ] dg Let a+b = 4, where a < 2 and let g (x) be a differ
entiable function. If > 0 for all x, prove that dx a o j g(x) dx + J g(x) dx in
creases as (b - a) increases. b o [JEE '97,5] Q.4(a) Let h(x) = f(x) - (f(x))2 +
(f(x))3 for every real number x. Then: (A) h is increasing whenever f is increa
sing (B) h is increasing whenever f is decreas ing (C) h is decreasing whenever
f is decreasing (D) nothing can be said in gene ral. x2- 1 (b) f(x) = r, for every
real number x, then the minimum value of f: x + 1 (A) does not exist because f
is unbounded (B) is not attained even though f is bounded (C) is equal to 1 (D)
is equal to - 1 . [JEE '98,2 + 2 ] Q.5(a) Foralfx e (0,1): (A) ex < 1 + x (B) lo
ge(l +x)<x (C) sinx>x (D)log e x>x (b) Consider t he following statements S and
R: S : Both sin x & cos x are decreasing functions in the interval (n/2, n). R:
If a differentiable function decreases in an inter val (a, b), then its derivati
ve also decreases in (a, b). Which of the following is true ? (A) both S and R a
re wrong (B) both S and R are correct, but R is not
Q.6(a) If /(x) = xex(1 ~x), then f(x) is ( (A) increasing on M ~ >l J (B) decrea
sing on R 4 ' (C) increasing on R (D) decreasing on 3 (b) Let - 1 < p < 1. Show
that the equat ion 4x - 3x - p = 0 has a unique root in the interval identify*.
Q.7 [ JEE 2001, 1 + 5 ] and The length of a longest interval in which the functi
on 3 sinx - 4sin3x is increa sing, is 7t 7 X 3C T (A) (B) (C)y '(D) n (D) 7i [JE
E 2002 (Screening), 3] Q.8(a) Using the relation 2(1 - cosx) < x 2 , x ^ 0 or ot
herwise, prove that sin (tanx) > x, V x 0'i (b) Let f: [0,4] - R be a differentiab
le function. (i) Show t hat there exist a, b [0,4], (f (4))2 - (f (0))2 = 8 f'(a
) f (b) (ii) Show that t here exist a, P with 0 < a < p < 2 such that 4 | f(t) d
t = 2 (a f (a 2 ) + p f ( P 2 )) [JEE 2003 (Mains), 4 + 4 out of 60] o Q.9(a) Le
t f (x): x7nx,x > 0 0, x=0 . Rolle's theorem is applicable to f for x e [0,1], if
a = (A)-2 (B)-l T. (C)0 (D)1 f(x2)-f(x) . (b) If/is a strictly increasing funct
ion, then Lim i s equal to (A) 0 101 (B) 1 100 (C)-l (D)2 [JEE 2004 (Scr)] Q.10
If p (x) = 5 lx - 2323x - 45x +1035, using Rolle's theorem, prove that at l east
one root of p(x) lies between (451/100,46). [JEE 2004,2 out of 60] Q. 11 (a ) I
f/(x) is a twice differentiable function and given that f(l) = 1, f(2) = 4, f (3
) = 9, then (A) f" (x) = 2, for V x e (1, 3) (B) f" (x) = f ' (x) = 2, for som e
x e (2, 3) (C) f" (x) = 3, for V x (2, 3) (D) f" (x) = 2, for some x e (1,3) [
JEE 2005 (Scr), 3] (b) f (x) is differentiable function and g (x) is a double di
fferentiable function such that | f (x) | < 1 and f '(x) = g (x). Iff^O) +g2(0)
= 9. Prove that there exists some c e (-3,3) such that g (c) g"(c)<0. [JEE 2005
(Mains), 6] ^Bansal Classes Application of Derivative [12]
MAXIMA - MINIMA FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE VARIABLE HOW MAXIMA & MINIMA ARE CLASSIFIE
D 1. relative maximum A function f(x) is said to have a maximum absolute maximum
No g reater value of f. No greater value of f. at x = a if f(a) is greater than
every other near by relative maximum Also a relative maximum No greater value o
f f. v alue assumed by f(x) in the immediate A nearby y=f(x) neighbourhood of x=
a. Symb olically f(a) > f(a + h) >x=a gives maxima for f(a) > f(a-h) relative mi
nimum R No smaller value of f. a sufficiently small positive h. near by absolute
minimum Similarly, a function f(x) is said to have a No smaller value of f. Als
o a rela tive minimum minimum value at x=b if f(b) is least than every other val
ue assume d by f(x) in the immediate x=a x=b neighbourhood at x=b. Symbolically
if x=b gives minima for a sufficiently small positive h. p/1 \ C f1 1N i f(b) <
f(b -h) Note that: (i) the maximum & minimum values of a function are also known
as local/relative maxima or local/relative minima as these are the greatest & l
east values ofthe function relative to some neighbourhood of the point in questi
on. the term 'externum' or (extremal) or 'turning value' is used both for maximu
m or a minimum value, (ii) a maximum (minimum) value of a function may not be th
e gr eatest (least) value in a finite interval, (iii) (iv) a function can have s
evera l maximum & minimum values & a minimum value may even be greater than a ma
ximum value. maximum & minimum values of a continuous function occur alternately
& bet ween two consecutive (v) maximum values there is a minimum value & vice v
ersa. w f(b) < f(b + h) (0 (ii) (iii) (iv) A NECESSARY CONDITION FOR MAXIMUM & M
INIMUM : If f(x) is a maximum or minimum at x = c & iff' (c) exists then f' (c)
= 0. Note : The set of values of x for whic h f' (x) = 0 are often called as sta
tionary points or critical points. The rate of change of function is zero at a s
tationary point. In case f' (c) does not exi st f(c) may be a maximum or a minim
um & in this case left hand and right hand de rivatives are of opposite signs. T
he greatest (global maxima) and the least (glo bal minima) values of a function
fin an interval [a, b] are f(a) or f(b) or are given by the values of x for whic
h f' (x) = 0. dy Critical points are those wher e = 0, if it exists, or it fails
to exist either by virtue of a vertical tangent dx or by virtue of a geometrica
l sharp corner but not because of discontinuity of function. SUFFICIENT CONDITIO
N FOR EXTREME VALUES : f'(c-h) > 0 => x - c is a point of local maxima, where f'
(c)=0. h is a sufficie ntly f'(c+h) < 0 small positive . f'(c-h) < 0 x - c i s
aFpoint of local minima, where f'(c) = 0. quantity Similarly v f'(c+h) > 0_ ' No
te : Iff' (x) does not c hange sign i.e. has the same sign in a certain complete
neighbourhood of c, then f(x) is either strictly increasing or decreasing throu
ghout this neighbourhood implying that f(c) is not an extreme value of f. % Bans
aIClasses Application of Derivative [81
4. (a) (b) 5. USE OF SECOND ORDER DERIVATIVE IN ASCERTAINING THE MAXIMA OR MINIM
A: f(c) is a m inimum value of the function f, if f' (c) = 0 & f" (c) > 0. f(c)
is a maximum va lue of the function f, f' (c) = 0 & f" (c) < 0. Note : iff" (c)
= 0 then the tes t fails. Revert back to thefirstorder derivative check for asce
rtaning the maxim a or minima. SUMMARY-WORKING FIRST: RULE: When possible, draw
a figure to illustrate the problem & label those parts that are important in the
problem. Constants & variables should be clearly distinguis hed. SECOND: Write
an equation for the quantity that is to be maximised or minimised. If this quant
ity is denoted by 'y', it must be expressed in terms of a single independe nt va
riable x. his may require some algebraic manipulations. THIRD: If y = f (x) is a
quantity to be maximum or minimum, find those values of x for which dy/dx = f'(
x) = 0. FOURTH: Test each values of x for which f'(x) = 0 to determine whether i
t provides a max imum or minimum or neither. The usual tests are: (a) If dVdx 2
is positive when dy/dx = 0 => y is minimum. If dVdx 2 is negative when dy/dx = 0
=>yis maximum. If d^/dx 2 = 0 when dy/dx = 0, the test fails. (b) If is zero dx n
egative dy positive for for x < x0 for x = xn x > x0 a maximum occurs at x = xQ.
But if dy/dx changes signfromnegative to zero to positive as x advances through
x0 there is a minimum. If dy/dx does not change sign, neither a maximum nor a m
i nimum. Such points are called INFLECTION POINTS. FIFTH: If the function y = f
(x) is defined for only a limited range of values a < x < b then examine x = a&
x = b for possible extreme values. SIXTH: Ifthe derivative fails to exist at som
e point, examine this point as possible ma ximum or minimum. Important Note: Giv
en a fixed point A(xl5 yt) and a moving poi nt P(x, f (x)) on the curve y=f(x).
Then AP will be maximum or minimum if it is normal to the curve at P. If the sum
of two positive numbers x and y is constant than their product is maximum ifthe
y are equal,i.e. x + y = c , x > 0 , y > 0 , t h e n xy= ^ [(x + y ) 2 - ( x - y
) 2 ] 6. If the product of two positive numbers is constant then their sum is l
east if th ey are equal, i.e. (x + y)2 = ( x - y)2 + 4xy REMEMBER: USEFUL FORMUL
AE OF MENSURATION TO riP Volume of a cuboid = /bh. Surface area of a cuboid = 2
(7b+bh+h/). Volume of a p
Q.13 A window of fixed perimeter (including the base of the arch) is in the form
of a rectangle surmounted by a semicircle. The semicircular portion is fitted w
ith coloured glass while the rectangular part isfittedwith clean glass. The cle
a r glass transmits three times as much light per square meter as the coloured g
la ss does. What is the ratio of the sides of the rectangle so that the window t
ran smits the maximum light? Q.14 A closed rectangular box with a square base is
to be made to contain 1000 cubic feet. The cost of the material per square foot
for the bottom is 15 paise, for the top 25 paise and for the sides 20 paise. Th
e la bour charges for making the box are Rs. 3/-. Find the dimensions of the box
when the cost is minimum. Q.15 Find the area of the largest rectangle with lowe
r bas e on the x-axis & upper vertices on the curve y = 12-x 2 . Q.16 A trapeziu
m ABCD is inscribed into a semicircle of radius / so that the base AD of the tra
pezium is a diameter and the vertices B & C lie on the circumference. Find the b
ase an gle 0 of the trapezium ABCD which has the greatest perimeter. 3X. 4" b Q.
l? If y = has a turning value at (2,-1) find a & b and show that the turning value is
a maximum Q.18 Prove that among all triangles with a given perimeter, the equil
ate ral triangle has the maximum area. Q.19 A sheet of poster has its area 18 m2
. Th e margin at the top & bottom are 75 cms and at the sides 50 cms. What are t
he di mensions of the poster if the area of the printed space is maximum? Q.20 A
perpe ndicular is drawnfromthe centre to a tangent to an ellipse hj - 1 . Find t
he grea test value a b of the intercept between the point of contact and the foo
t of the perpendicular. X x2 y 2 Q.21 Consider the function, F (x) = j(t 2 -1) d
t, x e R. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Fin d the x and y intercept of F if they exist. De
rivatives F' (x) and F" (x). The i ntervals on which F is an increasing and the
invervals on which F is decreasing. Relative maximum and minimum points. Any inf
lection point. -l Q.22 A beam of rectangular cross section must be sawnfroma rou
nd log of diameter d. What should the width x and height y of the cross section
be for the beam to offer the greatest resistance (a) to compression; (b) to bend
ing. Assume that t he compressive strength of a beam is proportional to the area
of the cross secti on and the bending strength is proportional to the product o
f the width of secti on by the square of its height Q. 2 3 What are the dimensio
ns of the rectangular plot of the greatest area which can be laid out within a t
riangle of base 36ft. & altitude 12ft? Assume that one side of the rectangle lie
s on the base of the t riangle. Q .24 Theflowerbed is to be in the shape of a ci
rcular sector of radius r & central angle 0. If the area is fixed & perimeter is
minimum,findr and 0. Q .25 The circle x2 + y 2 = 1 cuts the x-axis at P&Q. Anot
her circle with centre a t Q and varable radius intersects the first circle at R
above the x-axis & the l ine segment PQ at S. Find the maximum area of the tria
ngle QSR. % BansaIClasses Application of Derivative [81
EXERCISE-II Q.1 (a) (b) (c) Q. 2 Q. 3 The mass of a cell culture at time t is gi
ven by, M (t ) = Find Lim M(t) and Lim M(t) t->-00 t-00 ~zr l + 4e 3 dM 1 ,, , Sho
w that - - M(3 - M) Find the maximum rate of growth of M and also th e vlaue of
t at which occurs. Find the cosine of the angle at the vertex of an i sosceles t
riangle having the greatest area for the given constant length I of th e median
drawn to its lateral side. From a fixed point A on the circumference of a circle
of radius 'a1, let the perpendicular AY fall on the tangent at a point P on the
circle, prove that the greatest area which the AAPY can have , is3V3ra sq. units
. Q. 4 Q. 5 Given two points A ( - 2,0) & B (0,4) and a line y = x. Find the coor dinates of a point M on this line so that the perimeter of the A AMB is least
. A given quantity of metal is to be casted into a half cylinder i.e. with a rec
tan gular base and semicircular ends. Show that in order that total surface area
may be minimum, the ratio of the height of the cylinder to the diameter of the
semi circular ends is n/(n+2). Depending on the values of p e R,findthe value of
'a' for which the equation x3 + 2 px 2 +p = ahas three distinct real roots. Show
tha t for each a > 0 the function e~ax. xa2 has a maximum value say F (a), and
that F (x) has a minimum value, e~e/2. Let f (x) = sin3 x + X sin2x, -n/2<x< n/2
. Fin d the intervals in which X should lie in order that f(x) has exactly one m
aximum & one minimum. For what real values of 'a' and 'b' are all the extremum v
alues of the function, f(x) = a2x3 + ax2 - x + b negative and the maximum is at
the po int x0 = - 1 . - Vx/nx Q.IO Consider the function /(x) = (a) (b) (c) (d)
L 0 whe nx>0 for x = 0 2 Q. 6 Q.7 Q.8 Q. 9 Find whether/ is continuous at x = 0
or not. Find the minima and maxima if they exist. Does/' (0) ? Find Lim / ' (x).
x-> 0 Find the inflection points of the graph of y=f (x).. Q. 11 Consider the f
unction y =/(x) = In (1 + sin x) with -2n<x<2n. Find (a) the zeroes of/(x) (b) i
nflection points if any on the graph (c) local maxima and mi nima of /(x) (d) as
ymptotes of the graph t/2 (e) sketch the graph of /(x) and co mpute the value of
the definite integral -it/ 2 feBansal Classes Application of Derivative [18]
[20J
Q. 11 (a) If a,, aj, , an are positive real numbers whose product is a fixed num
ber e, the minimum value of a, + aj + a3 + + an l + 2an is (A)n(2e)1/n (B)(n+l)
e 1/n (C)2ne1/n (D)(n+l)(2e)1/n [JEE 2002 Screening] (b) A straight line L with
ne gative slope passes through the point (8,2) and cuts the positive coordinates
ax es at points P and Q. Find the absolute minimum value of OP + OQ, as L varie
s, w here O is the origin. [ JEE 2002 Mains, 5 out of 60] Q. 12(a) Find a point
on th e curve x2 + 2y2 = 6 whose distancefromthe line x + y=7, is minimum. [JEE03, Ma ins-2 out of 60] (b) For a circle x2 + y2 = r2, find the value of'r' for
which t he area enclosed by the tangents drawnfromthe point P(6,8) to the circle
and the chord of contact is maximum. [JEE-03, Mains-2 out of 60] Q. 13(a) Let f
(x) = x 3 + bx2 + cx + d, 0 < b2 < c. Then f (A) is bounded (B) has a local max
ima (C) h as a local minima (D) is strictly increasing . , . _ 3x-(x + l) w (b)
Prove that sin x + 2x > - VX G n [JEE 2004 (Scr.)] . (Justify the inequality, if
any used). [JEE 2004,4 out of 60] Q.14 If P(x) be a polynomial of degree 3 sati
sfying P(-l) = 10, P( 1) = - 6 and P(x) has maximum at x = - 1 and P'(x) has min
ima at x = 1. Find the distance bet ween the local maximum and local minimum of
the curve. [JEE 2005 (Mains), 4 out of 60] Q.15(a) If/(x) is cubic polynomial wh
ich has local maximum at x = - 1. If / ( 2 ) = 18,/(1) = - 1 and / ( x ) has loc
al maxima at x = 0, then (A) the dis tance between (-1,2) and (a,/(a)), where x
= a is the point of local minima is 2 ^5 (B)/(x) is increasing for x e [1, 2-/5
] (C)/(x) has local minima at x = 1 (D ) the value o f / 0 ) - 5 ex 0 < x <1 x x
_1 1 < x < 2 andg(x) = Jf(t)dt ,x e [1, 3]theng(x)has (b)/(x) = 2 - e x-e 2<x <
3 (A) local maxima at x = 1 + In 2 and l ocal minima at x = e (B) local maxima a
t x = 1 and local minima at x = 2 (C) no local maxima (D) no local minima [JEE 2
006,5marks each] (c) If/(x) is twice differentiable function such that /(a) = 0,
/(b) = 2,/(c) = l,/(d) = 2,/(e) = 0, where a < b < c < d < e , thenfindthe minim
um number of ze ros of g(x) = (f' (x))2 + f (x).f" (x) in the interval [a, e]. [
JEE 2006,6] % Bans aIClasses Application of Derivative [81
EXERCISE-III Q.l (a) 0, 3, (c) - , t = In 4 Q.2 cos A - 0.8 Q.4 (0,0) Q.8 -3/2 <
A.<0U0<A,<3/2 Q.6 p < a < y ^ + p if p > 0 ; ^ - + p < a < p i f p < 0 1 f Q.9
a = - ~ and b e -oo, or a= 1,be(-oo,- 1) Q.IO (a) f is continuous at x = 0; (b) ; (c) does not exist, does not exist; ( d) pt. of inflection x = 1 6 Q.ll 71 3i
t (a) x = - 27t, - 7t, 0,it, 2n, (b) no i nflection point, (c) maxima at x = and
- and no'minima, (d) x = and x = - , (e) n in 2 f 37C 7t Q.12 4 Q.13 (0,2) & max
. distance = 4 Q.14 m e '4VY/3 vV3y \_ r 32' 16. Q.19 Q.16 * 4 Q.17 ( - oo, - 3)
u (3 ,29/7) Q.20 L/4 Q.18 H = x = Q.21 71 (c+a-b)(a + b - c ) Q.23 (a) increasi
ng in (0,2) and decreasing in (-oo, 0) u (2, oo), local min. va lue = 0 and loca
l max. value = 2 (b) concave up for ( - o , 2 - V2) u (2 + V2, o ) and concave d
own in (2 - V2), (2 + V2) o o (c)f(x)=|e2x-x2 Q.24 2V2-I EXERCISE-IJI Q.l * sq.
units Q.2 (a) B, (b) a = - j ; b = 4 ; f(x) (x2 - 5x + 8) 4 4 Q.3 Q.5 Q.8 & i2(a
+ b) ' y ( + ) 2a bJ -f A V2(a+b)' y 2(a+b), Q.4 (a) B, D, Q.7 (-9/2,2) Q.12 (a
) (2,1); (b) 5 Q.6 V 3 x V 2 y = V 5 Q.9 2ab Q.IO (a) D; (b) A Q.ll (a) A; (b) 1
8
Q.13 (a)D Q.14 4^65 Q-15 (a) B, C; (b) A, B, (c) 6 solutions (!Bansal Classes App
lication of Derivative [20J
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) BOOLEAN ALGEBRA CONTEN
TS KEY- CONCEPTS SUGGESTED EXERCISE ANSWER-KEY
SUGGESTED EXERCISE Ql. Q2. Let B = { {1} , {2}, {1,2 } ,(j>}. Show that (B , u ,
n , ' , (j), {1,2 }) is a Boolean Algebra. Let L be set of all logical statemen
ts. Define operations '+', '.' and " ' b y p + q = p v q ; p . q = p A q ; p' =
~p for all p, q E L where v , A has usual meaning in mathematical logic. Show t
h at (L, + , . , ' , C , t) is a Boolean Algebra. Let B be a Boolean algebra. Th
en , for any x and y in B, prove (i) (x + y). (x + 1) = x + x . y + y (ii) x = 0
if and only if y = x.y' + x'.y + x'.y for all y "(iii) x + x. ( y + l ) = x Con
str uct truth tables for the following (i) [p v (~p) A q)] -> q (ii) p A (q r) (
iii) [p A r) - (q v r) Which ofthe following are equivalent ? (i) p q ; (~ p) ->
(~ q ) (ii) p ^ q ; (p A q) v ( ~ P A (~ q) ) Examine the validity ofthe folloiw
ng ar guments: (i) Sj : p -> q ; S 2 : q ^ p ; S : p v q (ii) S , : [ p A (~ q)
] r ; S2 : p v q ; S 3 : q p Q3. Q4. Q 5. Q6. ; S:r Q7. Q8. Construct an input o
utput table for each of the following Boolean Algebra functi ons: (i) f (x,, x 2
, x3) = ((x,. x2') + x 3 ). x,' (ii) f (x,, x2) - (x,. x2') + x2 ' Write the Bo
olean expression for the following input/output table. Show t hat it is a Boolea
n function and also draw its arrow diagram. Input Output x3 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 x2 1
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 S 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 Q 9. Find the combinatorial cir
cuit corresponding to the following Boolean expression s: (i) (ii) (iii) x.+(x1'
.x2) {x, + (x 2 '. X3) } + X3 { x ; + ( x 2 ' . x 3 ) } + x, tH.BansatClasses Bo
olean Algebra [8]
Q10. Prove Demorgans Laws for any elements a, b in a Boolean algebra, i.e. prove
(i) (a + by = a' b' (ii) (ab)' = a' + V Simplify (i) { [ (a' A b')' v c] A (a v
c)} ' (ii) (x A y) v [ (x v y ' ) A y]' where B is a Boolean algebra Qll. a, b
e B x,yeB Q12. Q13. Draw the circuit which realizes the function a A [(b v d1) v
(c' A (a v d v c')] A b Write the Boolean expression corresponding to the follo
wing switching circu it. Use laws of Boolean algebra to simplify the circuit. Co
nstruct the network f or the simplified circuit. . ^. q q Q14. rq' If A, B, C re
present three switches in an on position and A', B' and C' represen t the switch
es in an off position, then construct a network for the polynomial A BC + AB'C +
A'B'C. Using the laws of the Booean algebra, show that above polynom ial is equ
ivalent to C(A+ B') and construct an equivalent switching circuit. Q15. Simplify
the combinational circuit: not>ON0T>OOR Q16. For each x in a Boolean Algebra B,
prove that x + y = lj x.y = of y = x' tH.BansatClasses Boolean Algebra [9]
Q8. f (x) = x, x2 x3 + x, x2' x3' + x,' x2' Arrow Diagram Q9. (i) (ii) (iii) Qll
. (i) (a' A c');(ii) 1 b Q12. V V Q13. pq + r ( r ' + q)(p' + r q ' ) Simplified
form: pq + qr q r B C Q14. A B* \ x ; + x2 A A' B' B' c" c" xr Q15. X, - N0j>O T
tH.BansatClasses Boolean Algebra [11]
BANSAL CLASSES TARGET IIT JEE 2007 MATHEMATICS XII (ABCD) :. : :: " .. : v.. : :
VECTORS & 3-D CONTENTS KEY- CONCEPTS EXERCISE-I EXERCISE-II EXERCISE-III EXERCI
SE-IV ANSWER KEY
DIRECTION COSINES : Let a = aji + a 2 j + a 3 k the angles which this vector mak
es with the +ve dire ctions OX,OY & OZ are called DIRECTION ANGLES & their cosin
es are called the DIR ECTION COSINES . ao cos a = 1 -! i r 5 cos p=~-2 > cos r =
1 J r > (3=7^Note tha t, cos2 a + cos213 + cos2 F = 1 a aI la Figure B (B VECTO
R EQUATION OF A LINE : Parametric vector equation of a line passing through two
point a a A(a) & B(b) is given by, f = a + t(b - a) wheretisaparameter. If the l
ine passes through the point A(a) & is parallel to the vector b then its equatio
n is, r = a +1 b Note that the equations of the bisectors of the angles between
the lines r = a + A . b & r = a + p c i s : r = 5 +1 (b + c) & r = a + p ( c - b
) . TEST OF COLLINEARITY : Three points A,B,C with position vectors a,b,c respe
ctively are collinear, if& o nly if there exist scalars x, y, z not all zero sim
ultaneously such that ; xa + yb + zc = 0, where x + y + z = 0. 8. SCALAR PRODUCT
OF TWO VECTORS : a.b = aj =a n b = A A A la! cos 9(0 < 9 < rt), note that if 9
is acute then a.b > 0 I |2 7 " a.a=| ,a.b=b.a (commutative) a.b = 0<=>ab i.i = j.
j = k.k = 1 ; projection of a o ^ . jbi A A A
& if 9 is obtuse then a.b < 0 a . (b + c) = a.b + a.c (distributive) (a*0 b*0) A
i.j = j.k = k.i = 0 (-a xy b b and perpendicular to b = a 2 v b j a.b 0<<|><7t
A A A A A Note: That vector component of a along b =
(viii) Vector area If a ,b & c are the pv's of 3 points A, B & C then the vector
area o f triangle ABC = 1 axb + bxc + cxa The points A, B & C are collinear if
axb + bx c + cxa = 0 Area of any quadrilateral whose diagonal vectors are d & d
, is give n by 1 dj xd2 10. SHORTEST DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO LINES : If two lines i
n space intersect at a point , then obviously the shortest distance between them
is zero. Lines which do not intersect & are also not parallel are called SKEW L
INES. For Skew lines the dire ction of the shortest distance would be perpendicu
lar to both the lines. The mag nitude of the shortest distance vector would be e
qual to that of the projection of AB along the direction of the line of shortest
distance, LM is parallel to p x q AB . (pxq) pxq i.e. LM = Projection of AB on
LM Projection of AB on pxq ( b - a ) . (pxq) pxq 1. The two lines directed along
p & q will intersect only if shortest distance = 0 i.e (b-a).(pxq) = 0 i.e. (b
- aj lies in the plane containing p & q .=> (b-aj p q = 0 . 2. 11. or bx(a2 - a
, ) If two lines are given by r, = a, + Kb & r2 = a, + Kb i.e. they ar e paralle
l then, d = SCALAR TRIPLE PRODUCT / BOX PRODUCT / MIXED PRODUCT : The s calar tr
iple product of three vectors a, b & c is defined as : axb.c=|a|b |c| s in0 cos<
j> where is the angle between a & b &<|> is the angle between axb&;cIt is also de
fined as [a b c ] , spelled as box product. Scalar triple product geomet rically
represents the volume ofthe parallelopiped whose three couterminous edge s are
represented by a ,b & c i.e.V = [a b c ] In a scalar triple product the po sitio
n of dot & cross can be interchanged i.e. a.(b x c ) = (a x b ).c OR [ a b c ] =
[ b c a ] = [ c a b ] a . (bxc) = -a.(cxb) i.e. [ a b c ] = - [ a c b ] A A A A
A / V A A A * b, If a = aji + a 2 j + a 3 k ; b = bji + b 2 j + b3k & c = Cji +
c 2 j + c3k then [a b c] = b2 b3 C[ c 2 c 3 3.1 ?L2 In general , if a = a, 1 +
a2m + a3n ; b = b j + b2m + b3n & c = c, 1 + c2m + c3 n a l a 2
a 3 then |abc t>i b2 b3 Cj c2 c3 Trnnj ; where 1, rh & n are non coplanar vector
s . If a , b , c are coplanar < > [a b c] = 0 . = <!Bansal Classes Probability [5
]
Scalar product of three vectors, two of which are equal or parallel is 0 i.e. [a
bc] = 0, Note : If a , b, c are non - coplanar then [a b c] > 0 for right hande
d system & [a b c] < 0 for left handed system. or [i j k] = 1 [Kabc] = K[abc] =
[ (a + b) c d] = [a c d] + [b c d] The volume of the tetrahedron OABC with O as
origin & the pv's of A, B and C bei ng a , b & c respectively is given by V = [a
b c] 6 cir " The positon vector of the centroid of a tetrahedron if the pv's of
its angular v ertices are a , b, c & d are given by ~ [a + b + c + d]. Note tha
t this is also the point of concurrency of the lines joining the vertices to the
centroids ofth e opposite faces and is also called the centre of the tetrahedro
n. In case the t etrahedron is regular it is equidistantfromthe vertices and the
four faces ofthe tetrahedron. Remember that a-b b-c c-a 0 & a+b b+c c+a = 2 a b
c *12. VECTOR TRIPLE PRODUCT : Let a , b , c be any three vectors, then the exp
ression a x ( b x c ) is a vector & is called a vector triple product. GEOMETRIC
AL INTERPRETATION OF ax(bxc) Consider the expression a x (bx c) which itself is
a vector, since it is a cross product of two vectors a & (b x c). Now a x ( b x
c ) is a vector perpendicular to the plane containing a & (b x c) but b x c is a
vector perpendicular to the plane b & c , therefore a x (b x c) is a vector lie
s in the plane of b&c and per pendicular to a . Hence we can express ax ( b x c
) in terms of b & c i.e. a x (b x c) = xb + yc where x & y are scalars . * a x (
b x c) = (a . c)b (a . b)c (a x b) x c # a x (b x c) 13. LINEAR COMBINATIONS / L
inearly Independen ce and Dependence of Vectors : Given a finite set of vectors
a, b, c, combinatio n of a, b, c, (a) then the vector r = xa + yb + zc + e R. We
have the following results : iscalleda linear for any x, y, z ( a x b ) x c = (
a . c ) b - ( b . c )a FUNDAMENTALTHEOREM I N PLANE : Let a,b be nonzero, non c
ollinear vectors. Then any vector r coplanar with a,b can be expressed uniquely
as a linear combination of a,b i.e. There exist some unique x,y e R such that xa
+ yb=r . (b) FUNDAMENTAL THEOREM I N SPACE : Let a ,b ,c be non-zero, non-copla
nar vectors in space. Then any vector r, can be uniquily expressed as a linear c
ombination of a ,b ,c i.e. There exist some unique x,y e R such that xa + y b +
z c = r . <!Bansal Classes P robability [6]
(c) If x, ,x 2 , x n are n non zero vectors, & k,, k2, k n x n = 0 => k, = 0,k2
= 0 kn are n scalars & if the linear combination k n = 0 then we say that vector
s x ,,x 2 , xn kjXj + k 2 x 2 + (d) If x j ,x 2 , x,,x 2 , Note : a r e LINEARLY
INDEPENDENT VECTORS . x n are not LINEARLY INDEPENDENT then they are said to be
LINEARLY x n are said to be LINEARLY DEPENDENT . DEPENDENT vectors . i.e. if k
, x , + k 2 x 2 + + k n x n = 0 & if there exists at least one k * 0 then If a =
3i + 2j + 5k then a is expressed as a LINEAR COMBINATION of vectors i, j, k Als
o, a, I5 js K form a linearly dependent set of vectors. In general, every set of
four vectors is a linearly dependent system. i, j, k are LINEARLY LNDEPENDENT s
et of vectors. For KJI+K2j + K3k = 0 = > Kj = 0 = K 2 = K 3 . ^ Two vectors a &
b are linearly dependent => a is parallel to b i.e. axb= 0 => li near dependence
of a & b Conversely if axb^O then a & b are linearly independent . If three vec
tors a ,b ,c are linearly dependent, then they are coplanar i.e. [a, b, c] = 0,
conversely, if [a, b, c] * 0 , then the vectors are linearly inde pendent. 14. C
OPLANARITY OF VECTORS : Four points A, B, C, D with position vectors a, b, c, d
respectively are coplanar if and only if there exist scalars x, y, z, w not all
zero simultaneously such that xa+ yb+zc+wd=0 where, x + y + z + w=0. 15. RECIPRO
CAL SYSTEM OF VECTORS : If a, b, c & a',b',c' are two sets of non coplana r vect
ors such that a.a'=b .b -c.c'=l two systems are called Reciprocal System o f vec
tors. X ^ T Note: . u- 2xa , axb a = r - , ; b'= _ , ; c'jSbcj abcj |abcj then th
e 16. (a) (b) 17. (a) (b) EQUATION OF A PLANE : The equation (r - r0 >.n 0 repre
sents a plane containing t he point with p.v. r0 where n is a vector normal to t
he plane. ?.n=d is the gene ral equation of a plane. Angle between the 2 planes
is the angle between 2 norma ls drawn to the planes and the angle between a line
and a plane is the complimen
t of the angle between the line and the normal to the plane. APPLICATION OF VECT
ORS : Work done against a constant force F over a displacement s is defined as
W =F.s The tangential velocity V of a body moving in a circle is given by V = w
x r where r is the pv of the point R = j a \ i p / L, V <!Bansal Classes Probabili
ty [482]
(c) The moment of F about 'O' is defined as M = f x Fwherer is the pv of P wrt '
0 \ The direction of M is along the normal to the plane OPN such that r , F & M
rig ht handed system. form a (d) Moment ofthe couple = ( r , - r 2 ) x F where
h & ?2 are pv's of the point ofthe application of the forces F & - F. 3 -D COORD
INATE GEOMETRY USEFUL R ESULTS A General: Distance (d) between two points (x,, y
,, z,) and (x 2 , y 2 , z2) d= yl(x2-xl)2+(y2-y1)2+(z2-zrf (X|,y,, z,) m2Zj (1)
(2) A m i P(x, y, z) !- m, Section Fomula m m2x1 + m 1 x 2 2Yl + m i Y2 m!+m 2 '
: m]+m 2 (For external div ision take -ve sign) B (x2, y? j z.) z= +nii z 2 mj +m
2 Direction Cosine and direction ratio's of a line (3) (a) Direction cosine of
a l ine has the same meaning as d.c's ofa vector. Any three numbers a, b, c prop
orti onal to the direction cosines are called the direction ratios i.e. I _ m _
n _ 1 a b c _ Va2+b2+c2 same sign either +ve or -ve should be taken through out.
note that d.r's of a line joining x,, y,, z, and x 2 , y 2 , z2 are proportiona
l to x 2 - x, , y, - y, and z2 - z, (b) If 9 is the angle between the two lines
whose d .c's are /,, m,, n, and l 2 , m 2 , n2 cos9 = /, /2 + m ; m2 + n ; n2 he
nce if l ines are perpendicular then /, l2 + m, m2 + nj n2 =0 U= m i = ni n if l
ines are parallel then l2 m 2 n 2 (x y,,z,) h ml ni note that if three lines are
coplanar then (4) B (i) (ii) h h m2 m3 n y2 .zb) 2 =0 n3
(iv) (v) Equation of a plane if the length of the perpendicular from the origin
on the jJ ane is p and d.c's ofthe perpendicular as /, m,, n is /x + my + nz = p
Parallel and perpendicular planes - Two planes aj x + bj y + CjZ + d} = 0 and a
,x + b2y + c2z + d2 = 0 are perpendicular if a} a7 + bj b, + Cj c2 = 0 parallel
if coincid ent if a, b, _ c, and d2 a2"b2"c2 (vi) Angle between a plane and a li
ne is the compliment of the angle between the norm al to the plane and the .. Li
ne : r = a + A,b then Une.lt pi a n e : f . n = d c os(90-9)= sinG = b.n 'line 9
plane bl.lnl" where 6 is the angle between the line and normal to the plane. (v
ii) / Length of the perpendicular from a point (Xj, y,, z^ to a plane ax + by +
cz + d = 0 is axj + byj + czj + d / , b . 2 yj a2 +,2 + c (viii) Distance betwee
n two parallel planes ax + by + cz + dj = 0 and ax + by + cz + d2 = 0 is l"d2 V
a + b 2 +c 2 2 d (ix) Planes bisecting the angle between two planes a,x + b,y +
CjZ + dj = 0 and a2 + b2y + c2z + d2 = 0 is given by a1x + b1y + c1z + d1 Vai +
b f + c f + a 2 x + b2y + c2z + d 2 ^ a 2 +T L>2c? 12 b? + T Of these two bisect
ing planes, one bisects the acute an d the other obtuse angle between the given
planes. (X) C (i) Equation of a plane through the intersection of two planes P,
and P2 is given by P( + XP2 = 0 STRAI GHT LINE IN SPACE Equation of a line throu
gh A (Xj, y t , z,) and having directi on cosines I ,m, n are x - x 1 = y - y 1
= z-zi I m n and the lines through (x,, y, ,z,) and (x2, y2 ,z2) X-XI z-z. y-yi
2~ X 1 Y2~y\ Z 2~ Z 1 Intersection of t wo planes ajX + b,y + c t z + d, = 0 and
a2x + b2y + c2z + d2 = 0 together repre sent the unsymmetrical form of the stra
ight line. x-xj _ y-yj _ z-zj is General equation of the plane containing the li
ne / m n A (x - x^ + B(y - y}) + c (z - z ) = 0 where Al + bm + cn = 0 . Vectors
X (ii) (iii) &Bansal Classes [9]
Q.ll If r and s are non zero constant vectors and the scalar b is chosen such th
at | r + b s | is minimum, then show that the value of jbsj2 +1 r + bs |2 is equ
al to | f | 2 . Q.12 Use vectors to prove that the diagonals of a trapezium havi
ng equal non par allel sides are equal & conversely. Q. 13 (a) Find a unit vecto
r a which makes a n angle (rc/4) with axis of z & is such that a+i + j is a unit
vector. L ( af_ a bl (b) Prove that 2 1 b IJ I?' Q.14 Given four non zero vecto
rs a, b, c and d. The vectors a, b & c are coplanar but not collinear pair by pa
ir and vector d is not coplanar with vectors a ,b & c and (ab) = (be) = , (da) =
a, (db) = P then p rove that ( d c) = cos-1 (cos P - cos a ) . Q.15 (a) (b) Use
vectors to find the acute angle between the diagonals ofa cube. Prove cosine & p
roj ection rule in a triangle by using dot product. A A A _A 'b J Q.16 In the pl
ane of a triangle ABC, squares ACXY, BC WZ are described, in the o rder given, e
xternally to the triangle on AC & BC respectively. Given that CX = b, CA = a , C
W = x, CB = y Prove that a.y + x.b = 0. Deduce that AW.BX=0. Q.17 A A OAB is rig
ht angled at O ; squares OALM & OBPQ are constructed on the sides O A and OB ext
ernally. Show that the lines AP & BL intersect on the altitude throu gh 'O'. Q.1
8 Given that u = i - 2 j + 3k ;v = 2i + j + 4k ;w = i + 3j + 3k and ( u R -10)i
+ (v R - 20) j + (w R - 20)k = 0. Find the unknown vector R . Q.19 IfO is origin
ofreference, point A( a) ; B(b);C(c) ; D(a + b);E(b + c);F(c + a);G(a + b + c)
where / \ / / V > V / \ A / / V V a = aji + a 2 j + a 3 k ; b = b1i + b 2 j + b3
k and c = c } i+ c 2 j + c3k then prove that these points are vertices of a cube
having length of its edge equal to unity provided the matrix. a, a 2 a 3 b i b
2 b 3 C, C2 C3^ is orghogonal. Also find the length XY such that X is the point
of intersection of CM and GP; Y is the point of intersection of OQ and DN where
P, Q, M, N are respectivel y the midpoint of sides CF, BD, GF and OB. Q.20 (a) (
b) Q.21 (a) (b) If a + b + c = 0 , showthat axb=bxc=cxa . Deduce the Sine rule f
ora AABC. IfA, B, C, D are any 4 points in space, prove that ABx CD + BCx AD+ CA
x BD =4 (area of triangle A BC). Determine vector of magnitude 9 which is perpen
dicular to both the vectors: 4 i - j + 3k & - 2 i + j - 2 k fn sq. units. A tria
ngle has vertices (1,1,1);(2 ,2,2),(1, l,y) and has the area equal to csc v4 j F
ind the value of y. Probabili ty [486]
<!Bansal Classes
Q.5 The pv's of the four angular points of a tetrahedron are: A (j + 2k) ; B (3
i + kj ; C (4i + 3j + 6kj & D(2i+3j + 2k).Find: (i) the perpendicular distancefr
omA to the line BC. (ii) the volume of the tetrahedron ABCD. (iii) the perpendic
ular distance from D to the plane ABC. (iv) the shortest distance between the li
nes AB & CD. Q.6 The length ofan edge ofa cube ABCDA.B^jDj is equal to unity. Ap
ointE taken on th e edge AA, is AE the cube, indtl le shortest distance of the v
ertex B,fromthe pl ane of the A OjEF. such that - 1 . Apoint F is taken on the ed
ge BC such that BF = ~ . If Oj is the centre of Q.7 Q. 8 Thevector OP = i + 2j +
tive x-axis on the way. which the line AB cuts - 4 j + 4k, d = 2 i - 2 Q.9 If a
= aji + a 2 j + a 3 k ; b = b,i + b 2 j + b3k and c = c,i + c 2 j + c3k the n s
how that the value of the a-i a-j a-k scalar triple product [ na + b nb + c n c
+ a] is (n 3 +1) b-i b-j b-k c i c-j c-k Q.10 Find the scalars a & p if Sx(bxc)
+ (a.b)b = (4-2p-sina)b + (p2 - l)c & (c. c)5 = c while b & c are non zero non c
ollinear vectors. Q.ll Ifthe vectors b,c,d are not coplanar, then prove that the
vector (a x b) x (c x d) + (a x c) x (d x b) + (a x d) x (b x c) is parallel to
a . Q.12 a , b, c are non-coplanar unit v ectors. The angle between b & c is a,
between c & a is P and between a & b is y . If A (a cosa), B (b cosp), C (c cos
y), then show that in AABC, a x | b x c)| s inA n |b x (c x a)j sinB Jc x ^a x b
| sinC ]~[ ja x (b x c)| sina cosp cosy n,) where bxc . _ cxa axb i " 1 7 ' n2
- p^ & n, = cxa bx c axb Q.13 Given that a,b,p,q are four vectors such that a + b
= pp,b.q = 0& ( b ) 2 = l , where p is a scalar then prove that |(a.q )p - (p.q
)a |= |p.q |. Q.14 Show that a = px(qxr) ; b = q x ( r x p ) & c = r x ( p x q
) represents the sid es of a triangle. Further prove that a unit vector perpendi
cular to the plane of 2k turns through a right angle, passing through the posi F
ind the vector in its new position. Find the point R in the plane CDE where a =
i + 2j + k, b= 2i + j + 2k, c j + 2k & e = 4i + j + 2k-
Q.23 Given the points P (1,1, -1), Q (1,2,0) and R (-2,2,2). Find (a) (b) PQxPR
Equat ion of the plane in (i) scalar dot product form (ii) parametric form (iii)
carte sian form (iv) if the plane through PQR cuts the coordinate axes at A, B,
C then the area ofthe AABC Q.24 Let a,b & c be non coplanar unit vectors, equal
ly inclined to one another a t an angle 9. If axb + bxc = pa + qb + rc . Find sc
alars p , q & r in terms of9. Q.25 Solve the simultaneous vector equations for t
he vectors x and y. x+cxy=a a nd y + c x x=b where c is a non zero vector. EXERC
ISE-III Q.l Q. 2 Find the angle between the two straight lines whose direction c
osines / , m, n are given by 2/ + 2 m - n = 0 and mn + n/ + /m = 0. If two strai
ght line having direction cosines I, m, n satisfy al + bm + cn = 0 and f m n + g
n / + h / m = 0 f g h are perpendicular, then show that + + =0. a b c Pisanypoi
nton thep lane/x+my+nz=p.ApointQtakenonthelineOP (where O is the origin) such th
at OP. OQ = p2. Show that the locus of Q is p( lx + my + nz) = x2 + y2 + z2. Fin
d the equa tion of the plane through the points (2,2,1), (1, -2,3) and parallel
to the x-ax is. Through a point P (f, g, h), a plane is drawn at right angles to
OP where 'O ' is the origin, to meet the r5 coordinate axes in A, B, C. Prove t
hat the area of the triangleABC is 2f gh w ^ e r e OP = rThe plane lx + my = 0 i
s rotated abo ut its line of intersection with the plane z-0 through an angle 9.
Prove that th e equation to the plane in new position is lx + my + zVl2 + m2 ta
n 9 = 0 Q. 7 Fi nd the equations of the straight line passing through the point
(1,2,3) to inter sect the straight line x + l = 2 ( y - 2 ) = z + 4 and parallel
to the plane x + 5y + 4z = 9. Find the equations of the two lines through the o
rigin which inter sect the line n angle of - . x-3 y-3 z ^ = =y at an Q.3 Q.4 Q.5
Q. 6 Q.8 Q.9 A variable plane is at a constant distance pfromthe origin and meet
s the coordin ate axes in points A, B and C respectively. Through these points,
planes are dra wn parallel to the coordinates planes. Find the locus of their po
int of intersec tion. x+2 2y+ 3 3z + 4 = = - measured parallel to Q.10 Find the dist
ance of the point P (- 2,3, - 4)fromthe line the plane 4x + 12 y- 3z + 1 = 0. <!B
ansal Classes Probability [490]
Q.ll Find the equation to the line passing through the point (1, -2, -3) and par
allel to the line 2x + 3y - 3z + 2 = 0 = 3x - 4y + 2z ~ 4. Q.12 Find the equatio
n of the line passing through the point (4, -14,4) and inte rsecting the line of
intersection ofthe planes: 3x + 2 y - z = 5 and x - 2 y - 2 z = - l at right an
gles. Q.13 Let P = (1,0,- 1); Q = (l, 1, l)andR = (2,1,3) ar e three points. (a)
Find the area of the triangle having P, Q and R as its verti ces. (b) Give the
equation of the plane through P, Q and R in the form ax + by + cz = 1. (c) Where
does the plane in part (b) intersect the y-axis. (d) Give par ametric equations
for the line through R that is perpendicular to the plane in p art (b). Q.14 Fi
nd the point where the line of intersection of the planes x - 2y + z = 1 and x +
2y - 2z = 5, intersects the plane 2x + 2y + z + 6 = 0. Q.15 Fee t ofthe perpend
icular drawnfromthe point P (2,3, -5) on the axes of coordinates are A, B and C.
Find the equation of the plane passing through their feet and th e area of AABC
. Q.16 Find the equations to the line which can be drawn from the point (2, -1,3
) perpendicular to the lines x1 y-2 z-3 x-4 y z+3 . , = = and = y = at right angle
s. x1 Q.17 Find the equation ofthe plane containing the straight li ne = plane x
- y + z + 2 = 0. y+2 z =and perpendicular to the x+l y-p z+2 x y-1 z+ 7 . , Q.18
Find the value of p so that the lines -- = = and 1 = = are in the same D Z* I
For this value of p, find the coordinates of the ir point of intersection and t
he equation ofthe plane containing them. Q. 19 Fin d the equations to the line o
f greatest slope through the point (7,2, -1) in the plane x - 2y + 3z = 0 assumi
ng that the axes are so placed that the plane 2x + 3y - 4z = 0 is horizontal. Q.
20 Let ABCD be a tetrahedron such that the edges AB , AC and AD are mutually per
pendicular. Let the area of triangles ABC, ACD and A DB be denoted by x, y and z
sq. units respectively. Find the area of the triangl e BCD. Q.21 The position v
ectors of the four angular points of a tetrahedron OAB C are (0,0,0); (0,0,2); (
0, 4, 0) and (6,0,0) respectively. Apoint P inside the tetrahedron is at the sam
e distance 'r'fromthe four plane faces of the tetrahedr on. Find the value of V.
x + 6 y + 10 z + 14 _ = - = - is the hypotenuse of an isosc eles right angled trian
gle whose opposite 5 3 8 vertex is (7,2,4). Find the equa tion of the remaining
sides. Q.22 The line Q.23 Find the foot and hence the length of the perpendicula
r from the point (5, 7, 3) to the line x-15 y - 2 9 5-z - = ~ = - r - . Alsofindthe
equation ofthe plane in which the perpendicular and the given 3 8 5 straight lin
e lie. x1 y-2 z+3 Q.24 Find the equation of the line which is reflection of the l
ine == in the plane 3 x - 3 y + 10z = 26. x - l y z . x - 3 _ y _ z-2 Q. 2 5 Find the
equation ofthe plane containing the line = - and parallel to the line ^ 4 Find a
lso the S.D. between the two lines. <!Bansal Classes Probability [16]
EXERCISE-IV > Q.l (a) Let OA=a, 0B=l()a+2b and OC=b where O.A&C are non-collinear p
oints. Let p denote the area of the quadrilateral OABC, and let q denote the are
a of the pa rallelogram with OA and OC as adjacent sides. If p = kq, then k = .
(b) If A, B& C are vectors such that |B| = |C| , Prove that ; ( a + B)X(a+C)1 x
(BXC).(B+C) = 0 [ JEE' 97,2 + 5 ] Q.2(a) Vectors x,y&z each of magnitude -J2, ma
ke angles of 60 with each other. If xx(yxz) = a,yx(zxx) = b and xxy = c thenfmd x
, y and z intermsof a, b and c(b) T he position vectors of the points P&Qare 5i
+ 7 j - 2 k and - 3 i + 3 j + 6 k re spectively. The vector A = 3 i - j + k pass
es through the point P & the vector B = - 3 i + 2 j + 4 k passes through the poi
nt Q. A third vector 2i + 7 j - 5 k i ntersects vectors A&B. Find the position v
ectors of the points of intersection. [ REE' 97, 6 + 6 ] Q. 3 (a) Select the cor
rect alternative(s) A A A A A A A A A f (i) I f a = i + j + k,b = 4 i + 3 j + 4k
and c = i + j + Bk are linearly depend ent vectors & |cj =V3 , then: (A) a = 1,
p = - 1 (B) a = 1, p = 1 (C) < = - l , p =1 (D)a = l , p = l x (ii) For three vect
ors u, v, w which ofthe following expre ssions is not equal to any of the remain
ing three? (A) u . ( v x w ) (B)(v x w ) . u (C)v.(uxw) (D)(uxv).w (iii) Which o
fthe following expressions are meaningfu l ? (A)u.(vxw) (B) (u. v ) . w (C) (u.
v) w (D)ux(v.w) (b) Prove, by vector methods or otherwise, that the point of int
ersection of the diagonals of a trapezeum lies on the line passing through the m
id-points ofthe parallel sides. (You may assume that the trapezeum is not a para
llelogram.) (c) For any two vectors u & v, prove that (i) (u.v)2 +|uxv| 2 = ju|2
|v|2 & (ii) (l + |u| 2 )(l+|v| 2 ) = (1-U.v)2 + |U + v+(Uxv)| 2 [ JEE ' 9 8 , 2
+ 2 + 2 + 8 + 8] A A A Q.4(a) If x x y = a, y x z = b, x.b = y, x.y = l and y.z
= l thenfmd x,y &z inte rmsof a, b and y > A A A ^ (b) Vectors AB = 3i - j + k &
CD = - 3 i + 2 j + 4k are not coplanar. The positi on vectors of points A and C
are 6i + 7 j + 4k and - 9 j + 2k respectively. Find the position vectors of a p
oint P on the line AB & a point Q on the line CD suc h that PQ is perpendicular
to AB and CD both. [ REE' 98 , 6 + 6 ] Q.5 (a) Let a = 2i + j - 2 k & b = i + j.
If c is a vector such that a - c = | c | , ] c - a | = 2^2 and the angle betwee
n (axb) and c is30, then (axb)xc = (A) 2/3 Bansal Clas ses (B) 3/2 (C) 2 Vectors
(D) 3 [17]
(iii) a , b & c are three unit vectors such that a x (^b x cj = - (b + cj . Find
angle between vectors a & b given that vectors b & c are non-parallel. (iv) A p
article is placed at a corner P of a cube of side 1 meter. Forces of magnitud es
2,3 and 5 kg weight act on the particle along the diagonals of the faces pass i
ng through the point P. Find the moment of these forces about the corner opposi
te to P . [ REE '2000 (Mains) 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 out of 100 ] Q.9(a) The diagonals of
a parallelogram are i - 4 j - k Determine its sides and also that a, b, c are al
l non-zero and (~4i + 5 c - X (ai + bj + ck) [ REE '2001 (Mains) 3 given by vect
ors 2i + 3 j - 6 k and 3 the area, (b) Find the value of X such j ja + (3i - 3 j
+ k)b + (i + j + 3k) + 3]
Q,10(a) Find the vector r which is perpendicular to g = i - 2 j + 5k and b=2i +
3 j - k and r (2i + j + k) +8 = 0. A A A A A A (b) Two vertices of a triangle ar
e at - i + 3 j and 2i + 5 j and its orthocentre is at i + 2 j. Find the position
vector of third vertex. [ REE '2001 (Mains) 3 + 3] Q. 11 (a) If a, b and c are
unit vectors, then a - b (A) 4 (B) 9 (b) Let a = i - k , b = xi + j + ( l - x)k
(A) only x (B)onlyy + b-c a n d c = yi + + |c-a| 2 does NOT exceed (C) 8 <D)6 x
j + (l + x - y ) k - T h e n [a, b, c] de pends on (C) NEITHER x NOR y (D) both
x and y [ JEE '2001 (Screening) 1 + 1 out of 35] Q. 12(a) Show by vector methods
, that the angular bisectors of a triangle are co ncurrent and find an expressio
n for the position vector of the point of concurre ncy in terms of the position
vectors of the vertices. (b) Find 3-dimensional vec tors v,, v 2 , v3 satisfying
v, v, = 4, v, v2 = -2, v, v3 = 6, v2 v2 = 2, v2 v3 = -5, v3 v3 = 29. (c) Let A(
t) = f, (t)i + f 2 (t)j and B(t) = g, (t)i + g2 (t)j, t e [0,1], where f,, f2, g
,, g2 are continuous functions. If A(t) and B(t)are nonzero vectors fo r all t a
nd A(0) = 2 i + 3 j , A(l) = 6i + 2j, B(0)= 3i + 2j and B(l) = 2i + 6j, then sho
wthat A(t) and B(t) are parallel for some t. [ JEE '2001 (Mains) 5 + 5 + 5 out o
f 100 ] Q.l 3(a) If a and b are two unit vectors such that a +2b and 5 a - 4 b a
re perpendicular to each other then the angle between a and b is (A) 45 A A A (B)
60 _ A A (I) (C)cos-1 (D)cos , _ 2 (b) Let V = 2i + j - k and W = i + 3k. If u i
s a unit vector, then the maximum v alue of the scalar triple product [U V W is
(A)-l <!Bansal Classes (B) 7l0 + V6 ( ) 5 CV 9 Probability (D) V 0 6 [JEE 2002(Sc
reening), 3 + 3] [19]
Q.14 Let V be the volume of the parallelopiped formed by the vectors a =a,i + a
2 j + a 3 k, b =bji + b2 j+b 3 k, c =c j + c2 j+c 3 k. If a , b , c , where r =
1, 2, 3, are non-negative real numbers and (ar + br + c r ) = 3L, show that V <
L3. 3 [JEE 2002(Mains), 5] Q.15 If a = i + aj +k , b = j +ak , c = ai +k, then f
ind the value of 'a' for wh ich volume of parallelopiped formed by three vectors
as coterminous edges, is mi nimum, is 1 1 1 (C) (D)none (A)^ (B)--JJ V3 [JEE 200
3(Scr.), 3] Q.16 (i) Find the equation ofthe plane passing through the points (2
,1,0),(5,0, l)and(4,1,1). (ii ) If P is the point (2,1,6) then find the point Q
such that PQ is perpendicular to the plane in (i) and the mid point of PQ lies o
n it. [ JEE 2003,4 out of 60] v andw , w and u respectively and x , y , z are un
it vectors along the bisectors of the angles a r_ _ 1r -\ 2 2 l r1 I 2l 27 2 PP a
, P, y respectively. Prove tha t [xxy y xz z x x j =[u v wj c sec sec . sec sec sec 16 Q.17 If u , v , w are three non-coplanar unit vectors and a, P, y are the
angles between u and v , 2 2 2. 2 L [JEE 2003,4 out of 60] x - 1 y+1 z - 1 x-3
y-k z Q. 18(a) If the lines y = - y = and = = y intersect, then k = (A) | (B)| (C)
0 (D)-l (b) A unit vector in the plane of the vectors 2i + j + k, i - j + k and
orthogon al to 5i + 2 j + 6k 6i-5k A A 3j k 2i-5k A A 2i + j - 2 k A A A (c) If a
= i + j + k , a-b = 1 and 5xb = j-k,then b = (A) i (B) i - j + k (C) 2j k (D) 2
i [JEE 2004 (screening)] and axc = bxd. Show that Q.l9(a) Let a, b, c, d are fou
r distinct vectors satisfying axb = cxd a-b + c - d ^ a - c + b-d. (b) T is a pa
rallelopiped in which A, B, C and D are vertices of one face. And the face just
above it has corresponding vertices A', B', C', D'. T is now compressed to S wit
h face ABCD remaining same and A', B', C ', D' shifted to A., B., C D. in S. The
volume of parallelopiped S is reduced to
90% of T. Prove that locus ofA. is a plane. (c) Let P be the plane passing throu
gh (1,1,1) and parallel to the lines L, and L2 having direction ratios 1,0, -1
a nd -1,1,0 respectively. IfA, B and C are the points at which P intersects the
co ordinate axes, find the volume of the tetrahedron whose vertices are A, B, C
and the origin. [JEE 2004,2 + 2+ 2outof60] <!Bansal Classes Probability [20]
(d) Match the following (i) Two rays in the first quadrant x + y = | a | and ax
- y = 1 intersects each other in the interval a (a0, co), the value of a0 is (ii
) Point (a, (3, y) lies on the plane x + y + z = 2. Let a (A) 2 (B) 4/3 i (C) j
V l - x d x + o 1 + x dx = ai + P j + y k , k x ( k x a ) = 0, then y = <5? 0 1
J(l-y 2 )dy + J(y 2 -l)dy (iii) l 0 (iv) If sinA sinB sinC + cos A cosB = 1, th
en the value of sin C = (e) Match the following / 1x 1 = t , then tan t = (i) Xt
an--1 i=l v2i2 j (D)l [JEE 2006,6] (ii) Sides a, b, c of a triangle ABC are in A
.P. and cos9, = b+c , cos02 = , cos G3 = a+c a+b (A)0 9 0-, 9 0, then tan + tan
= 2 2 (iii) A line is perpendicular to x + 2y + 2z = 0 and passes through (0,1,0
). The perpendicular distance of this line from the or igin is (B)l V5 3 (D) 2/3
(C) [JEE 2006,6] <!Bansal Classes Probability [22]
ANSWER KEY EXERCISE-I Q. 1 Q.4 Q.5 Q.13 Q.19 x = 2 , y = -1 Q.2 (b) externally i
n the ratio 1:3 (i) pa rallel (ii) the lines intersect at the point p.v.-2? + 2]
(iii) lines are skew 2 :1 Q.7 xxj + y y ^ a 2 Q.10 x = 2,y = - 2 , z = 1 1 1 (a
)yi-~j+-^k -s/lT ^ ,, Q. 21 Q.15 1 (a)arccosQ.18 - i + 2j + 5k 5a? ^sq.units ~ \ ,,. ^ , (a) 3 ( i - 2 j -k2k), (b) y = 3 or = - 1 Q.24 2j 2 ) , (b)y = 3 or y EX
ERCISE-II Q.l Q.5 Q.8 2Jl7 (i) ^ Q-2 (ii) 6 (iii) f VlO (iv) S + Q-4 Q.6 7t N0 '
N 0 ~ Q.7 p ( p + q + r) p.v.ofR = r = 3i+3k Q.10 -a=n7t + ( ~ 1 ) 2 ,nel&p = l
Q.15 Q.16 a = 2/3 ; i f a = 0 then vector product is-60(2i + k Q.18 (b) p = L a
bc (a.c)(a.b) r _ a + cxb + b.c b b.blc) U r - U (a.b) (a.b) J Q.19 / - r\ 9-j +
k ! Q.21 F = 25j + 5a2 + 3a3 Q.23 (a) 2 i - 3 ),(iii)-4,(iv) 2cos0 1 2cos9 p= b
+ (c.b)c + a x j + 3k, (b)(i)-4,(ii) f = i + j - k + M j + k) + p(-3i + j + 3k .
Q.24 p = or 1 2cos0 1 ; q= ; r= - , V l + 2cos0 V1 + 2COS0 yl + -r ; q ~ F = ; r
: VT+TcosO" ' / l + 2cos0 ' a + (c.a)c + b x c c ^ , y= _ 1+c 1 + 2c 1 ^/l + 2cos
0_
3) ;
x b
(d) (i) -> D, (ii) ->A, (iii) -> B, C, (iv) D, (e) (i) B, (ii) D, (iii)->C <!Bans
al Classes Probability [24]